i-miev / 2017 owner’s manual...

© Copyright 2016 Mitsubishi Motors North America, Inc.

2017 / OWNER’S MANUAL

i-MiEV / 2017 O

WN

ER’S MA

NU

AL

i-MiEV

Table of contents123456789101112

OverviewQuick indexGeneral information/ChargingSeat and restraint systemsFeatures and controlsDriving safetyComfort controlsFor emergenciesVehicle care and maintenanceCustomer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects

SpecificationsAlphabetical index

BK0233400US.book 1 ページ２０１５年１１月１６日　月曜日　午前７時４０分

Instruments and controls (Driver’s area)

1-1

1

Overview

N00100202632

Instruments and controls (Driver’s area)

Wiper and washer switch P.5-50Rear window wiper and washer switch P.5-51

Instrument cluster P.5-36Combination headlights and dimmer switch P.5-46Turn signal lever P.5-49Front fog light switch P.5-50

Electric motor switch P.5-18

Electric remote-controlled outside mirror switch P.5-17

Active Stability Control (ASC) OFF switch P.5-29

Supplemental restraint system (SRS) - airbag (for driver’s seat) P.4-20, 4-26Horn switch P.5-53

Heated driver’s seat switch P.4-4

Fuses P.9-19

Regular charging lid opener P.3-18

Steering control switches for Bluetooth® 2.0 interface (if so equipped) p.5-55

Steering wheel audio remote control switches (if so equipped) p.7-22


Instruments and controls (Instrument panel)

Overview 1-2

1N00100202645

Instruments and controls (Instrument panel)

Hazard warning flasher switch P.5-49

Supplemental restraint system (SRS) - airbag (for front passenger’s seat) P.4-20

Side vents P.7-2

Cup holder P.5-81

Glove compartment P.5-81

Center vents P.7-2 Hood release leverP.9-3

Air conditioningP.7-4 Card holder P.5-81

Electric rear window defogger switch P.5-52

12 V power outlet P.5-77

Selector lever P.5-21Heated front passenger’s seat switchP.4-4 Parking brake lever P.5-16

Quick charging lid opener P.3-27Cup holder P.5-81

USB input terminal (if so equipped) P.5-74

Audio (if so equipped) P.7-11Mitsubishi Multi-Communication System (if so equipped) Refer to the separate “Mitsubishi Multi-Communication System owner’s manual”


Interior

1-3 Overview

1N00100302369

Interior

Sun visors P.5-77Vanity mirror P.5-77Card holder P.5-77

Dome light (rear) P.5-79

Assist grip P.5-82Seat belts P.4-8

Supplemental restraint system (SRS) - curtain airbags P.4-31

Dome light (front)/Reading lights P.5-78

Head restraintsP.4-6 Inside rearview mirror P.5-16

Window lock switchP.5-15

Power door lock switch P.5-9

Tether anchors for child restraint system P.4-16 Front seat

P.4-3Rear seat P.4-5

Power window switch P.5-14Supplemental restraint system (SRS) - side airbag (for front seats) P.4-30

Tire repair kit P.8-5

Hands-free microphone (if so equipped) P.5-55


Under the hood/Electric motor unit room

Overview 1-4

1N00100800041

Under the hood/Electric motor unit room

Under the hood Electric motor unit room

Coolant reservoirP.9-5

Windshield washer fluid reservoirP.9-7

On board charger/DC-DC converterP.9-212V starter battery

P.9-8

Brake electric vacuum pumpP.5-24

Hot water heater reservoirP.9-5 Inverter P.3-35

Brake fluid reservoirP.9-7


Outside (Front)

1-5 Overview

1N00100602450

Outside (Front)

Outside rearview mirrors P.5-17

Power window P.5-14

Windshield wipers P.5-50

Hood P.9-3

Quick charging lidP.3-27

Main drive lithium-ion battery P.9-2

Front side-marker lightsP.5-46, 9-22, 9-23

Front fog lights P.5-50, 9-22, 9-24Daytime running lightsP.5-46, 9-22, 9-24

Front turn signal lights P.5-49, 9-22, 9-24

Headlights P.5-46, 9-22Parking lights P.5-46, 9-22


Outside (Rear)

Overview 1-6

1N00100601352

Outside (Rear)

Back-up light P.9-22, 9-25Antenna P.7-27

Tail and stop lights P.5-46, 9-22, 9-25

High-mounted stop light P.9-22, 9-27

Rear turn signal lights P.5-49, 9-22, 9-25

Rear window wiper P.5-51

Keyless entry systemP.5-5Locking and unlockingP.5-8

Liftgate P.5-11

License plate lights P.5-46, 9-22, 9-27 Regular charge port light

P.3-17, 9-22

Regular charging lid P.3-18

Tire pressure monitoring system P.5-30Size of tires and wheels P.11-6Tire inflation pressure P.9-14Tire rotation P.9-16Tire chains P.9-16

Rear-view camera (if so equipped) P.5-34

Rear side-marker lights P.5-46, 9-22, 9-26


2-1

2

If this warning light comes on or flashes while you’re driving...

Quick index

N00200702221


NOTE These warning lights will come on for a few seconds for a bulb check when the electric motor switch is first turned to “ON”.

Warning light Do this Ref. page

12V starter battery charging system warning light

Park your vehicle in a safe place and turn off the electric motor unit.Contact a certified i-MiEV dealer for assistance. P.5-45

or

Brake warning light

If this light comes on while driving, check to see that the parking brake is fully released.

If this light stays on after releasing the parking brake, stop and check the brake fluid level.

If the brake fluid level is correct, there may be a system malfunction. Avoid hard braking and high speeds, and contact a certified i-MiEV dealer for assistance.

P.5-44

Electric motor unit warning light

Park your vehicle in a safe place and contact a certified i-MiEV dealer for assistance. P.5-45



2-2 Quick index

2

Electric power steering system (EPS) warning light

If this light comes on while the electric motor unit is running, it may become harder to turn the steering wheel. Have your vehicle inspected at a certified i-MiEV dealer as soon as possible.

P.5-28

Anti-lock braking system warning light

When this light comes on, the anti-lock braking system is not functioning and only the ordinary braking system is functioning.

Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop the electric motor unit.Test the system as described on page 5-27.

If the light does not go out after the test, or if it comes on again, we recom-mend that you have the system checked at a certified i-MiEV dealer as soon as possible.

P.5-26,5-27

SRS warning light

Immediately have the airbag and the seat belt pre-tensioner system checked at a certified i-MiEV dealer.

P.4-13,4-26

Power down warning light

If this light comes on while driving, avoid sudden acceleration and sudden starting.

When the remaining power in the main drive lithium-ion battery is low, recharge the main drive lithium-ion battery as soon as possible.

P.5-46




Quick index 2-3

2

Selector lever position indicator in the instru-ment cluster flashes slowly

Have the transmission checked at a certified i-MiEV dealer as soon as pos-sible. P.5-21

and

ASC indicator and ASC OFF indicator

Park your vehicle in a safe place and turn off the electric motor unit.Restart the electric motor unit and check to see if the indicator comes on again.

If the indicator does not go out, or if it comes on again, have your vehicle inspected at a certified i-MiEV dealer as soon as possible.

When this indicator comes on, the active stability control is not functioning and normal operation of the vehicle will not be affected.

P.5-30

Tire pressure monitoring system warning light

If the warning light comes on, you should stop and adjust the tires to the proper inflation pressure as soon as possible.(See “Tire inflation pressures” on page 9-14.)Once adjustments have been made, the warning light will go off after a few minutes of driving.

If the warning light blinks for approximately 1 minute and then remains continuously illuminated, the system is not operating properly. If the sys-tem returns to normal, the warning light will go off. If the warning light does not go off, have the vehicle inspected at a certified i-MiEV dealer.

P.5-31, 5-32



If this problem occurs...

2-4 Quick index

2 N00200901923


Problem Do this Ref. PageCannot turn the key. From “LOCK” to “ACC”.

Turn the key while turning the steering wheel in either direction.

P.5-19,5-20

From “ACC” to “LOCK”.Check the position of the selector lever.The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is set to the “P” (PARK) position.

Cannot shift the selector lever from the “P” (PARK) position.

Shift the selector lever while pressing the brake pedal.Check that the electric motor switch is in the “ON” position. P.5-21

The windows are fogged up.

1. Set the mode selection dial to the “ ” or “ ” position.2. Turn on the blower.

P.7-9

The electric motor unit does not start.The lights do not come on.The lights are dim.The horn does not honk.The horn sound is weak.Cannot charge the main drive lith-ium-ion battery.

Have the 12V starter battery checked. Recharge or replace as needed. P.8-2,9-8



Quick index 2-5

2The vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, or snow. Rock your vehicle back and forth to free it. P.8-13

WARNINGWhen attempting to rock your vehicle out of a stuck position, be sure that no one is near the vehicle. The rocking motion may cause the vehicle to

suddenly lurch forward or backward, possibly injuring bystanders.Avoid spinning the wheels. Prolonged efforts to free a stuck vehicle may result in transmission failure.

If the vehicle remains stuck after several rocking attempts, have a towing service pull the vehicle out.

Problem Do this Ref. page The brakes are not functioning prop-erly after driving through water. Dry out the brakes by driving slowly while lightly pressing the brake pedal. P.6-5

A tire is punctured.

1. Park the vehicle in a safe place where the surface is flat and level.2. Repair the flat tire with tire repair kit. P.8-5

Problem Do this Ref. Page


3

General information/Charging

Familiarizing yourself with i-MiEV ................................................3-2Modifications to and racing of your vehicle ....................................3-6Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts .....................................................3-8California Perchlorate Materials Requirements ...............................3-8Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat ................................3-8Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold ..............................3-10Charging ........................................................................................3-13Precautions during Charging the

Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery ................................................3-15Regular charging

(charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet) .........................3-16EV charging cable ..........................................................................3-23Regular charging

(using 240 V Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) ....................3-26Quick charging

(charging method with quick charger) .......................................3-27Charging troubleshooting guide ....................................................3-31High-Voltage components ..............................................................3-34MiEV Remote System ...................................................................3-36


Familiarizing yourself with i-MiEV

3-2 General information/Charging

3N01200100013

i-MiEV is a pure electric vehicle. Some of thevehicle systems operate differently from andhave different characteristics than ordinaryvehicles equipped with an internal combus-tion engine. For this reason, it is very impor-tant to read carefully this entire owner’smanual.

N01200200027

i-MiEV is powered only by electricity.This vehicle does not emit exhaust gases,such as carbon dioxide and nitrogenoxide.

The i-MiEV uses electricity stored in thelithium ion battery. The lithium-ion bat-tery is called the main drive lithium-ionbattery. This vehicle does not have aninternal combustion engine and does notrequire gasoline or diesel fuel.

The main drive lithium-ion battery mustbe charged with electricity to drive thevehicle. As the vehicle operates, the maindrive lithium-ion battery gradually dis-charges. If the main drive lithium-ion bat-tery becomes completely discharged, thevehicle will not operate until it is re-charged. The charging process can take upto 23 hours as described more precisely inthis manual.

This vehicle uses two types of batteries.One is 12V starter battery that is the sametype of the battery used in ordinary vehi-cles. It is called the 12V starter battery.The other battery which propels the vehi-cle is called the main drive lithium-ionbattery.

The 12V starter battery provides power tothe vehicle systems and features such asthe audio system, supplemental restraintsystems, headlights and windshield wiper.

The main drive lithium-ion battery pro-vides power to the electric motor that pro-pels the vehicle and charges the 12Vstarter battery.

Through a process called regenerativebraking, the main drive lithium-ion bat-tery is automatically charged, while thevehicle is decelerating or being drivendownhill.


Main features

NOTE If the 12V starter battery is discharge, the

electric motor unit cannot be started. Andalso the main drive lithium-ion battery can-not be charged.

WARNING Pay special attention to pedestrians.

Because there is no engine noise, pedestri-ans may not know the vehicle is approach-ing and may step into the path of vehicletravel. Refer to “Acoustic vehicle alertingsystem (AVAS)” on page 5-23.

When leaving the vehicle, always turn offthe electric motor switch. Refer to “Elec-tric motor switch” on page 5-18.

When parking, to avoid unintended vehi-cle movement, always move the selectorlever to “P” (PARK) position and applythe parking brake because the vehicle canmove when the ready indicator light isON. When the ready indicator light is ON,do not leave the selector lever in a positionother than the “P” (PARK) position. Forthe ready indicator, refer to “Indicatorand warning light package” on page 5-43.



General information/Charging 3-3

3

N01205601036

Motion energy is converted into electricenergy using the motor as a power generator.While decelerating, electric energy will becreated and used to charge to the main drivelithium-ion battery.

If you lift your foot off the acceleratorpedal while driving, a braking force thatequivalent to the engine braking of a gas-oline or diesel powered vehicle enginevehicle will be generate.For increased regenerative braking, set theselector lever to “B” (REGENERATIVEBRAKE MODE) or “ECO” (ECOMODE) as follows:• “B”: Strong regenerative braking (For

downhill driving)• “ECO”: Moderate regenerative braking

(For economical driving or gentle down-hill driving)

As greater brake force is applied bydepressing the brake pedal, increasedregenerative braking occurs.

When regenerative braking producesstrong brake force, the stop lights willilluminate, even if the brake pedal is notdepressed.

N01200300015Keep the brake pedal depressed until youare ready to drive. When the vehicle is inthe “D” (DRIVE), “ECO” (ECO MODE),“B” (REGENERATIVE BRAKE MODE)or “R” (REVERSE) position, if yourelease the brake pedal and even if you donot depress accelerator, the vehicle willcreep and may move slowly.

Regenerative braking

WARNING

NOTEWhen the main drive lithium-ion battery

level is full or nearly full, or the main drivelithium-ion battery temperature is too high ortoo low, the regenerative braking force maybe reduced and stronger service brake effortmay be required to operate the brakes. Whenthe main drive lithium-ion battery level is nolonger full or near full, or the main drive lith-ium-ion battery temperature has returned to anormal range, the regenerative brake forcewill resume.

If a problem occurs in the electric motor unit,or if the ABS and/or the ASC have been acti-vated, the regenerative braking will berestricted. The service brakes will still oper-ate.

Main drive lithium-ion battery

WARNINGThe main drive lithium-ion battery is a

sealed high voltage battery and has nouser serviceable parts. • To avoid severe burns and/or electrical

shock that may result in serious injury ordeath, never attempt to detach the maindrive lithium-ion battery from the vehi-cle or try to disassemble it.

• Never attempt to dispose or recycle themain drive lithium-ion battery by your-self. Consult with a certified i-MiEVdealer, when the main drive lithium-ionbattery is disposed or recycled.

• Never attempt to use the main drive lith-ium-ion battery for any other purpose.

CAUTION To help prevent damage to the main drive

lithium-ion battery, follow the instructionsdescribed below. Failure to do so can resultin damage to the main drive lithium-ion bat-tery that will not be covered by the maindrive lithium-ion battery warranty.• Do not leave your vehicle with the energy

level gauge (Refer to “Energy level gauge”on page 5-41) showing 0 bars.




3

N01205500012

The capacity of the lithium-ion batteryused as the main drive lithium-ion batteryon your i-MiEV, like other commonlyused lithium ion batteries, will decreaseaccording to time and usage. This type ofdecrease in battery capacity is normal, andis not indicative of any defect or failure inyour main drive lithium-ion battery. Asthe main drive lithium-ion battery capac-ity decreases, the initial cruising range ofthe vehicle will similarly decrease.

Mitsubishi Motors estimates that after 5years, the capacity of the main drive lith-ium-ion battery provided with your vehi-cle will be approximately 80% of theoriginal capacity. After 10 years, thecapacity should be approximately 70% ofthe original capacity. These are only esti-mates, and the actual capacity of yourvehicle battery over time will depend on avariety of factors including how yourvehicle is used, stored and charged. Fac-tors that can adversely affect batterycapacity over time include frequent driv-ing using aggressive acceleration/deceler-ation, repeated frequent use of the quickcharger, and operation/storage in extremetemperature environments.

The main drive lithium-ion battery has alimited service life, and when its chargingcapacity falls, owners should bring theirvehicle to a certified i-MiEV dealer forinspection and possible battery replace-ment.

For details regarding the warranty cover-age for the main drive lithium-ion battery,refer to the Warranty and MaintenanceManual.

N01200400016

The distance you can drive the vehicle (cruis-ing range) depends on a number of factorsincluding available charge, weather, tempera-ture, usage, battery age, topography, and driv-ing style. When the main drive lithium-ionbattery is new, the estimated cruising rangewith a fully charged main drive lithium-ionbattery is 62 miles (100 km) based on theEPA laboratory test commonly called thecombined range. Your actual range can vary,either initially or as the battery ages and withuse over time.As the main drive lithium-ion battery capac-ity decreases, the cruising range of the vehi-cle will similarly decrease. Refer to“Decrease of battery capacity” on page 3-4.

• Repeatedly performing quick charging canreduce battery capacity. Regular charging isrecommended unless quick charging is nec-essary.

Do not store your vehicle at ambient temper-atures above 131 °F (55 °C) for over 24hours, or below -13 °F (-25 °C) for over 7 days. The tempera-tures may damage the main drive lithium-ionbattery.

NOTE It is recommended that your vehicle be

stored at temperatures below 77 °F (25 °C)to help maximize the life of the main drivelithium-ion battery.

Decrease of battery capacity

CAUTION

NOTE To help maintain the capacity of the main

drive lithium-ion battery, the following arerecommended:

• Fully charge the vehicle by regular charg-ing every 2 weeks.

• Do not repeat charging when the main drivelithium-ion battery is at or near full charge.

Cruising range

NOTE Since cooling or heating consumes power

from the main drive lithium-ion battery,operation of these functions will reduce thecruising range.

NOTE




3

N01205900016

Put the selector lever in the “B” (REGEN-ERATIVE BRAKE MODE) or “Eco” (ECOMODE) position according to the road con-dition. Using appropriate regenerative brak-ing can help increase the cruising range.Refer to “Regenerative braking” on page3-3.

NOTE

Range-Driving conditions

Shorten driving range

Lengthendriving

range

Range Reducing Condition Range ExtendingHigh acceleration, speed Driving style Low acceleration, speed

Heater on Heater usage Heater off(or use seat heater)

A/C on A/C usage A/C offHighway City/Highway City

Heavy payload Payload Light payloadWindy, wet Weather Calm, dry

Uphill, rough Road conditions Flat/Downhill, smoothD-mode Drive mode (Eco or B mode)


Modifications to and racing of your vehicle


3N01206300020

While charging, even if the electric motorswitch is in the “LOCK” position, you mayhear operating sounds such as sounds fromthe cooling fan and air conditioning compres-sor when operating the main drive lithium-ionbattery cooling system or Remote ClimateControl.This is normal.Refer to “Remote Climate Control” on page3-36, 3-47.

N01206400021

N01200500017

This vehicle should not be modified withnon-Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts.Mitsubishi Motors designs and manufactures

Operating sound under charg-ing or Remote Climate Control

For persons with electro-medi-cal apparatus such as implant-able cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardiovascular defibrillator

WARNINGBefore charging, read the instructions

described below carefully and followthem. Also read and follow the instruc-tions for “Regular charging (chargingmethod with rated AC 120 V outlet)” onpage 3-16, “Regular charging (using 240 VElectric Vehicle Supply Equipment)” onpage 3-26, and “Quick charging (chargingmethod with quick charger)” on page3-27.

Before charging, individuals using an elec-tro-medical apparatus such as implant-able pacemakers and implantablecardiovascular-defibrillators should checkwith the manufacturer of the apparatus toconfirm the effect of the electromagneticwaves from charging. The electromagneticwaves may affect the operations of theelectro-medical apparatus.

When performing regular charging, keepyour electro-medical apparatus, such asimplantable cardiac pacemaker orimplantable cardiovascular defibrillator,away from the charge connector, EVcharging cable, control box or regularcharging station.

Do not perform quick charging and keepaway from a quick charger. Electromag-netic waves produced by a quick chargermay affect the operation of your electric-medical apparatus. If you have acciden-tally approached a quick charger, walkaway from the quick charger immediately.If quick charging is necessary, ask some-one for help.

While charging;• Do not stay inside the vehicle.• Do not go inside the vehicle, for example

to remove or place an item in the passen-ger compartment.

• Do not open the liftgate, for example toremove or place an item in the cargoarea.


WARNING




3

high quality vehicles with an emphasis onsafety and durability. Modifications usingnon-Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts mayaffect the performance, safety and/or durabil-ity of your vehicle, and may violate applica-ble state and/or federal regulations.

DAMAGE OR PERFORMANCE PROB-LEMS RESULTING FROM MODIFICA-TIONS TO OR RACING OF YOURVEHICLE ARE NOT COVEREDUNDER WARRANTY.

Examples of modifications to your vehiclethat can cause damage or performance prob-lems include the following:

Failure to use Mitsubishi Motors genuineparts

Failure to use required fluids (refer to“Refill capacities” on page 11-7)

Failure to use proper size tires and wheelsModification of the suspension, electric

motor, drive train, batteries (main drivelithium-ion battery and 12V starter bat-tery), charging systems or electrical wir-ing systems

Modification of any onboard com-puter/control module, including repro-gramming, or replacing/adding chips toany onboard computer/control module

Review the Warranty and Maintenance Man-ual for further details regarding warranty cov-erage.

N01200600018

The installation of accessories, optionalparts, etc., should only be carried outwithin the limits prescribed by law in thedriving area and in accordance with theguidelines and warnings contained withinthe documents accompanying this vehicle.Only Mitsubishi Motors approved acces-sories should be fitted to your vehicle.

Improper installation of electrical partscould cause fire. Refer to the “Modifica-tion/alterations to the electrical systems”section within this owner’s manual.

Tires and wheels which do not meet spec-ifications must not be used.Refer to the “Specifications” section forinformation regarding wheel and tiresizes.

Due to the large number of accessory andreplacement parts provided by different man-ufacturers in the market, it is not always pos-sible for a certified i-MiEV dealer to checkwhether the attachment or installation of non-Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts will affectthe driving safety of your Mitsubishi-vehicle.

N01200700019

Mitsubishi Motors manufactures high qualityvehicles with an emphasis on safety. It isimportant to consult a certified i-MiEV dealerbefore installation of any accessory which

Installation of accessories

CAUTIONBefore any electrical or electronic accesso-

ries are installed, consult a certified i-MiEVdealer.

WARNING If you choose to use a cellular phone while

driving, you must not allow that usage todistract you in the safe operation of yourvehicle. Anything, including cellularphone usage, that distracts you from thesafe operation of your vehicle increasesyour risk of an accident.Refer to and follow all local laws in yourarea regarding cellular phone usage whiledriving.

Important point!

Modification/alterations to the electrical systems


Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts


3

may involve modification of the electricalsystems.

N01200800010

Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Parts aredesigned and manufactured to meet high stan-dards of performance, and are recommendedfor all of your maintenance needs. Also avail-able from a certified i-MiEV dealer are awide variety of accessories to personalizeyour new vehicle. Each Mitsubishi vehiclehas a selection of Mitsubishi Motors autho-rized accessories to choose from to tailor yournew vehicle to your own personal preference.A certified i-MiEV dealer’s Parts Managerhas information on various audio systems,

protection items, as well as interior and exte-rior accessories available for your specificmodel.

N01200900011

Certain components of this vehicle, such asairbag modules, seat belt pretensioners, andbutton cell batteries, may contain perchloratematerials.Special handling may apply. For additionalinformation, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardous-waste/perchlorate.

N01201001045

When the vehicle is driven in a high ambient temperature, its air-conditioner performance can be insufficient. Also, using the air conditionerwill reduce the vehicle’s cruising range.

When the ambient temperature is approximately 104 °F (40 °C) or higher, the phenomena described below may occur. Please take thedescribed actions.

Even if the ambient temperature is approximately 104 °F (40 °C) or lower, when performing quick charging, driving at high-speed and uphillrepeatedly, the phenomena described below may occur. Please take the described actions.

CAUTION Please consult a certified i-MiEV dealer con-

cerning any such accessory fitment or modi-fication. If the wires interfere with the vehicle body orimproper installation methods are used (pro-tective fuses not included, etc.), electronicdevices may be adversely affected, resultingin a fire, vehicle damage, or other accident.

Mitsubishi Motors genuine parts

California Perchlorate Materials Requirements

Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat


Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat


3

Approx. ambi-ent temperature Phenomena Corrective action

Approx. 104 °F (40 °C) or higher

Startup and driving •

•

During quick charging, repeated high-speed driving, or repeated uphill driving, the power down warning light* comes on and the motor output is restricted to protect the main drive lithium-ion battery or motor (electric motor unit).Regenerative braking performance may decrease. When brak-ing, depress the brake pedal more strongly.

• Stop the vehicle in a safe place for a while, avoid quick charg-ing, and wait for the power down warning light* to go off.

• If you continue driving after the power down warning light* comes on, the vehicle may stop after you have driven a few miles/kilometres.

Charging and battery • During quick charging, charging times get longer.Approx.113 °F

(45 °C) or higherStartup and driving •

•

During quick charging, repeated high-speed driving, or repeated uphill driving, the power down warning light* comes on and the motor output is restricted to protect the main drive lithium-ion battery and/or motor (electric motor unit).Regenerative braking performance may decrease. When brak-ing, depress the brake pedal more strongly.

• Stop the vehicle in a safe place for a while, avoid quick charg-ing, and wait for the power down warning light* to go off.

• If you continue driving after the power down warning light* comes on, the vehicle may stop after you have driven a few miles/kilometres.

Charging and battery •

•

The EV charging cable (regular charging cable) cannot be used.During quick charging, charging times get longer.

• Park in a safe, well-ventilated and shady place.

• The main drive lithium-ion battery capacity is decreased more quickly, and the cruising range is decreased.


Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold


3

N01201101033

When the vehicle is driven in a low ambient temperatures, its heater performance can be insufficient. Also, using the heater can reduce thevehicle’s cruising range.

When the ambient temperature is approximately 5 °F (-15 °C) or lower, the phenomena described below may occur. Please take the correctiveactions described below.

Approx. 140 °F (60 °C) or higher

Startup and driving • The power down warning light* comes on, and the vehicle may stop.

• Park in a safe, well-ventilated and shady place, avoid quick charging, and wait for the power down warning light* to go off.

Charging and battery •

•

The EV charging cable (regular charging cable) cannot be used.Quick charging may become impossible.

• Park in a safe, well-ventilated and shady place.

NOTE *: Refer to “Power down warning light” on page 5-46. Illumination of the power down warning light does not indicate a malfunction.


Approx. ambi-ent temperature Phenomena Corrective action




3

Approx. ambi-ent tempera-

turePhenomena Corrective action

Approx.5 °F (-15 °C) or

lower

Startup and driving

• Motor output is restricted, and the power down warning light*1 may come on.<Reference: When the main drive lithium-ion battery tem-perature is 5 °F (-15 °C) or lower and the main drive lithium-ion battery’s remaining power is 50 %, the driving perfor-mance may decrease by approximately 30 %>

• Keep driving if you can drive at a safe speed.If you cannot drive at a safe speed, stop the vehicle in a safe place and charge the main drive lithium-ion bat-tery.

• Regenerative braking performance may decrease. • When braking, depress the brake pedal more strongly.

Charging and battery

••

Charging times get longer. Complete charging may not be possible.

• When you have finished driving, charge the main drive lithium-ion bat-tery before battery temperature falls.

Approx.-13 °F (-25 °C) or

lower

Startup and driving

• Motor output is restricted, and the power down warning light*1 may come on.<Reference: When the main drive lithium-ion battery tem-perature is -13 °F (-25 °C) or lower and the main drive lith-ium-ion battery’s remaining power is 50 %, the driving performance may decrease by approximately 50 %>

• Keep driving if you can drive at the same speed as surrounding vehicles.If you cannot drive the same speed as surrounding vehicles, stop the vehicle in a safe place and charge the main drive lithium-ion battery.

• Regenerative braking performance may decrease or be elimi-nated.

• When braking, depress the brake pedal more strongly.


• Charging may become impossible. • When you have finished driving, charge the main drive lithium-ion bat-tery before battery temperature falls.




3 Approx. -22 °F (-30 °C) or

lower

Startup and driving

•

•

The ready indicator*2 does not come on, and startup may not be possible.In the worst-case scenario, the vehicle may become undriv-able (with the energy level gauge and cruising range indica-tions still shown).

• In the daytime, wait for the tempera-ture to rise. When the temperature in the vicinity of the main drive lithium-ion battery has risen, start up.

• Regenerative braking performance may decrease or be elimi-nated.

• When braking, depress the brake pedal more strongly


• Charging may become impossible • In the daytime, wait for the tempera-ture to rise. When the temperature in the vicinity of the main drive lithium-ion battery has risen, begin charging.

NOTE *1: Refer to “Power down warning light” on page 5-46. Illumination of the power down warning light does not indicate a malfunction.

*2: Refer to “Ready indicator” on page 5-44.

Approx. ambi-ent tempera-

turePhenomena Corrective action


Charging


3

N01201201047

Your vehicle comes standard with a charge port and charging cable (EV charging cable) that uses a household outlet (AC 110-120V) as a chargingsource. You may also charge your vehicle using an i-MiEV compatible 220-240V charging device (EVSE*1 - available separately). Your vehiclecomes equipped with an additional quick charge port to be used with a CHAdeMO*2 quick charger.

Charging

Category Charge port Charge connector Charging Source Charging time Reference

Level 1

Regular charging 110-120V

(Attached EV charging cable)

passenger side of vehicle

110-120V household outlet (15 amp dedicated circuit

required)

120V/8A: Approx-imately 22-25

hours120V/12A:

Approximately 14-16 hours

P.3-16

Level 2Regular charging

220-240V(Primary Home EVSE*1 Dock-Available sepa-

rately)

passenger side of vehicleHome or public charging

device

Approximately 6-7 hours

P.3-16, 3-26


Charging


3

Charging time will vary depending on battery condition, air temperature and condition of power source (such as specification of the quick char-ger).A vehicle equipped with a quick charge port is compatible with most CHAdeMO connectors on charging stations. Charging stations using theCHAdeMO standard are UL certified and safe to use in the US.

Quick charging (charging method with quick char-

ger)

driver side of vehiclePublic charging stations

where available

Approximately 30 minutes for 80 %

chargeP.3-27

*1: EVSE = Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment

*2: CHAdeMO is a standard for quick charging of electric vehicle originally started in Japan, and the contents have also become internationalstandard.

NOTE The 12V starter battery will be automatically charged during charging and also while the ready indicator is illuminated. Refer to “Ready indicator” on page

5-44.Repeatedly performing only quick charging can reduce battery capacity. Regular charging is recommended unless quick charging is necessary. If the 12V starter battery is discharged, the main drive lithium-ion battery cannot be charged. Refer to “Jump-starting” on page 8-2.

Category Charge port Charge connector Charging Source Charging time Reference


Precautions during Charging the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery


3N01202601077

Precautions during Charg-ing the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery

WARNING Improper charging can result in a fire,

property damage, and serious injury ordeath.Read the instructions described belowcarefully and follow them. Also read andfollow the instructions for “Regularcharging (charging method with rated AC120V outlet)” on page 3-16, Regularcharging (using 240V Electric VehicleSupply Equipment) on page 3-26 and“Quick charging (charging method withquick charger)” on page 3-27 before usingthe charging device.• Do not touch regular charge port, regu-

lar charge connector, plug and outletwith wet hands.

• Keep away from water when connectingthe regular charge port, regular chargeconnector, plug and outlet.

• Do not perform charging outdoors inadverse weather, such as heavy rain,heavy snow or strong winds, or whenadverse weather is expected.

• Never charge or touch the vehicle whenlightning or thunder is observed orexpected. A lightning strike may backfeed into the regular charger causingdamage and possible personal injury ordeath. If lightning or thunder beginsduring regular charging, do not touchthe vehicle or the EV charging cable.Turn off the breaker.

• Make sure there is no water or foreignmaterials in the charge port, charge con-nector or plug, and that they are notdamaged or affected by rust or corro-sion. If any of these conditions are notice-able, do not charge the main drivelithium-ion battery.

• Never touch the metal contacts of thecharge port, charge connector or plug.

• Never disassemble or modify the chargeport or charging cable.

• If you notice unusual odor or smokecoming from the vehicle, charging cableor plug, or if the charging cable or plugbecomes hot to the touch, stop chargingimmediately.

Keep away from the cooling fan under thehood during charging. During charging,the cooling fan may automatically beoperated even if the electric motor switchis in the “LOCK” position.

WARNING Some public regular chargers may not be

compatible with your vehicle. If necessary,consult an administrator or the maker ofthe regular charger to determine whetherthe charger is compatible with your vehi-cle before using it. Also be sure to use theregular charger according to operatingprocedures indicated on the body of theregular charger.

CAUTIONDo not place the selector lever in any posi-

tion other than the “P” (PARK) positionwhile the regular charger is connected. If theselector lever is placed in a position otherthan the “P” position, the vehicle could acci-dentally move resulting in damage to the reg-ular charge connector. If the selector lever isplaced in any position other than “P” posi-tion while the regular charge connector isstill connected and the electric motor switchis the “ON” position, a warning buzzer willsound.

To prevent damage to the charging equip-ment:• Do not close the charge port lid without

closing the cap.• Do not subject the charging equipment to

impact.• Do not pull, twist or bend the EV charging

cable.• Do not drag the EV charging cable.

WARNING


Regular charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)


3N01203101040

Carefully read instructions regarding “Pre-cautions during charging the main drive lith-ium-ion battery” on page 3-15 and describedin this section and also instructions on “EVcharging cable” on page 3-23 or instructionsfor a charging device you use, and followthem.

• Do not store charging equipment in loca-tions where the temperature is above 185 °F(85 °C) or below -40 °F (-40 °C).

• Do not place the charging equipment closeto a heater or other heat source.

Make sure the inner cap is closed on thecharge port when charging is finished. If thecharge port lid is closed when the cap isopened, water or foreign materials may enterthe charge port.

Do not charge when a vehicle body cover isin use. This may cause damage to the charge con-nector.

Do not attempt to perform a jump start on the12V starter battery at the same time that themain drive lithium-ion battery is beingcharged. Doing so may damage the vehicleor charging cable and could cause an injury.See “For emergencies-Jump starting” in sec-tion 8.

Forcing the charge connector to connect maycause damage to the charging equipment andvehicle.

NOTERepeatedly performing only quick charging

can reduce the battery capacity. Regularcharging is recommended unless quickcharging is necessary.

CAUTION To help maintain the capacity of the main

drive lithium-ion battery, the following isrecommended:• If you repeatedly perform only the quick

charging, fully charge the vehicle by regu-lar charging every 2 weeks.

• Do not repeat charging when the main drivelithium-ion battery is at or near the fullcharge.

Both of the regular charging and quickcharge cannot be performed at the same time.The quick charging is given priority.

While charging, even if the electric motorswitch is in the “LOCK” position, you mayhear operating sounds such as sounds fromthe cooling fan and air conditioning com-pressor when operating the main drive lith-ium-ion battery cooling system or RemoteClimate Control. This is normal.Refer to “Remote Climate Control” on page3-36, 3-47.

It is recommended that you perform regularcharging from 2 bars or less on the energylevel gauge to full at least once every threemonths. This allows the energy level gaugeto adjust to decreased battery capacity andcorrectly display the remaining energy in themain drive lithium-ion battery.A certified i-MiEV dealer can also adjust theenergy level gauge for you when requested.

NOTE Regular charging (charging method with rated AC 120 V outlet)


property damage, and serious injury ordeath.

Always use a grounded outlet protected bya ground-fault circuit interrupter, ratedAC 120V and rated for 15A or more con-nected to a dedicated branch circuit. If theoutlet is not grounded, the risk of electri-cal shock will increase in the event of aninsulation failure in the EV chargingcable.If the circuit is shared, and another elec-trical device is being used at the same timethe vehicle is charging, the circuit mayheat abnormally, the breaker may tripand the circuit may cause adverse inter-ference on household electrical appliancessuch as televisions and audio systems.




3

N01216200019

Regular charge port light (A) comes on whenthe UNLOCK button on the remote controltransmitter is pressed, or when any door orthe liftgate is opened. The regular charge portlight and the dome lights (with the dome lightswitch in the “DOOR” position) will come onsimultaneously. However, the regular chargeport light will not come on when you pressthe dome light (front) lens or slide the domelight (rear) switch to the “ON” position.For details, refer to “Keyless entry system”on page 5-5, “Dome light (Front)/Readinglights” on page 5-78 and “Dome light (Rear)”on page 5-79.To turn on the charge port light again, pressthe UNLOCK button on the remote controltransmitter, or open any door or the liftgate.

Individuals using an electro-medicalapparatus such as implantable pacemak-ers and implantable cardiovascular-defi-brillators should check with themanufacturer of the apparatus to confirmthe effect of the electromagnetic wavesfrom charging. The electromagnetic wavesmay affect the operations of the electro-medical apparatus.

If you use an electro-medical apparatus,such as an implantable cardiac pacemakeror an implantable cardiovascular defibril-lator, observe the following precautionsbefore charging;• Keep your electro-medical apparatus

away from the charge connector, EVcharging cable, control box and regularcharging station.

• While regular charging;·Do not stay inside the vehicle.·Do not go inside the vehicle, for exam-

ple to remove or place an item in thepassenger compartment.·Do not open the liftgate, for example to

remove or place an item in the cargoarea.

To reduce the risk of electric shock, con-nect only to a properly grounded andwaterproofed outlet.

Never use an extension cable, multi-plugadapter or conversion adapter.Using them may cause overheating result-ing in fire.

WARNINGNever force the connection if the charging

cable or plug shows damage or is not eas-ily connected due to foreign materialentering the plug or the outlet.

Never use an outlet that is worn, damaged,or will not hold the plug firmly.

Make sure that the plug is inserted all theway into the outlet before use.

While it is normal for the plug and charg-ing cable to become warm during charg-ing, discontinue use immediately if theplug or charging cable becomes too hot totouch.

Never pull the cable to remove the plug.Never connect or disconnect the plug with

a wet hand.

NOTEYour vehicle is equipped with an EV charg-

ing cable for regular charging. Refer to “EVcharging cable” on page 3-23.

When connecting or disconnecting the regu-lar charge connector, insert/pull out the con-nector straight.Also, do not incline or twist the connector.Doing so could cause a bad connection ormalfunction.

Make sure to lock the doors to prevent theft,etc. during charging.

WARNING Regular charge port light

A




3

N01203201054

1. Fully apply the parking brake and placethe selector lever to the “P” (PARK) posi-tion.

2. Stop the electric devices such as lampsand turn the electric motor switch to the“LOCK” position.

3. Pull the regular charging opener (B) at thebottom left of the instrument panel toopen the regular charging lid (C) at theright rear side of the vehicle.

4. Remove key and lock the vehicle.5. Press the tab (D) to open the inner lid (E).

6. Insert the charging cable plug into an out-let.

NOTE The time until the light goes off can be

adjusted. See a certified i-MiEV dealer fordetails.

Charging from rated AC 120 V outlet

B

C

FD

E

WARNINGDo not touch the metal terminal of the

charge port (F) and the regular chargeconnector.Doing so could cause an electric shockand/or malfunction.

CAUTION To help keeping foreign material out of the

charge port, do not leave the inner lid openwithout connecting the charge connector.

NOTE There is a hole on the charge port for water

drainage. If this hole is blocked and watergets trapped in the charge port, do notcharge. Contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.

If the charge port becomes frozen, use a hairdryer to defrost and dry the regular chargeport before charging. Forcing the chargingconnector to connect with the regular chargeport while it is frozen can damage the regularcharge port and/or prevent charging.




3

7. The charging rate is 8 amps by default. Tocharge faster, press the 8 A/12 A manualselection button to select the 12 amps.The 12 A indicator (H) will be illumi-nated.

8. Open the cap (I) on the regular chargeconnector (J) and make sure that there isno foreign matter such as dust at the endof the regular charge connector and theregular charge port.

9. Without pressing the release button (K),insert the regular charge connector until aclick is heard.

WARNINGMake sure that the plug is inserted all the

way into the outlet before use.To reduce the risk of electric shock or fire

due to electric leak, always use a groundedoutlet protected by a ground-fault circuitinterrupter, rated AC 120V and rated for15A or more, that is connected to a dedi-cated branch circuit. If the outlet is notgrounded, the risk of electrical shock willincrease in the event of an insulation fail-ure in the EV charging cable.If the circuit is shared, and another elec-trical device is being used at the same timethe vehicle is charging, the circuit mayheat abnormally, the breaker may tripand the circuit may cause adverse inter-ference on the household electrical appli-ances such as televisions and audiosystems.

Never use an extension cable, multi-plugadapter or conversion adapter. Usingthem may cause overheating resulting infire.

To prevent an electrical shock or fire, donot use a multi type outlet. The groundedline may not work properly and it is not adedicated type outlet.

To reduce the risk of electric shock, con-nect only to a properly grounded andwaterproofed outlet.

Always use an AC 120V outlet rated for15A or more.

WARNING

G

H

WARNING If the selected electrical current level

exceeds the electrical current capacity ofthe electrical circuit or outlet being usedfor charging, the circuit and outlet canoverheat resulting in fire.If the capacity of an outlet and its electri-cal circuit are unknown, do not use theoutlet for charging the vehicle.

J

I




310. Make sure that the charging indicator on

the instrument cluster is illuminated.

If the charging indicator is not illumi-nated, charging will not start.Make sure that the regular charge port, theplug and the connector are correctly con-nected, and perform charging from Step 5again.

11. Charging is complete when the chargingindicator turns off. Pull out the regularcharge connector while pressing the but-ton (M).

CAUTIONDo not clasp the top of regular charge con-

nector. It could cause injury to from the pro-trusion on the charging lid.

NOTE If the electric motor switch is turned to the

“START” position with the regular chargeconnector connected to the regular chargeport, the electric motor unit cannot bestarted.

KDo not connect or disconnect the regular

charge connector repeatedly in a short timeperiod. You may experience difficulty charg-ing your vehicle.

NOTEWhen the regular charge connector is con-

nected to the regular charge port, the charg-ing indicator is blinking. When charging isstarted, the charging indicator is illuminated.

NOTE The charge level for main drive lithium-ion

battery can be checked with the energy levelgauge (L) on the instrument cluster.Refer to “Energy level gauge” on page 5-41.

You may hear operating sounds from themain drive lithium-ion battery cooling sys-tem, such as sounds from the cooling fan andair conditioning compressor, during regularcharging. This is normal.

NOTE

L

M




3

12. Close the inner lid and close the regularcharging lid.

13. Remove the charging cable plug from theoutlet.

14. Install the cap on the regular charge con-nector.

N01202501047

You cannot charge the main drive lithium-ionbattery when the main drive lithium-ion bat-tery temperature is -13 °F (-25 °C) or lower.The air conditioning will automatically oper-ate and the main drive lithium-ion batterywill be heated when all the following condi-tions are met.

The energy level gauge (A) in the instrumentcluster and charging indicator (B) illuminatewhile the main drive lithium-ion batterywarming system is operating.The main drive lithium-ion battery warmingsystem will automatically stop when the maindrive lithium-ion battery temperature is -4°F(-20°C) or higher.

WARNINGAfter charging, disconnect the charge con-

nector completely from the regular chargeport. If the charge connector remains par-tially engaged with the latch unlocked, theelectric motor switch can be turned to the“START” position and the vehicle can bemoved.

NOTECharging can be stopped half way. In this

case, pull out the regular charge connectorwhile pressing the button.

WARNINGAfter charging, be sure to close the inner

lid and the regular charging lid com-pletely.Be careful that water or dust does notenter in the regular charge port inner lidand regular charge connector.Entry of water or dust could cause electricleakage, resulting in a fire or electricshock.

NOTEMake sure that the inner lid is completely

closed before closing the regular charginglid.If the regular charging lid is forcibly closedwithout completely closing the inner lid, thehinge on the inner lid may be broken.

Main drive lithium-ion battery warming system

• The main drive lithium-ion battery tem-perature is between -22 °F (-30 °C) and-13 °F (-25 °C).

• The energy level gauge shows 4 bars ormore of full charge.

• The electric motor switch is in the“LOCK” position.

• The regular charge connector is con-nected to the regular charge port.

A

B




3


warming system operates while the remoteclimate control is operating, the remote cli-mate control stops. When the main drive lith-ium-ion battery warming system stops, theremote climate control operates again.


EV charging cable


3

N01202801053

Your vehicle is equipped with an EV charging cable that consists of a cable (A), control box (B), plug (C), and regular charge connector (D).

For a quicker charge, press the 8A/12A manual selection button (E) and confirm that the 12A indicator (F) is illuminated. Each time you press thebutton, either the 12A indicator or the 8A indicator (G) will illuminate.POWER (H), FAULT (I) and CHARGING (J) indicators located on the control box will illuminate/blink in response to the following conditions:

EV charging cable

E- 8A/12A manual selection button H ( )- POWER indicatorF- 12A indicator I ( )- FAULT indicatorG- 8A indicator J ( )- CHARGING indicator

Indicator (LED) and buttonEC

FH

B I

JG

D

A


EV charging cable


3

: Illuminates : Blinking : Not illuminated

POWER FAULT CHARGING Operating condition

Every time the charging cable plug (C) is connected to an outlet, all indicator lights illuminate for 1/2 second, then go out.After initial processing is completed, when the regular charge connector is not connected to the regular charge port, or the regular charge connector is connected to the regular charge port but charging is not being performed.

While the main drive lithium-ion battery is being charged

When the ground cable is disconnectedCheck the grounding of the outlet being used. If the outlet is properly grounded, contact a certi-fied i-MiEV dealer.

When charging is completed.

POWER FAULT CHARGING Abnormal operating condition and corrective action

When an electric leakage occurs or the EV charging cable malfunctions.Stop use immediately and contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.When the EV charging cable malfunctions.Stop use immediately and contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.If the control box indicator light does not illuminate after connecting the charging cable plug to the outlet, check the circuit breaker for the outlet. If the breaker has tripped, the circuit may not be suitable for use with EV charging cable. You should have a licensed electrician inspect and repair the electrical circuit. If the breaker is not tripped, stop using the EV charging cable and contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.


EV charging cable


3

N01202901041

FCC Notice: This equipment has been testedand found to comply with the limits for aClass B digital device, pursuant to part 15 ofthe FCC Rules. These limits are designed toprovide reasonable protection against harmfulinterference in a residential installation.This equipment generates, uses and can radi-ate radio frequency energy and, if notinstalled and used in accordance with theinstructions, may cause harmful interferenceto radio communications.However, there is no guarantee that interfer-ence will not occur in a particular installation.If this equipment does cause harmful interfer-ence to radio or television reception, whichcan be determined by turning the equipmentoff and on, the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of thefollowing measures:

WARNING Improper use of the EV charging cable

can result in a fire, property damage, andserious injury or death.Carefully read instructions regarding“Precautions during charging the maindrive lithium-ion battery” on page 3-15and on “Regular charging (chargingmethod with rated AC 120 V outlet)” onpage 3-16 and described in this sectionand follow them.

Always use an outlet protected by aground-fault circuit interrupter, rated for15A or more, and that is connected to adedicated branch circuit.

Never use an extension cable or conver-sion adapter.

When using a non-waterproof outlet, takecare to avoid contact with rainwater dur-ing charging.

Never connect or disconnect the plug witha wet hand.

Make sure that the plug is inserted all theway into the socket before use. Continuedcharging with a plug not completelyinserted or pulled halfway out of thesocket may result in a risk of overheatingor fire.

If the indictors show the EV chargingcable malfunctions as described below,stop using the EV charging cable and con-tact a certified i-MiEV dealer.

Never disassemble the EV charging cableor attempt to open the control box.

NOTEAll indicators are illuminated momentarily

for confirming operation when the chargingcable plug is inserted into an outlet. Afterthat, the POWER indicator is continuouslyilluminated and the CHARGING indicator iscontinuously blinking.

The CHARGING indicator will start to blinkwhen charging is completed. The POWERindicator is continuously illuminated whilecharging cable plug is inserted into an outlet.

Handling and storing the con-trol box

CAUTIONUse the method shown below to help secure

the control box and to prevent the plug frombeing pulled halfway out of the socket duringcharging.

NOTEUse hook (A) and a rope (B) that can support

the weight of the EV charging cable, 8.8 lbs(4 kg) as shown in the figure below.

Make sure that the rope has no damagebefore use.

NOTE

A

B


Regular charging (using 240 V Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment)


3

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the

equipment and receiver.Connect the equipment into an outlet on a

circuit different from that to which thereceiver is connected.

Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.

ICES Notice: This Class B digital apparatuscomplies with Canadian ICES-003.

N01203000013

1. Gently wipe outside surface of the EVcharging cable with gauze or a similar softcloth soaked with a mild soap and watersolution.

2. Wipe off all detergent with a soft clothdipped in fresh water and thoroughlywrung out.

3. Wipe all moisture off and dry in a shaded,well-ventilated area.

N01216101028

You can charge your vehicle through the reg-ular charge port using 240V Electric VehicleSupply Equipment (EVSE) compatible withi-MiEV.Carefully read instructions on “Precautionsduring charging the main drive lithium-ionbattery” on page 3-15, described in this sec-tion.For connecting/disconnecting the chargingconnector to/from the vehicle, follow instruc-

tions for the regular charging (chargingmethod with rated AC 120V outlet) on page3-16. Also follow instructions provided withthe 240V EVSE.

Cleaning the EV charging cable

WARNINGBefore cleaning, be sure to remove the

charging cable plug from the socket andthe regular charging plug from the vehi-cle. Do not connect or disconnect the plugwith a wet hand. Doing so can cause anelectric shock.

Never expose the metal terminal of theregular charge connector or the chargingcable plug to water or neutral detergent.Water or detergent entering into the plugscan cause a fire or an electric shock.

CAUTIONNever use benzine, petrol, organic solvents,

acid, or alkaline solvents to clean the charg-ing cable. Doing so could cause deformation,discolour, or malfunction. Also, these sub-stances may be present in various cleaners,so check carefully before use.

Regular charging (using 240 V Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment)

WARNING

WARNING Individuals using an electro-medical

apparatus such as implantable pacemak-ers and implantable cardiovascular-defi-brillators should check with themanufacturer of the apparatus to confirmthe effect of the electromagnetic wavesfrom charging. The electromagnetic wavesmay affect the operations of the electro-medical apparatus.

If you use an electro-medical apparatus,such as an implantable cardiac pacemakeror an implantable cardiovascular defibril-lator, observe the following precautionsbefore charging;• Keep your electro-medical apparatus

away from the charge connector, EVcharging cable, control box and regularcharging station.

• While regular charging;·Do not stay inside the vehicle.·Do not go inside the vehicle, for exam-




Quick charging (charging method with quick charger)


3

N01203301042

Your vehicle is equipped with a quick chargeport. The quick charge port is compatiblewith most CHAdeMO* connectors on charg-ing stations.*: CHAdeMO is a standard for quick charg-ing of electric vehicle originally started inJapan, and the contents have become an inter-national standard. Charging stations usingthis standard are UL certified and safe to usein the US.Improper charging can result in a fire, prop-erty damage, and serious injury or death.Carefully read and follow instructions on“Precautions during charging the main drive

lithium-ion battery” on page 3-15, instruc-tions described in this section and alsoinstructions for the quick charger you use.

CAUTIONBe sure to use a 240V EVSE compatible

with i-MiEV. Use of a non-compatible 240VEVSE may not charge the main drive lith-ium-ion battery correctly or may damage themain drive lithium-ion battery.

NOTE The 240V EVSE compatible with i-MiEV is

available separately. Contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.


WARNINGBe sure to use the quick charger applica-

ble to CHAdeMO standard and certifiedby CHAdeMO association.Use of the other quick charger may causethe fire or malfunction.

For operation of a quick charger, followinstructions for each quick charger.

If you use an electro-medical apparatus,such as implantable cardiac pacemaker oran implantable cardiovascular defibrilla-tor, follow the precautions describedbelow. Quick charging may affect theoperation of electric medical devices.• Do not perform quick charging and keep

away from a quick charger. Electromag-netic waves produced by a quick chargermay affect the operation of your electric-medical apparatus.

• If you have accidentally approached aquick charger, walk away from the quickcharger immediately.

• If quick charging is necessary, ask some-one for help.

• While quick charging;

·Do not stay inside the vehicle.·Do not go inside the vehicle, for exam-



Never connect or disconnect the chargerwith a wet hand.

Never pull the cable to disconnect thecharger.

During charging, the cooling fans underthe hood may automatically be operatedeven if the electric motor switch is in the“LOCK” position. Keep your hands awayfrom the cooling fan during charging.

As the quick charge connector is heavierin comparison to the regular charge con-nector, allowing it to drop could causedamage to the vehicle or charge connectoror personal injury.

CAUTION If the charge connector cannot easily be con-

nected to the quick charge port, do not forcethe connection. Foreign material may be inthe charge connector or quick charge port, orthe charging device may not be compatiblewith your vehicle. Contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.

WARNING




3

1. Fully apply the parking brake and movethe selector lever to the “P” (PARK) posi-tion.

2. Stop the electric devices such as lamps,air conditioning, etc. and turn the electricmotor switch to the “LOCK” position.

3. Pull the quick charging lid opener (A) atthe bottom left of the driver’s seat to openthe quick charging lid (B) at the left rearside of the vehicle.

4. Remove key and lock the vehicle.5. Press the tab (C) to open the inner lid (D).

NOTERepeatedly performing only quick charging

can reduce the battery capacity. Regularcharging is recommended unless quickcharging is necessary.

Before using a publicly available quick char-ger, confirm that the charger is suitable foryour vehicle.

Make sure to lock the doors to prevent theft,etc. during charging.

Do not turn the electric motor switch to the“ON” position during quick charging; doingso will stop quick charging.

When using a quick charger, make sure thatthe time available is enough so that the quickcharging can be finished in the time avail-able.If the power supply of the quick charger isshut off during quick charging, it could leadto a vehicle failure.

A

B

ED

C

WARNINGDo not touch the metal terminal of the

quick charge port (E) and the quickcharge connector.Doing so could cause an electric shockand/or malfunction.

CAUTIONBe sure to insert the quick charge connector

straight into the quick charge port all the wayto the base.Failure to do so may result in the main drivelithium-ion battery not charging or causedamage to the charging equipment.

Do not leave the inner lid open for any sig-nificant period of time without the chargeconnector inserted. Foreign material, ifallowed to enter the quick charge port, candamage the quick charge port and/or preventcharging.

NOTE There is a hole on the quick charge port for

water drainage. If this hole is blocked andwater gets trapped in the quick charge port,do not charge. Contact a certified i-MiEVdealer.




3

6. Insert the quick charge connector com-pletely into the quick charge port to begincharging.For connecting and disconnecting, followthe instruction manual for each quickcharger.

7. Make sure that the charging indicator onthe instrument cluster is illuminated.

If the charging indicator is not illumi-nated, charging has not started.Refer to the quick charger user manual.

8. Charging is complete when the chargingindicator turns off.Disconnect the quick charge connectoraccording to the manual of the quick char-ger.

If the quick charge port becomes frozen, usea hair dryer to defrost and dry it beforecharging. Forcing the charging connectorinto the quick charge port while it is frozencan damage the quick charge port, and it mayprevent charging.

WARNINGBe sure to insert the charge connector

completely into the quick charge port.If the charge connector is only partiallyinserted and the connector latch is notlocked, the electric motor switch could beturned to the “START” position and thevehicle could start moving

NOTE

NOTEWhen the quick charging plug is connected

to the charging connection, the chargingindicator will blink. Once charging hasstarted, the charging indicator will illumi-nate.

The charge level for the main drive lithium-ion battery can be checked with the energylevel gauge (F) on the instrument cluster.Refer to “Energy level gauge” on page 5-41.

You may hear operating sounds from themain drive lithium-ion battery cooling sys-tem, such as sounds from the cooling fan andair conditioning compressor, during quickcharging. This is normal.

Since the main drive lithium-ion batterycooling system uses cool air from the airconditioning system, the air conditioningwill automatically be operated.After quick charging, you may find dehu-midified water from the air conditioning sys-tem under the vehicle. This is normal.

NOTE

F




3

9. Close the inner lid and close the quickcharging lid.

CAUTIONDo not leave the quick charge connected to

the quick charge port after charging.Someone might stumble on the charger orthe quick charge port might get damaged.

NOTEAlthough it is possible to start the electric

motor unit if quick charging has not finishednormally, the charging indicator is continu-ously blinking. In such a situation, performquick charging again and finish it normallyor contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.

WARNINGAfter charging, be sure to close the inner

lid and the quick charging lid completely.Be careful that water or dust does notenter in the quick charge port, inner lidand quick charge connector.Entry of water or dust could cause a fire,electric shock or short circuit.

NOTE If the electric motor switch is turned to the

“START” position with the quick chargeconnector connected to the quick chargeport, the electric motor unit cannot bestarted.Be sure to disconnect the quick charge con-nector before starting the electric motor unit.

Charging will stop at approximately 80 %charge. This is a control for efficient chargeand not a malfunction.To achieve full charge, repeat charging fromStep 5 again.

Make sure that the inner lid is completelyclosed before closing the quick charging lid.If the quick charging lid is forcibly closedwithout first completely closing inner lid, thehinge on the inner lid may be broken.


Charging troubleshooting guide


3

N01202301032


Symptom Possible cause Possible solutionCharging cannot be started. The electric motor switch is in the

ON position.Before charging, place the electric motor switch in the “LOCK” position.

The main drive lithium-ion battery is already fully charged.

Charging cannot be performed if the main drive lithium-ion battery is already fully charged. Charging automatically turns off if the main drive lithium-ion battery is fully charged.

The temperature of the main drive lithium-ion battery is too high or too low to charge.

Confirm the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature.Refer to “Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat” on page 3-8 and “Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold” on page 3-10.

The 12V starter battery is discharged. The main drive lithium-ion battery can be charged if the vehicle electrical systems cannot be turned on. If the battery is discharged, charge or jump start the 12V starter battery. Refer to “Jump-starting” on page 8-2.

The vehicle or the charging cable has a malfunction.

The vehicle or the charging cable may have a malfunction. Confirm if the warning light on the meter is illuminated. Confirm if the indicator on the charger is indicating a malfunction. If a warning is displayed, stop charg-ing and contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.

The fuse has blown. Confirm if the fuse of the interior lights (dome lights) in the fuse block in the passenger compartment located in front of the driver’s seat has blown.Refer to “Fuses” on page 9-19.




3

Regular charging cannot be started.

There is no electrical power coming from the outlet.

Confirm that there has not been a power failure. Make sure the breaker is on. If an outlet with a timer device installed is used, power will only be available at the time set by the timer.Confirm if the POWER indicator on the control box is illuminated.

The charge connector is not con-nected correctly.

Confirm the charge connector is connected correctly.

The charge connector was connected and disconnected repeatedly in a short time.

Disconnect the charge connector, wait for a while, then start charging pro-cedure again from the beginning.

A charging cable for other vehicle is used.

Use the EV charging cable only for your vehicle.

The regular charger may not be com-patible with your vehicle.

Ask an administrator or the manufacturer of the regular charger whether the charger is compatible with your vehicle. Always follow the instruc-tions shown on the regular charger.

Charging Timer by MiEV remote cannot be started.

Refer to “Action to be taken when the MiEV Remote system does not operate correctly” on page 3-52.

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution




3

Regular charging is discon-tinued.

There is no power coming from the outlet.

There may have been a electrical power failure, or the breaker may have failed.Charging will resume when the power source is reset.

The EV charging cable has been dis-connected.

Check that the EV charging cable has not been disconnected.

The button on the regular charge con-nector has been pressed.

If the charge connector button is pressed for a long period of time, charg-ing will be stopped. Start the charging procedure again.

The temperature of the main drive lithium-ion battery is too hot or too cold to charge.

Confirm the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature.Refer to “Cautions and actions to deal with intense heat” on page 3-8 and “Cautions and actions to deal with intense cold” on page 3-10.

Charging is stopped by the regular charge timer.

Charging will stop depending on the timer function setting of the regular charge device. If you need to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery more, start the charging procedure again.

Quick charging cannot be started.

The charge connector is not con-nected correctly and/or not locked.

Check that the charge connector is connected correctly and that it is locked.

The self-diagnostic function of the quick charge device returns a nega-tive result.

There is a possibility that the vehicle has a malfunction. Stop charging and contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.

The power switch of the quick char-ger is off.

Check the power switch of the quick charger.Consult an administrator or a maker of the quick charger.

Quick charge is discontin-ued.

Charging is stopped by the quick charge timer.

Charging will stop depending on the timer function setting of the quick charge device.If you need to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery more, start the charging procedure again.

Charging stops at 80% capacity. Charging is designed to stop when the main drive lithium-ion battery capacity reaches 80%. If you need to charge the main drive lithium-ion battery more than 80%, start the charging procedure again.

The power supply for the quick char-ger is off.

Check whether the power supply for the quick charger is off.Consult an administrator or a maker of the quick charger.



High-Voltage components


3

N01205700027

High voltage components and wiring cablesare located as shown in the figure below.

The charging indicator is continuously blinking even if the quick charge connec-tor is not connected into the quick charge port when you start the electric motor unit after quick charging.

Quick charging has not finished nor-mally.

Perform quick charging again and finish it normally or contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.

EV (Electric Vehicle) sys-tem does not start after quick charging.

The vehicle has a malfunction. Contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.If you need to push the vehicle, turn the electric motor switch to the “ON” position and move the selector lever to the “N”(NEUTRAL) position.



WARNINGThe EV (Electric Vehicle) system uses high

voltage up to DC 330 volt. The system canbe hot during and after starting and whenthe vehicle is shut off. Be careful of boththe high voltage and the high temperature.Follow the warning labels that areattached to the vehicle.

Never touch, disassemble, remove orreplace high-voltage parts, exposed elec-trical components, cables or connectors.Failure to follow this instruction canresult in severe burns or electric shockcausing serious injury or death. High-volt-age cables are colored orange. The vehiclehigh voltage system has no user service-able parts. Take your vehicle to a Certifiedi-MiEV dealer for any necessary mainte-nance.

Always assume the high voltage batteryand associated components are energizedand fully charged.

WARNING

1- Regular charge port2- MCU3- Main drive lithium-ion battery4- Heater5- Air conditioner compressor6- High voltage connector7- Service plug8- Electric motor (Electric motor unit)9- On board charger/DC-DC converter




3N01205800031

A crash or impact significant enough torequire an emergency response for conven-tional vehicles would also require the sameresponse for electric vehicles.Also follow the instructions described belowto avoid severe burns and electrical shock thatmay result in serious injury or death.

10- Quick charge port

In case of a collision

WARNING If your vehicle is drivable, pull your vehi-

cle off the road to a safe, nearby locationand remain on the scene.Also, if possible, do the following opera-tions and stay out of the way of anyoncoming traffic while awaiting thearrival of emergency responders.• Apply chocks to the wheels.• Move the selector lever to the “P”

(PARK) position.• Apply the parking brake.• Open the windows, doors and liftgate.• Turn the electric motor switch to the

“LOCK” position.• Turn on the hazard warning flashers.• Move the key away from the vehicle to

prevent unintended start-up of the sys-tem by inadvertent contact with a switchor impact from the crash.

Never touch high-voltage wiring, connec-tors, and other high-voltage parts, such asthe inverter unit and main drive lithium-ion battery. An electric shock may occur ifexposed electric wires are visible whenviewed from inside or outside of yourvehicle. For their locations, see “High-voltage components” on page 3-34.

If the vehicle receives a strong impact tothe floor while driving, stop the vehicle ina safe place and check the floor.

Leaks or damage to the main drive lith-ium-ion battery may result in a fire. If youdiscover them, contact emergency servicesimmediately. Since the fluid leak may belithium manganite from the Lithium-ionbattery, never touch any fluid leakingfrom the inside or outside of the vehicle. Ifthe fluid contacts your skin or eyes, washit off immediately with a large amount ofwater and receive immediate medicalattention to help avoid serious injury.

If you are unable to safely assess the vehi-cle due to vehicle damage, do not touchthe vehicle. Leave the vehicle and contactemergency services. Advise emergencyresponders that this is an electric vehicle.

WARNING If a fire occurs in this vehicle, leave the

vehicle as soon as possible and contactemergency services. Do not attempt toextinguish a fire by yourself. If the fireinvolves a lithium-ion battery, it willrequire large, sustained volumes of waterfor extinguishment. Using a small amountof water or the incorrect fire extinguishercan result in serious injury or death fromelectrical shock.

When you leave the vehicle, if possible,open the windows, doors and liftgate toprevent accumulation of poisonous/com-bustible gasses. This will also assist in therescue and fire fighting process.

As with any vehicle fire, the byproducts ofcombustion can be toxic. Do not inhalesmoke, vapors, or gas from the vehicle.Move to a safe distance upwind and uphillfrom the vehicle fire and out of the way ofany oncoming traffic while awaiting thearrival of emergency responders.

If you detect leaking fluids, sparks, smoke,flames, gurgling, popping or hissing noisesoriginating from the high voltage batterycompartment, contact emergency servicesimmediately. This may result in a fire.

Physical damage to the vehicle or highvoltage battery may result in immediate ordelayed release of toxic and/or flammablegases and fire.

WARNING


MiEV Remote System


3

N01203401056

The MiEV Remote System has the followingthree functions.

Charging Timer P.3-41When the EV charging cable (regularcharger) (Level 1 or Level 2) is con-nected, the batteries will only chargeduring the pre-set time period selectedusing the MiEV Remote.

Remote Climate Control P.3-47When the EV charging cable (regularcharger) (Level 1 or Level 2) is con-nected, the air-conditioner or heater canbe activated for up to 30 minutes priorto vehicle usage. This feature can beused to cool or heat the car and to acti-vate the front and rear windowdefroster.

Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery LevelIndicator P.3-50

The charge remaining in the MainDrive Lithium-ion Battery can be con-firmed through the MiEV Remote.

For your quick reference, refer to “Basicoperation of the MiEV Remote” on page3-40.

If your vehicle needs to be towed, trans-port the vehicle on a flatbed truck or towthe vehicle either with all wheels or therear wheels (drive wheels) off the ground.If the rear wheels are on the ground whentowing, this may cause damage to the elec-tric motors. This may also cause a fire, ifwiring in the electric motor unit roombecomes damaged. Refer to “Towing” onpage 8-11.

Do not attempt to repair a damaged elec-tric vehicle yourself. Please contact a cer-tified i-MiEV dealer for service.

In the event of an accident that requiresbody repair and painting, the vehicleshould be delivered to a Certified i-MiEVdealer to have the main drive lithium-ionbattery and high voltage parts such as theinverter, including the attached wiringharness, removed prior to painting. Ifexposed to heat in the paint booth, themain drive lithium-ion battery will experi-ence battery capacity loss.A damaged main drive lithium-ion batterycan also pose safety risks to untrainedmechanics and repair personnel.

NOTE The emergency shut-off system will be acti-

vated and the high-voltage system will auto-matically turn off under the followingconditions:

WARNING• Certain front, side or rear collisions.• Certain EV (Electric Vehicle) system mal-

functions.When the emergency shut-off system is acti-

vated, the ready indicator is turned off. Referto “Indicator and warning light package” onpage 5-43.

If the emergency shut-off system activates,contact a Certified i-MiEV dealer.

MiEV Remote System

NOTE COOL:Operates in cooling mode intendedfor exclusive use with Remote Cli-mate Control (Pre-Cooling Mode).

HEAT:Operates in heating mode intendedfor exclusive use with Remote Cli-mate Control (Pre-Heating Mode).The heated seats can be used whilethe Remote Climate Control is acti-vated.

:Operates in defroster mode intendedfor exclusive use with Remote Cli-mate Control (Pre-Defroster Mode).The electric rear window defogger isactivated automatically when theRemote Climate Control is activatedin Pre-Defroster Mode.


MiEV Remote System


3

WARNING Individuals who use implantable pace-

makers or implantable cardiovascular-defibrillators should keep away from theexternal and internal transmitters. Theelectromagnetic waves used in the MiEVRemote System may affect the operationof implantable pacemakers and implant-able cardiovascular-defibrillators.

Individuals using other electro-medicalapparatus besides implantable pacemak-ers and implantable cardiovascular-defi-brillators should check with themanufacturer of the apparatus to confirmthe effect of the electromagnetic wavesused by the MiEV Remote System. Theelectromagnetic waves may affect theoperations of the electro-medical appara-tus.

Never use the MiEV Remote near medicalequipment. Electromagnetic waves couldadversely affect the medical equipment.

MiEV Remote

Glass antenna

Keep the MiEV Remote in the place wherechildren will not touch or play with theremote.

When bringing the MiEV Remote onflights, do not press any switches on theMiEV Remote while on the plane. If aswitch is pressed on the plane, the MiEVRemote emits electromagnetic waveswhich like cell phones and other wirelessdevices, could interfere with systems onthe airplane.When carrying the MiEV Remote in abag, be careful that no switches on theMiEV Remote can be pressed by mistake.

CAUTIONNever disassemble or modify the MiEV

Remote. No user serviceable parts are insideexcept batteries.

Disassembling or modifying the MiEVRemote or removing a label from the MiEVRemote may violate regulations.

WARNING NOTE The MiEV Remote system uses radio waves.

The MiEV Remote can operate withinapproximately 328 feet (100 m) from thevehicle.In the following environments or situations,the MiEV Remote may not transmit andreceive radio waves correctly. As a result,the remote may not operate properly. • When the vehicle and the MiEV Remote

are separated by a concrete wall.• When there is a metal wall between the

vehicle and the MiEV Remote.• When the vehicle is surrounded by other

tall vehicles.• When the vehicle and/or the MiEV Remote

is near a facility emitting strong radiowaves, such as a television tower, a trans-former substation, a broadcasting station oran airport.

• When other electrical equipment such ascomputers or cell-phones are placed nearthe MiEV Remote.

• When the MiEV Remote touches some-thing metallic, or is covered by a metalobject.

• When batteries for the MiEV Remote areweak.

Melody and buzzer from the MiEV Remotecan be turned on or off.Refer to “To turn on/off melody and buzzer”on page 3-49.


MiEV Remote System


3

N01203501044 The transmitter signal will reach furtherwhen the antenna of the MiEV Remote isfully extended and held upright.

The onboard antenna is printed on the rightside delta glass of the vehicle.

When the MiEV Remote is not used for morethan 30 seconds, the MiEV Remote willautomatically turn off.

Some charge facilities have a timer functionwhich turns the power supply on and offautomatically. When using a charge facilitywith this timer function, please adjust thecharging time set by the MiEV Remote to beconsistent with the timer used by the charg-ing facility.

When you need additional MiEV Remotes,please contact a certified i-MiEV dealer. Upto four MiEV Remotes can be used per vehi-cle.

You may hear operating sounds such assounds from the cooling fan and air condi-tioning compressor when the Remote Cli-mate Control is activated even if the electricmotor switch is in “LOCK” position duringtimer charging. This is normal.Refer to “Remote Climate Control” on page3-47.

NOTE MiEV Remote

Switches

1- Power/communication switch - Pressand hold to turn remote on. Pressquickly to transmit command to vehi-cle.

2- MODE switch - The display of theMiEV Remote is changed in order of“ON timer”, “OFF timer” and “RemoteClimate Control” by pressing thisswitch.

3- Manual charge switch (this can alsocancel the timers and Remote ClimateControl).

4- Ring

5- UP switch - scrolls up the display items6- DOWN switch - scrolls down the dis-

play items7- Display8- Antenna

Display (LCD monitor)

1- Blinks when communicating with vehi-cle, and when error occurs.

2- The indicator lights up during charging.The indicator blinks when the manualcharging button is pressed. The indica-tor will rapidly blink, if EV chargingcable (regular charger) is not connectedwhen the timer charging or RemoteClimate Control is set.


MiEV Remote System


3

3- Blinks if there is an operation or com-munication error.

4- Shows remaining charge of the MainDrive Lithium-ion Battery. Blinks ifbattery has less than 20% charge.

5- : Indicates ON timer is set

: Indicates OFF timer is set6- Indicates amount of time until Charg-

ing Timer is complete.7- When Remote Climate Control is set,

displays mode set to operate:COOL: Pre-Cooling ModeHEAT: Pre-Heating Mode

: Pre-Defroster ModeA/C OFF: Remote Climate ControlOFF

CAUTIONNever leave the MiEV Remote in a place

where it will be subject to high temperatures,such as in direct sunlight, or subject toextreme low temperatures.The MiEV Remote can be damaged and maynot properly operate.

Never drop or hit the MiEV Remote. Do notapply force to bend the antenna. These cancause damage to or failure of the remote.

If the MiEV Remote gets wet, please wipewater off immediately. Water entering theMiEV Remote can cause a failure.


MiEV Remote System


3

N01206100015

Basic operation of the MiEV Remote

Press the power/communication switch for 1 second or more to turn the MiEV Remote on.

ON timer OFF timer Remote Climate Control

Main Drive Lithium-ion Bat-tery Level Indicator

Press the MODE switch to show the ON timer display.

Press the MODE switch to show the OFF timer display.

Press the MODE switch to show the Remote Climate Control dis-play.

Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery Level Indicator

Repeat these steps to set other MODE.

Press the UP switch or DOWN switch to select desired setting.

Press the power/communication switch to send the data to the vehicle.

Press the power/communication switch for 3 seconds or more to turn the MiEV Remote off or the MiEV Remote will automatically turn off 30 min-utes after it has been sent the data to the vehicle.


MiEV Remote System


3

N01203701020

The Charging Timer can be set as follows.

ON timer: Time from the present to whencharging will begin.

OFF timer: Time from the start of charg-ing to the end of charging

To set the timer, the following conditionsmust be met.

Selector lever: “P” (PARK) positionElectric motor switch: “LOCK”positionEV charging cable (regular charger): Con-

nected

Charging Timer


property damage, and serious injury ordeath.Before Charging Timer, carefully readand follow the instructions in “Precautionon Charging the Main Drive Lithium-ionBattery” on page 3-15 and “Regularcharging (charging method with rated AC120 V outlet)” on page 3-16.

NOTECharging Timer cannot be used with a quick

charging system.


MiEV Remote System


3

N01205001030

1. In case you set the timer at 9:00 PM so that charging starts at 11:00 PM and stops at 7:00 AM of the following day (for 8 hours).2. In case you set the timer at 7:00 PM so that charging starts and stops at the same time the last time.

Example of Charging Timer

9:00PM

7:00PM

7:00AM

11:00PM

11:00PM

7:00AM

1. Setting of ON Timer = 2h, OFF Timer = 8h 2. When Charging timers are set up, initially 4h for ON-Timer and 8h for OFF-Timer are displayed.

Charging

Waiting

ON Timer = 2h OFF Timer = 8h ON-Timer initial display = 4h

OFF-Timer initial dis-play = 8h


MiEV Remote System


3N01205100018

1. Extend the antenna (A) and press thepower/communication switch (B) for 1second or more to turn the MiEV Remoteon. When it communicates with the vehi-cle properly, the vehicle information willbe displayed on the screen.

2. To turn the MiEV Remote off, press thepower/communication switch (B) for 3seconds or more and store the antenna(A).

N01205201029

1. Start the regular charging. Refer to “Reg-ular charging (charging method with ratedAC 120 V outlet)” on page 3-16.

2. Turn on the MiEV Remote. Refer to “Toturn the MiEV Remote ON/OFF” on page3-43.

3. Press the UP switch (C) or the DOWNswitch (D) once. The time remaining fromthe present to the time that was previouslyset for the ON timer will be displayed andblink.

4. If you need to change the remaining timefor the ON timer, press the UP switch (C)or the DOWN switch (D) to change theremaining time.The remaining time can be changedwithin the range from 0 to 19.5 hours inhalf hour increments.

To turn the MiEV Remote ON/OFF

To set the ON timer

NOTE The remaining time for the last charging is

displayed with blinking as follows.Example: If you set the charging startingtime to 11:00 PM of the day before:

Present time Remaining time Display

9:00 PM 2:00 2h9:10 PM 1:50 2h9:40 PM 1:20 1.5h

NOTE If the MiEV Remote cannot communicate

with the vehicle, the remaining time will notbe displayed.

NOTEWhen you want to start the charging at the

same time as the last time, changing theremaining time is unnecessary.

When the remaining time is set to 0h, thecharging starts immediately after step 5.


MiEV Remote System


3

5. Press the power/communication switch(B) for less than 1 second to send the set-ting data to the vehicle.The MiEV Remote will sound melodieson transmission and reception.

6. To turn off the MiEV Remote, refer to“To turn the MiEV Remote ON/OFF” onpage 3-43.

N01206000014


2. Press the UP switch (C) or the DOWNswitch (D) once, and the remaining timefrom the present to the time set for the ONtimer will be displayed and blink.

3. Change the remaining time to 0h by press-ing the UP switch (C) or the DOWNswitch (D).

NOTE The melodies can be turned off. Refer to “To

turn on/off melody and buzzer” on page3-49.

If a communication error occurs or the MiEVRemote System is not functioning properly,the buzzer will sound. Refer to “Display ofMiEV Remote during communicating withvehicle” on page 3-46.

If the OFF Timer is unset when setting theON timer, the OFF timer will be automati-cally set with “fully charged”.

To set OFF Timer, refer to “To set OFFTimer” on page 3-45.

NOTE The energy level gauge (E) in the instrument

panel on the vehicle will illuminate and thecharging indicator (F) will blink approxi-mately 30 seconds after the vehicle hasreceived the setting for the ON timer.After approximately 30 seconds, the energylevel gauge and the charging indicator willgo off, and the vehicle will be prepared forthe Charging Timer.

Turning the electric motor switch to the“ON” position or the “ACC” position willcancel the Charging Timer.

If the MODE switch is pressed while chang-ing the ON timer setting, the change will becanceled.

The symbol on the MiEV Remotewill be illuminated while the vehicle ischarging.

E

F

If the charge connector is disconnectedbefore the time set by the ON timer, theCharging Timer is not canceled. If the chargeconnector is re-connected again before start-ing the charge or setting the charge timers,the Charging Timer will resume.

To start the charging immediately after the ON timer has been set

NOTE


MiEV Remote System


3

4. Press the power/communication switch(B) for less than 1 second to send the set-ting data to the vehicle. The MiEVRemote will sound melodies on transmis-sion and reception. The charging willstart.Refer to “Regular charging (chargingmethod with rated AC 120 V outlet)” onpage 3-16.

5. Turn off the MiEV Remote. Refer to “Toturn the MiEV Remote ON/OFF” on page3-43.

N01205301033

The OFF timer can be set during the regularcharging or after setting the ON timer.

1. When the power of MiEV Remote is off,turn the power on. Refer to “To turn theMiEV Remote ON/OFF” on page 3-43.

2. Press the MODE switch (G) to change thedisplay to the OFF timer (2).

3. Press the UP switch (C) or the DOWNswitch (D) once. The time set last time forthe OFF timer will be displayed and blink.

4. If you need to change the time for theOFF timer, press the UP switch (C) or theDOWN switch (D) to change the time.

• The time can be changed within therange from 0.5h to 19.5h by half hourand can be changed to “-h”.

• When “-h” is displayed, the chargingwill end when Main Drive Lithium-ionBattery is fully charged.

5. Press the power/communication switch(B) for less than 1 second to send the set-ting data to the vehicle.The MiEV Remote will sound melodieson transmission and reception.

To set OFF Timer

1_ Shown the ON timer2_ Shown the OFF timer3_ Shown the Remote Climate Control

NOTE To display “-h”, press the UP switch (C)

when 19.5h is displayed or press DOWNswitch (D) when 0.5h is displayed.




If the ON timer is unset when setting theOFF timer, the ON timer will be automati-cally set with “0h”.


MiEV Remote System


3


N01203801021

It communicates with the vehicle when thepower of the MiEV Remote is turned on withpressing the power supply/communicationswitch (B) for 1 second or more and if thepower supply/communication switch (B) ispressed for less than 1 second while thepower of the MiEV Remote is on.If the normal reception melody sounds afterthe transmitting melody, it is set completion.Communication symbol (H) blinks whilecommunicating with the vehicle.If the buzzer sounds with ERROR symbol (I)blinks, a problem is detected. Refer to“Actions to be taken when the MiEV Remotesystem does not operate correctly” on page3-52.

N01203901022

There are two methods to cancel ChargingTimer.

By using the MiEV RemoteBy operating the electric motor switch on

the vehicle

NOTE The energy level gauge (E) in the instrument

panel will illuminate and the charging indi-cator (F) will blink approximately 30 sec-onds after the vehicle has received thesetting for the OFF timer.After approximately 30 seconds, the energylevel gauge and the charging indicator willthen go off, and the vehicle will be preparedfor Charging Timer in accordance with theON/OFF setting.

The symbol on the MiEV Remoteilluminates while the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery is charging.

E

F

The Charging Timer will be cancelled if theelectric motor switch is turned to the “ON”or “ACC” position.

Once the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery isfully charged, the charging will end even ifbefore the time set by the OFF timer.

If the charge connector is disconnected dur-ing charging, the OFF charging timer will becanceled.

Display of MiEV Remote during communicating with vehicle

NOTE

To cancel Charging Timer

NOTE If the Charging Timer is canceled during

charging, the charging will continue until theMain Drive Lithium-ion Battery is fullycharged.

If the Charging Timer is canceled beforecharging starts, charging will start immedi-ately and continue until the Main Drive Lith-ium-ion Battery is fully charged.


MiEV Remote System


3

A. By using the MiEV Remote1. When the power of MiEV Remote is

off, turn the power ON. Refer to “Toturn the MiEV Remote ON/OFF” onpage 3-43.

2. Press the manual charging switch (J),then press the power/communicationswitch (B) for less than 1 second.

3. Canceling Charging Timer is com-plete, and the MiEV Remote willsound two different melodies.

4. Turn off the MiEV Remote. Refer to“To turn the MiEV Remote ON/OFF”on page 3-43.

B. By operating the electric motor switch onthe vehicleTurn the electric motor switch to the“ACC” or “ON” position, then turn backto the “LOCK” position.Canceling the Charging Timer is nowcomplete.

N01204201035Charging Timer cannot be canceled by dis-connecting the charge connector before thetime set by the ON timer. The ChargingTimer will resume when the charging con-nector is again connected to the vehicle.

NOTE If the manual charging switch (J) is pressed,

the symbol of MiEV Remote willblink. Remote Climate Control is alsostopped.

NOTE Remote Climate Control

WARNINGThe Remote Climate Control, even when

set, cannot be relied upon to maintain safevehicle cabin temperatures while the vehi-cle is stopped or parked. Never leave chil-dren or persons requiringsupervision/nursing unattended inside thevehicle. Temperature inside the vehiclecould become extremely high or lowresulting in a risk of heat stroke or hyper-thermia that could result in death.In addition, children can activate switchesand controls, resulting in an injury orfatal accident.

While the Remote Climate Control is acti-vated, keep away from the cooling fanunder the front hood, since the cooling fanmay automatically operate even if theelectric motor switch is in the “LOCK”position.

NOTE The Remote Climate Control works regard-

less the position of the air conditioningswitch or dial on the vehicle. While theRemote Climate Control is activated, the airconditioning switch or dial on the vehiclewill not affect operation of the cooler, heateror defroster.


MiEV Remote System


3N01204301036

The following conditions must be met tooperate the Remote Climate Control.

Selector lever: P (PARK) position.Electric motor switch: LOCK position.EV charging cable (regular charger): Con-

nected.Quick charging: Not used.Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery Level

Indicator: Shows one bar or more. Referto “Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery LevelIndicator” on page 3-50.

All doors and the liftgate: Closed.

1. Start charging. Refer to “Regular charging(charging method with rated AC 120 Voutlet)” on page 3-16.


3. Press the MODE switch (G) to change themode to Remote Climate Control (3).

4. Select a desired mode by pressing UPswitch (C) or DOWN switch (D).

The Remote Climate Control will automati-cally stop 30 minutes after the Remote Cli-mate Control has been set.

The Remote Climate Control is operated byelectric power supplied through the EVcharging cable (regular charger).

Under the following conditions, the effect ofthe Remote Climate Control can bedecreased.• When the outside temperature is very high.• When the sunlight is strong.• When the outside temperature is very low.

When Remote Climate Control is activatedwhile charging the Main Drive Lithium-ionBattery, the time required to fully charge theMain Drive Lithium-ion Battery will becomelonger or the amount of charge may decreaseif the OFF timer has been set.

If the Main Drive Lithium-ion BatteryWarming System is operated while theRemote Climate Control is activated, theRemote Climate Control will stop. When theMain Drive Lithium-ion Battery WarmingSystem stops, the Remote Climate Controlwill resume. Refer to “Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery Warming System” on page 3-21.

While the Remote Climate Control is acti-vated, if a heated seat switch is ON, theheated seat will operate.

NOTE To operate the Remote Climate Control


property damage, and serious injury ordeath.Carefully read and follow instructions in“Precaution during Charging the MainDrive Lithium-ion Battery” on page 3-15and “Regular charging (charging methodwith rated AC 120 V outlet)” on page 3-16.

1_ Shown the ON timer2_ Shown the OFF timer3_ Shown the Remote Climate Control


MiEV Remote System


3

The modes will be changed in the orderfrom 1 to 4 by pushing the UP switch.

5. Press the power/communication switch(B) for less than 1 second to send the set-ting to the vehicle. The MiEV Remotewill sound melodies on transmission andreception.


N01204401024

The Remote Climate Control can be stoppedby either of the following methods.

A. By using the MiEV Remote, after press-ing the manual charging switch (J), pressthe power/communication switch (B) forless than 1 second.

B. By using the MiEV Remote, select theA/C OFF mode and send the setting.Refer to “To operate the Remote ClimateControl” on page 3-48.

C. Turn the electric motor switch to the“ACC” or the “ON” position.

D. Disconnect the regular charge connectorfrom the vehicle.

N01204100024

1. Turn on the MiEV Remote. Refer to “Toturn the MiEV Remote ON/OFF” on page3-43.• To turn off the sounds, press the UP

switch (C) while pressing MODE switch(G).

• To turn on the sounds, press the DOWNswitch (D) while pressing MODE switch(G).

1_ COOL: Pre-Cooling Mode2_ HEAT: Pre-Heating Mode3_ : Pre-Defroster Mode4_ A/C OFF: Remote Climate Control

OFF




To stop the Remote Climate Con-trol

NOTE

NOTE The Remote Climate Control will not stop if

the doors or liftgate are opened after theRemote Climate Control has started.

To turn on/off melody and buzzer


MiEV Remote System


3


N01204500015

The remaining energy in the Main Drive Lith-ium-ion Battery can be checked using theMiEV Remote.

1. If the MiEV Remote has been turned off,turn on the MiEV Remote. Refer to “Toturn the MiEV Remote ON/OFF” on page3-43.

2. Current remaining energy in the MainDrive Lithium-ion Battery is shown onthe display while the MiEV Remote isON.

The remening energy is shown by thenumber of segments displayed.


N01205400011

Your MiEV Remote System operates on aradio frequency subject to Federal Communi-cations Commission (FCC) Rules (For vehi-cles sold in U.S.A.) and Industry CanadaRules (For vehicles sold in Canada). Thisdevice complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules and RSS-Gen of the Industry CanadaRules.Operation is subject to the following two con-ditions.

This device may not cause harmful inter-ference.

This device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

Main Drive Lithium-ion Bat-tery Level Indicator

: 3 segments: Full or near full: 2 segments: Moderate: 1 segment: Low: 0 segments: Empty or near empty

NOTEMore than remained quantity in the

Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery is necessaryto operate the Remote Climate Control.

General information

CAUTIONChanges or modifications not expressly

approved by the manufacturer for compli-ance could void the user’s authority to oper-ate the equipment.


MiEV Remote System


3N01204600016

N01204700017

Two coin type batteries are used. Replace asnecessary to assure proper operation.

N01204800021

1. Before replacing the batteries, removestatic electricity from your body by touch-ing a metal grounded object.

2. Battery cover (B) lifts when the slide por-tion (A) is moved to the arrow direction.

3. By moving the battery cover (B) in thearrow direction, tabs (C) on the batterycover will come out and the battery covercan be removed.

4. Remove the old batteries.5. Install two new coin type CR2032 batter-

ies (D) with the “+” side up.

6. Attach the battery cover (A) in the reverseorder from the way you have detached it.

7. Confirm the MiEV Remote can be turnedON. Refer to “To turn the MiEV RemoteON/OFF” on page 3-43.

Replacement of batteries for the MiEV Remote

CAUTIONMiEV Remote is a precision electronic

device with a built-in signal transmitter. Donot disassemble or touch an internal parts.Keep away from water or dust.

Be careful not to break the tab on the batterycover when removing or installing the bat-tery cover.

About battery

NOTE Standard battery life on the MiEV Remote is

about 1 year. Battery life can vary dependingon environmental and usage conditions.

To replace the batteries

NOTEReplace both batteries with new ones at the

same time.A certified i-MiEV dealer can replace the

batteries for you if you prefer.

Coin type batteriesCR2032


MiEV Remote System


3

N01204901032

Take the following actions when the system does not operate correctly. If the system still does not operate correctly after the action(s) have beentaken, a system component may not be working properly. Please consult with a certified i-MiEV dealer to check it.

Actions to be taken when the MiEV Remote system does not operate correctly

Phenomena Cause RemedyCharging does not start when regular charge connector is inserted.

“ON” timer has been set. Cancel the “ON” timer.The regular charge connector is not locked completely.

Lock the regular charge connector securely.

A household electrical outlet, which the EV charging cable is connected to, is shut down.(e.g. disconnected plug)

Turn on the household electrical outlet and make sure the plug is securely connected.

MiEV Remote does not operate normally.

MiEV Remote is not powered on.

Batteries in the MiEV Remote are defec-tive or the batteries are discharged.

Replace the batteries in the MiEV Remote.Refer to “Replacement of batteries for the MiEV Remote” on page 3-51.No indicator lights come

on when the remote is turned on.Melody or buzzer does not sound.

Melody or buzzer has been disabled. Enable the melody or buzzer.Refer to “To turn on/off melody and buzzer” on page 3-49.


MiEV Remote System


3

The following symbol blinks when the power supply/communi-cation switch on the MiEV Remote is pressed.ERROR sym-

bol symbol

Blinks after about 1 sec-ond.

Electrical noise source is present in the vicinity of the MiEV Remote. (e.g. personal computer)

Electrical noise source is present between the vehicle and the MiEV Remote.

Move away from the noise source.

Blinks after about 10 seconds.

The MiEV Remote antenna is not extended.

Extend the MiEV Remote antenna to communicate.

Out of effective communication range. (e.g. too far away from the vehicle, or radio signal is interfered)

Move to the location where the system reaches the effective communication range.

The electric motor switch is at the position other than “LOCK” position.

Turn the electric motor switch to the “LOCK” posi-tion.

Electrical noise source is present in the vicinity of the vehicle.

Electrical noise source is present between the vehicle and the MiEV Remote.

Move away from the noise source.

12V starter battery is discharged. Charge or replace the 12V starter battery.Refer to “Jump-starting” on page 8-2, “12V starter battery” on page 11-6.

The below symbol blinks about 10 seconds after the power/communication switch on the MiEV Remote is pressed.ERROR symbol

Some errors occur while the system is in processing.

Press the power/communication switch again.

Phenomena Cause Remedy


MiEV Remote System


3

Charging Timer is not possible.

After the power/commu-nication switch is pressed, the following symbol blinks in several seconds.ERROR symbol symbol

Regular charge connector is not inserted or not locked completely.


A household electrical outlet, which the EV charging cable (regular charger) is connected to, is shut down.(e.g. discon-nected plug)

Turn on the household electrical outlet which the EV charging cable (regular charger) is connected to.

Ground fault at the household electrical outlet. Otherwise, the power supply at the household electrical outlet is cut off.

Check the ground fault and confirm the plug is con-nected.

If the charging unit is equipped with the timer function, the power supply to the unit has been cut off.

Preset the Charging Timer while the charging unit with timer function is powered on.

After the power/commu-nication switch is pressed, the following symbol blinks in several seconds.ERROR symbol

The selector lever is at a position other than P (PARK).

Place the selector lever to P (PARK) position.

Quick charging is in progress. (The symbol illuminates.)

Terminate the quick charging, or wait until the quick charging completes.

The temperature of the Main Drive Lith-ium-ion Battery has exceeded about 140 °F (60 °C).

Allow the temperature of the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery to reach normal operating temperature. Refer to “Cautions and action to deal with intense heat” on page 3-8.



MiEV Remote System


3


The system is charged although the ON timer is being set.

Backup charging for the Main Drive Lith-ium-ion Battery Warming System has been operated.

This is not a malfunction.Charging will be termi-nated when the system has been charged enough for the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery Warming Sys-tem.

Charging is preset, but the specified charging level is not satisfied.The charging level is

not expected amount. Is not charged. Is not charged at the

preset time.

The timer is cancelled or the preset time is changed by using another MiEV Remote.

Check whether another person has operated his or her MiEV Remote.

The electric motor switch has been oper-ated before the system is charged.

Check whether the electric motor switch has been operated before the system is charged.



Charging Timer is not preset correctly. Preset the timed charging again.Although the charging is preset, too much time is needed to charge the sys-tem fully.

The Remote Climate Control has been activated.

Check whether the Remote Climate Control has been activated.

The Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery Warming System has been operated.

Move the vehicle to a warmer location.

Temperature of the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery is low.

Refer to “Cautions and action to deal with intense cold” on page 3-10.


It is not fully charged. If the charging unit is equipped with the timer function, the power supply to the unit has been cut off.




MiEV Remote System


3

The Remote Cli-mate Control can-not be activated.


The regular charge connector is not inserted or it is not locked completely.


A household electrical outlet, which the EV charging cable (regular charge) is con-nected to, is shut down.(e.g. disconnected plug)

Turn on the household electrical outlet which the EV charging cable (regular charge) is connected to.

Ground fault at the household electrical outlet. Otherwise, the power supply at the household electrical outlet is cut off.

Check the ground fault and confirm the plug is con-nected.

If the charging unit is equipped with the timer function, the power supply to the unit has been cut off.



The Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery charging level is low.

Charge the Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery until the MiEV Remote illuminates the battery charging level by at least 1 segment.



MiEV Remote System


3

N01203600019

1. Gently wipe with gauze or another soft cloth soaked with a mild soap and water solution.2. Wipe off all the detergent with a soft cloth dipped in fresh water and thoroughly wrung out.3. Wipe all moisture off and dry in a shaded, well-ventilated area.


After the power/commu-nication switch is pressed, the following symbol blinks in several seconds.ERROR symbol

Any of the door or liftgate is open. Close all the doors and liftgate.The selector lever is at the position other than P (PARK).

Place the selector lever to P (PARK) position.

Quick charging is in progress.(The symbol will illuminate.)

Terminate the quick charging, or wait until the quick charging completes.



The Remote Climate Control is not activated.

The electric motor switch has been oper-ated before the system is charged.

Check whether the electric motor switch has been operated before the system is charged.




The heated seat is not powered on.

The heated seat switch is turned off. Turn on the heated seat switch.

The heated seat becomes hot while the air condi-tioning (cooling) is acti-vated.

The heated seat switch is turned on. Turn off the heated seat switch.

Cleaning the MiEV Remote



MiEV Remote System


3

CAUTIONNever use benzine, petrol, or other organic solvents, or acid or alkaline solvents. Doing so could cause deformation, discolor, or malfunction. Also, these

substances may be present in various cleaners, so check carefully before use.


4

Seat and restraint systems

Seats .................................................................................................4-2Seats and restraint systems ..............................................................4-2Front seats ........................................................................................4-3Rear seats .........................................................................................4-5Head restraints .................................................................................4-6Seat belts ..........................................................................................4-8Seat belt use during pregnancy ......................................................4-12Seat belt pre-tensioner and force limiter systems ..........................4-12Child restraint systems ...................................................................4-13Maintenance and inspection of seat belts ......................................4-20Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag .............................4-20


Seats

4-2 Seat and restraint systems

4

N00408400495

To adjust the seat forward or backward P.4-3

To adjust the seatback P.4-3To adjust the seat height (Driver’s side

only) P.4-4Heated seats P.4-4

To adjust the seatback P.4-5Folding the seatbacks forward P.4-6

N00401600209

Your vehicle has seat belts and other featuresthat help protect you and your passengers inan accident.Seat belts are the most important safetydevice. When worn properly, seat belts canreduce the chance of serious injury or deathin various types of crashes. For added protec-tion during a severe frontal collision, yourvehicle has a Supplemental Restraint System(SRS) with airbags for the driver and passen-gers. The seats, head restraints, and door

locks are also safety equipment, which mustbe used correctly.

Always check the following before you drive:

That everyone in your vehicle is properlywearing their seat belt.

That infants and small children are prop-erly secured in appropriate child restraintsystems in the rear seat.

That all doors are fully closed and locked. That seatbacks are upright, with head

restraints properly adjusted.

Seats

1 - Front seats

2 - Rear seats

Seats and restraint systems


Front seats

Seat and restraint systems 4-3

4

Safety equipment cannot prevent injury ordeath in all motor vehicle accidents. You canhelp reduce the risk of injury or death, how-ever, by following the instructions in thismanual.

N00401800386

Position the driver’s seat as far back as possi-ble while maintaining a position that stillenables you to fully apply the pedals, easilycontrol the steering wheel and safely operatethe vehicle.

N00401900303

Pull the seat adjusting lever up and slide theseat forward or backward to the desired posi-tion. Release the adjusting lever to lock theseat in place.

N00402000356

To adjust the seatback, lean forward slightly,gently pull the seatback lock lever up, thenlean backward to a comfortable position and

Front seats

WARNINGDo not attempt to adjust the seat while

driving. This can cause loss of vehicle con-trol and result in an accident.

After adjusting the seat, make sure thatthe seat is securely locked into position.

To reduce the risk to the driver of seriousinjury or death during deployment of thedriver’s airbag, always properly wear theseat belt and adjust the driver’s seat as farback as possible while maintaining a posi-tion that still enables you to fully apply thepedals, easily control the steering wheel,and safely operate the vehicle.

To reduce the risk to the front passengerof serious injury or death during deploy-ment of the passenger’s airbag, alwaysproperly wear the seat belt and adjust thefront passenger’s seat as far back as possi-ble.

Always place children 12 years old andunder in the rear seat and use appropriatechild restraint systems.

CAUTIONMake sure that the seat is adjusted by an

adult. If it is adjusted by a child, an unex-pected accident might occur.

Do not place a cushion or the like betweenyour back and the seatback while driving.The effectiveness of the head restraints willbe reduced in the event of an accident.

When sliding the seats, be careful not tocatch your hand or leg.

When sliding or reclining the seat rearward,pay careful attention to the rear seat passen-gers.

WARNING To adjust the seat forward or backward

WARNINGTo make sure that the seat is securely

locked, try to move it forward or back-ward without using the adjusting lever.

To adjust the seatback


Front seats


4

release the lever. The seatback will lock inplace.

N00402100230

Operate the lever repeatedly to raise or lowerthe seat.

N00435601434

The heated seats can be operated when theelectric motor switch is in the “ON” position.

CAUTION The reclining mechanism used in the seat-

back is spring loaded, and will cause theseatback to return quickly to the verticalposition when the lock lever is operated. When pulling the lever, sit close to the seat-back or hold the seatback with your hand tocontrol its return motion.

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of serious injury or

death in the event of an accident or sud-den stop, all seatbacks should be kept inthe upright position while the vehicle is inmotion.Seat belt performance during an accidentcan be adversely affected if the seatbacksare reclined. The more a seatback isreclined, the more likely seat belt perfor-mance will be adversely affected. If theseat belt is not properly positioned againstthe body during an accident, there isincreased risk you will slide under the beltand receive serious injury or death.

To adjust the seat height (Driver’s side only)

1- Raise2- Lower

Heated seats

A- For the driver’s seatB- For the front passenger’s seat


Rear seats


4

The indicator light (C) will illuminate whilethe heater is on.

N00402500218

N00402800022

To adjust the seatback, lean forward slightly,gently pull the seatback lock lever, then leanbackward to a comfortable position andrelease the lever. The seatback will lock inplace.

1- Heater on.2- Heater off

WARNING Persons who are unable to feel tempera-

ture change or skin pain due to age, ill-ness, injury, medication, alcohol use,fatigue or other physical conditions orwho have sensitive skin may suffer burnswhen using the heated seat even at lowtemperatures. To reduce the risk of burns,people with such conditions must use carewhen using the heated seat.

CAUTION Switch off the seat heater when not in use.Do not place heavy objects on the seat or

stick pins, needles, or other pointed objectsinto the seat.

Do not place a blanket, cushion, or otherinsulating material on the seat while usingthe heater; doing so can cause the heater ele-ment to overheat.

When cleaning the seat, do not use benzine,kerosene, gasoline, alcohol, or other organicsolvents; doing so can cause damage notonly to the surface of the seat, but also to theheater.

If water or any other liquid is spilled on theseat, allow it to dry thoroughly beforeattempting to use the heater.

Turn the heater off immediately if it appearsto be malfunctioning during use.

NOTEDo not turn the electric motor switch to the

“ON” position; doing so will stop quickcharging.

You can use the heated seats while theRemote Climate Control is activated.Refer to “Remote Climate Control” on page3-36, 3-47 and “For persons with electro-medical apparatus such as implantable car-diac pacemaker or implantable cardiovascu-lar defibrillator” on page 3-6.

Rear seats

CAUTIONChild restraint lower anchorages (A) are pro-

vided between the seat cushion and the seat-back.Be careful that the lower anchorages may behot due to heat of the electric motor unitroom.

CAUTION

To adjust the seatback


Head restraints


4N00402901219

The rear seatbacks can be folded forward toprovide additional luggage compartmentspace.Pull the lever, and fold the rear seatbacks for-ward. Confirm that the seatback lockssecurely when it is returned.

N00404300571

Padded head restraints for the seats canreduce the risk of a whiplash injury if yourvehicle is hit from the rear. The head restraints are equipped in the illus-trated position.

To maximize the effectiveness of your headrestraint, seatback to the upright position, andthe head restraint to the proper position. Sitback against the seatback with your headclose to the head restraint.

NOTE It is possible to adjust the seatback angle

independently on each side.

Folding the seatbacks forward

WARNINGDo not allow anyone to ride in the center

of rear seat or in the luggage compartmentvehicle is in motion. People who are notproperly seated and restrained can beseriously injured or killed in an accident.

To avoid reducing rearward vision, do notload cargo or luggage higher than the topof the seatback.

Firmly secure cargo and luggage. Unse-cured cargo and luggage can move duringbraking or in an accident, causing seriousinjury or death.

NOTEDo not push the lever toward the rear of the

vehicle. Doing so could damage the leverand make it impossible to operate the seat-back.

Head restraints

WARNING

WARNING In order to minimize the risk of a neck

injury due to a rear impact, the headrestraint must be adjusted to the properposition before vehicle operation. For thedriver and front passenger, the seatbacksmust be adjusted to the upright positionbefore adjusting the head restraints. Thedriver should never adjust the seat whilethe vehicle is in motion.


Head restraints


4

To reduce the risk of injury in an accident,adjust the head restraint height so that thecenter of the restraint is at your eye levelwhen seated. Any person too tall for therestraint to reach their eye level when seatedshould raise the restraint to the highest lockedposition.

To raise the restraint, pull it straight up.To lower the restraint, push down on it

while pressing the lock knob (A) in thedirection shown by the arrow.

After adjusting the height, push down onthe restraint to make sure it is locked inposition.

Press the lock knob (A) in the directionshown by the arrows. Then pull the headrestraint up and out of the seatback.

First check that the head restraint is facing inthe right direction as shown in the previousillustration, and then insert it into the seat-back. Push the head restraint down whilepressing the lock knob (A) until the restraintlocks into place.

Driving without the head restraints inplace can cause you and your passengersserious injury or death in an accident. Toreduce the risk of injury in an accident,always make sure the head restraints areinstalled and properly positioned whenthe seat is occupied.

Never place a cushion or similar device onthe seatback. This can adversely affecthead restraint performance by increasingthe distance between your head and therestraint.

Adjustment of the head restraint height

WARNING

To remove

WARNINGTo help minimize the risk of neck injury in

the event of an accident, the headrestraints must be properly installed andpositioned to proper height before vehicleoperation.

To install

CAUTIONCheck that the lock knob (A) is extended out

as shown in the illustration. Then pull thehead restraint up to make sure that it islocked in place and will not come out of theseatback.


Seat belts


4

N00406001494

Seat belts are installed in your vehicle to helpreduce the risk of injury to the driver and pas-senger in the event of an accident. Alwaysuse the provided seat belts.Carefully review the following informationfor proper seat belt usage.

CAUTION The shape and size of the head restraint dif-

fers according to the seat. Always use thecorrect head restraint provided for the seatand do not install the head restraint in thewrong direction.

Seat belts

WARNINGTo help reduce the risk of injury or death

in an accident, seat belts and childrestraint systems must always be used.Refer to “Child restraint systems” on page4-13 for additional information.

Never use one seat belt for more than oneperson.

Never carry more people in your vehiclethan there are seat belts.

Always adjust the seat belt for a snug fit.Always place the shoulder belt over your

shoulder and across your chest. Never putit behind you or under your arm.

Always wear the lap belt as low as possibleacross your hips, not around your waist.

Never modify or alter the seat belts inyour vehicle.

To reduce the risk to the driver of seriousinjury or death during deployment of thedriver’s airbag, always properly wear theseat belt and adjust the driver’s seat as farback as possible while maintaining a posi-tion that still enables you to fully apply thepedals, easily control the steering wheel,and safely operate the vehicle.

To reduce the risk to a front seat passen-ger of serious injury or death from adeploying airbag, make sure the passengeralways wears the seat belt properly,remains seated all the way back andupright in their seat, and moves the seat asfar back as possible. Refer to “Supplemen-tal Restraint System (SRS) - airbag” onpage 4-20 for additional information.

Never hold an infant or child in your armsor on your lap when riding in this vehicleeven when you are wearing your seat belt.Never place any part of the seat belt youare wearing around an infant or child.Failure to follow these simple instructionscreates a risk of serious injury or death toyour child in the event of an accident orsudden stop.

WARNING


Seat belts


4

N00406200457

All seats are equipped with a seat belt whichuses one combined lap-and-shoulder belt withan emergency locking retractor.

This system is designed to provide both com-fort and safety. It permits full extension andautomatic retraction of the belts during nor-mal vehicle operation. A sensing deviceinside the belt retractor is designed to lock the

retractor in the event of a sudden change inthe vehicle’s motion.

1. Occupants should always sit back in theirseats with their backs against the uprightseatback. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death during deployment of theairbag, adjust the driver’s seat as far backas possible while maintaining a positionthat still enables you to fully apply thepedals, easily control the steering wheel,and safely operate the vehicle. The frontpassenger seat should also be moved asfar back as possible. Refer to “Supple-mental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag”on page 4-20. Also refer to “To adjust theseat forward or backward” on page 4-3.

2. Grasp the latch plate and slide it up thewebbing so that it easily pulls across yourbody.

Children 12 years old and under shouldalways ride in the rear seat and be prop-erly restrained. This reduces their risk ofserious injury or death in an accident,especially due to a deploying front passen-ger’s airbag. Refer to “Child restraint sys-tems” on page 4-13 for additionalinformation.

Any child who is too small to properlywear a seat belt must be properlyrestrained in an appropriate childrestraint system.

Infants MUST be placed in a rear-facingchild safety seat and positioned in the rearseat.

In the event of an accident, all seat beltassemblies, including retractors andattachment hardware, should be inspectedby a certified i-MiEV dealer to determinewhether replacement is necessary.

Seat belt instructions

WARNING

NOTE For instructions on installing a child restraint

system using a seat belt, refer to “Installing achild restraint system using the seat belt” onpage 4-18.


death in the event of an accident or sud-den stop, all seatbacks should be kept inthe upright position while the vehicle is inmotion.Seat belt performance during an accidentcan be adversely affected if the seatbacksare reclined. The more a seatback isreclined, the more likely seat belt perfor-mance will be adversely affected. If theseat belt is not properly positioned againstthe body during an accident, there isincreased risk you will slide under the beltand receive serious injury or death.


Seat belts


4

3. Pull the seat belt out slowly while holdingthe latch plate. Push the latch plate intothe buckle until you hear a “click”. Pullup on the belt to be sure the latch plate islocked securely in the buckle.

4. The lap part of the belt must always beworn low and snug across the hips. Pullup on the shoulder portion of the belt totake up any slack in the lap belt.

5. To release the belt, press the button on thebuckle and allow the belt to retract.If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull itout and check for kinks or twists in thewebbing. Then make sure it remainsuntwisted as it retracts.

N00418400371

A tone and warning light are used to remindthe driver to fasten the seat belt.

NOTE If the seat belt locks up and cannot be pulled

out, pull it once with force and let it retractall the way. Then, pull the belt out slowly once again.

NOTEWith the exception of the seat belt for the

driver, the seat belts in all other seating posi-tions are equipped with an Automatic Lock-ing Retractor (ALR) function. If you pull theseat belt fully out of the retractor, the retrac-tor will switch to its ALR child restraintinstallation function (see page 4-18).When the ALR function has been activated,the seat belt will only retract. If this happens,let the belt fully retract, then pull the seatbelt back out, repeating steps 1 through 4.

WARNINGBe sure the lap belt portion fits snugly and

is worn as low as possible across the hips,not around the waist. Failure to follow thisinstruction will increase the risk of seriousinjury or death in the event of an accident.

Be sure the seat belt webbing is nottwisted when worn. Twisted webbing mayadversely affect seat belt performance.

Driver’s seat belt reminder/warning light


Seat belts


4

If the electric motor switch is turned to the“ON” position without the driver’s seat beltbeing fastened, a warning light will come on,and a tone will sound for approximately 6seconds to remind you to fasten your seatbelt.If the seat belt remains unfastened approxi-mately 1 minute later, the warning light willflash and the tone will sound intermittentlyfor approximately 90 seconds when the vehi-cle is driven.If the seat belt subsequently remains unfas-tened, the warning light and tone will issuefurther warnings each time the vehicle startsmoving from a stop. And if the driver unfas-tens the seat belt while driving, the warningwill operate in the same way. When the seatbelt is fastened, the warnings will stop.

N00418300224

The front passenger seat belt warning light islocated in the instrument panel.

When the electric motor switch is turned tothe “ON” position, this indicator normallycomes on and goes off a few seconds later.

The light comes on when a person sits on thefront passenger seat but does not fasten theseat belt.It goes off when the seat belt is subsequentlyfastened.

N00406300328

The seat belt anchor height can be adjusted.To move the anchor, pull the lock knob (A)and slide the anchor to the desired position.Release the lock knob to lock the anchor intoposition.

WARNING In order to reduce the risk of serious

injury or death in an accident, alwayswear your own seat belt. Do not allow any-one to ride in your vehicle unless he or sheis also seated and wearing a seat belt.Children should additionally be restrainedin a secure child restraint system.

Front passenger seat belt warn-ing light

WARNINGWhen a child booster seat is used on the

front passenger seat, the front passengerseat belt warning light will not come on, ifthe seat belt is not fastened when thebooster seat is used. Confirm that thechild is wearing the seat belt properly.

Do not install any accessory or sticker thatmakes the light difficult to see.

Adjustable seat belt shoulder anchor (front seats)


Seat belt use during pregnancy


4

N00406700087

When your seat belt, even fully extended, isnot long enough, a seat belt extender must be

obtained. The extender may be used for eitherof the front seats.

N00406800121

Seat belts work for everyone, including preg-nant women. Like all occupants, pregnantwomen are more likely to be seriously injured

or killed in an accident if they do not wearseat belts.

N00417701736

The driver’s and front passenger’s seats eachhave a seat belt equipped with a pre-tensionersystem and force limiter system.

The driver and front passenger seat belts areequipped with a seat belt pre-tensioner sys-tem. In moderate-to-severe front or side colli-sions, this system operates simultaneouslywith the deployment of the front airbags, sideairbags or curtain airbags. The seat belt pre-tensioners are located withinthe seat belt retractors (A). When activated,

WARNINGAlways adjust the shoulder belt anchor so

that the shoulder belt is positioned acrossthe center of your shoulder without touch-ing your neck. The shoulder belt shouldnot be able to fall off your shoulder. Fail-ure to follow this instruction can adverselyaffect seat belt performance and increasethe risk of serious injury or death in theevent of an accident.

Adjust the shoulder belt anchor only whenthe vehicle is not in motion.

Make sure the anchor is securely locked inposition after adjusting it.

Seat belt extender

WARNINGThe extender should only be used if the

existing belt is not long enough. Anyonewho can use the standard seat belt shouldnot use an extender. Unnecessary use of anextender can adversely affect seat beltperformance in an accident.

When not required, the extender must beremoved and stowed.

Seat belt use during preg-nancy


death to pregnant women and unbornchildren in an accident, pregnant womenshould always wear a seat belt. The lapportion of the seat belt should be wornsnug and low across the hips and belowthe rounding. Consult your doctor if youhave any additional questions or concerns.

Seat belt pre-tensioner and force limiter systems

Pre-tensioner system


Child restraint systems


4

the pre-tensioners quickly draw back seat beltwebbing and increase seat belt performance.

The seat belt pre-tensioner system includesthe following components:

The airbag control unit monitors the readinessof the electronic parts of the system wheneverthe electric motor switch is in the “ON” or“START” position. These include all of theitems listed above and all related wiring.The pre-tensioner seat belt system will oper-ate only when the electric motor switch is inthe “ON” or “START” position.When the seat belt pre-tensioners activate,some smoke is released and a loud noise willbe heard. The smoke is not harmful, but careshould be taken not to intentionally inhale it,as it may cause some temporary irritation topeople with respiratory problems.The pre-tensioners activate in the event of amoderate-to-severe front or side impact, evenif the seat belt is not being worn. The seat beltpre-tensioners may not activate in certainfrontal collisions, even though the vehiclemay appear to be severely damaged. Suchnon-activation does not mean something iswrong with the seat belt pre-tensioner system,but rather that the collision forces were notsevere enough or not of the type to activatethe system.

N00408700124

This warning light tells you if there is a prob-lem involving the SRS airbags and/or the pre-tensioner seat belts. Refer to “SRS warninglight” on page 4-26.

N00408900113

In the event of an accident, the seat belt forcelimiter system will help reduce the forceapplied to the driver and front seat passenger.

N00407101795

When transporting infants or small childrenin your vehicle, an appropriate child restraintsystem must always be used. This is requiredby law in the U.S. and Canada.

1- SRS warning light2- Front impact sensors 3- Seat belt pre-tensioners 4- Airbag control unit 5- Side impact sensors

WARNINGThe seat belt pre-tensioner system is

designed to work only once. After the seatbelt pre-tensioners have been activated,they will not work again. They mustpromptly be replaced and the entire seatbelt pre-tensioner system inspected by acertified i-MiEV dealer.

SRS warning light

Force limiter system





4

Child restraint systems specifically designedfor infants and small children are offered byseveral manufacturers. Choose only a childrestraint system with a label certifying that itcomplies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard 213 (FMVSS 213) or Motor VehicleRestraint Systems and Booster Seats SafetyRegulations (RSSR). Look for the manufac-turer’s statement of compliance on the boxand child restraint system itself.

The child restraint system should be appropri-ate for your child’s weight and height, andshould properly fit your vehicle’s seat.For detail information, refer to the instructionmanual accompanying the child restraint sys-tem.

All children should be properly restrained ina restraint device that offers the maximumprotection for their size and age.Be sure to check local, state, or provincialrequirements for child size and age that mayvary from the recommendations listed below.

Children less than 1 year old and whoweigh 22 pounds (10 kg) or less MUSTride in a rear-facing child safety seat thatMUST ONLY be used in the rear seat.

Children older than 1 year of age and whoweigh less than 40 pounds (18 kg) or whoare less than 40 inches (100 cm) tall mustbe in a forward-facing restraint used onlyin the rear seat.

Children who weigh more than 40 pounds(18 kg) or who are more than 40 inches(100 cm) tall, regardless of age, shoulduse a suitable child seat or a booster seatin the rear seat until the vehicle’slap/shoulder belt fits them properly.

Guidelines for child restraint system selection

WARNINGAll children must be seated in the rear

seat, and properly restrained.Accident statistics show that children ofall sizes and ages are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat, rather than inthe front seat.

Any child who is too large to use a childrestraint system should ride in the rearseat and wear the lap and shoulder beltproperly. The shoulder belt must be posi-tioned over the shoulder and across thechest, not across their neck, and with thelap belt positioned low on the child’s hips,not across their stomach. If necessary, abooster seat should be used to help achievea proper seat belt fit. Follow the boosterseat manufacturer’s instructions. Only usea booster seat that is certified as comply-ing with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Motor Vehicle Restraint Sys-tems and Booster Seats Safety Regula-tions.

Never hold an infant or child in your armsor on your lap when riding in this vehicle,even when you are wearing your seat belt.Never place any part of the seat belt youare wearing around an infant or child.Failure to follow these simple instructionscreates a risk of serious injury or death toyour child in the event of an accident orsudden stop.

WARNING




4

WARNINGYour vehicle is also equipped with a front

passenger’s airbag.Never put REAR-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT SYSTEMS or INFANTRESTRAINT SYSTEMS in the front pas-senger seat. This places the infant tooclose to the passenger’s airbag. Duringdeployment of the airbag, the infant canbe seriously injured or killed. Rear-facingchild restraint systems or infant restraintsystems must only be used in the rear seat.

WARNING FRONT-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT

SYSTEMS should be used in the rear seatwhenever possible. If they must be used inthe front passenger seat, move the seat tothe most rearward position and make surethe child stays in the child restraint sys-tem, properly restrained. Failure to followthese instructions could result in seriousinjury or death to the child.

Airbag WARNING It is important to use an approved rear-

facing infant restraint until the infant isone year old (unless the infant outgrowsthe seat sooner). This allows the infant’sneck and spine to develop enough to sup-port the weight of their head in the eventof an accident.

When installing a child restraint system,follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer and follow the directions inthis manual. Failure to do so can result inserious injury or death to your child in anaccident or sudden stop.

After installation, push and pull the childrestraint system back and forth, and sideto side, to see that it is firmly secured. Ifthe child restraint system is not installedsecurely, it may cause injury to the childor other occupants in the event of an acci-dent or sudden stop.

When not in use, keep your child restraintsystem secured with the seat belt, orremove it from the vehicle, in order to pre-vent it from being thrown around insidethe vehicle during an accident.




4 N00418800144

The seating positions in the rear seat of yourvehicle are equipped with lower anchors forattaching child restraint systems compatiblewith the LATCH system.

N00418900187

Your vehicle has 2 attachment points on thefloor of the luggage compartment. These arefor securing a child restraint system tetherstrap to each of the 2 rear seating positions inyour vehicle.

NOTEBefore purchasing a child restraint system,

try installing it in the rear seat to make surethere is a good fit. Because of the location ofthe seat belt buckles and the shape of the seatcushion, it may be difficult to securely installsome manufacturer’s child restraint systems.If the child restraint system can be pulledforward or to either side easily on the seatcushion after the seat belt has been tightened,choose another manufacturer’s child restraintsystem.Depending on the seating position in thevehicle and the child restraint system thatyou have, the child restraint system can beattached using one of the following twomethods:• To the lower anchorage in the rear seat

ONLY if the child restraint system is com-patible with the LATCH system (See page4-16).

• To the seat belt (See page 4-18).

Installing a child restraint sys-tem using the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for chil-dren) system

Lower anchor locations

NOTE The symbols on the seatback show the loca-

tion of the lower anchor points.

Tether anchor locations




4N00419000185

N00419100229

1. In order to securely fasten the tether strap,remove the head restraint from the loca-tion where you wish to install the childrestraint system.

2. Open the gap a little between the seatcushion (A) and the seatback (B) withyour hand to locate the lower anchorages(C).

3. Push the anchor connectors (D) on thechild restraint system into the loweranchors (C) in accordance with theinstructions provided by the child restraintsystem manufacturer. Remember, thelower anchors provided with your vehicleare designed to secure suitable childrestraint systems compatible with theLATCH system in the outboard positionsof the rear seat only.

4. Open the cover (E) for the tether anchorby pulling it back with your hand as illus-trated below (4).

5. Latch the tether strap hook (F) of the childrestraint system to the anchor (G) as illus-trated below (5) and tighten the top tetherstrap so it is securely fastened.

Examples of child restraint sys-tems compatible with the LATCH system

A- Rear-facing child restraint systemB- Front-facing child restraint systemC- Child restraint system lower anchor

connectorsD- Tether strap (These are only examples.)

Using the LATCH system

A- Vehicle seat cushion B- Vehicle seatback C- Lower anchorD- Connector

NOTE In order to secure a child restraint system

compatible with the LATCH system, use thelower anchor points in the rear seat. It is notnecessary to use the vehicle’s seat belt.

WARNING If there is any foreign material in or

around the lower anchors, remove itbefore installing the child restraint sys-tem. Also, make sure the seat belt is awayfrom, not looped through or otherwiseinterfering with, the child restraint sys-tem. If foreign matter is not removedand/or the seat belt interferes with thechild restraint system, the child restraintsystem will not be secured properly, coulddetach and move forward in the event ofsudden braking or an accident, and couldresult in injury to the child or other vehi-cle occupants.

When the vehicle is moving, do not adjustthe seat where the child restraint system isinstalled.




4

6. Push and pull the child restraint system inall directions to be sure it is firmlysecured.

N00407301481

With the exception of the driver, the seat beltin all other seating positions can be converted

from normal Emergency Locking Retractor(ELR) mode to Automatic Locking Retractor(ALR) mode. This means that when you pullthe seat belt fully out of the retractor, theretractor will switch to its ALR child restraintinstallation function. Always use the ALRchild restraint installation function when youinstall a child restraint system using the seatbelt.

Children 12 years old and under shouldalways be restrained in the rear seat, when-ever possible, although the front passengerseat belt can also be converted to ALR mode.

1. Place the child restraint system on the seatwhere you wish to install it.To help assure proper fitting of the childrestraint system, always remove the headrestraint.

2. Route the seat belt through the childrestraint system according to the instruc-tions provided by the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer. Then insert the seatbelt latch plate into the buckle. Make sureyou hear a “click” when you insert thelatch plate into the buckle.

3. To activate the ALR child restraint instal-lation function, slowly pull the shoulderpart of the belt all the way out of theretractor until it stops. Then let the beltfeed back into the retractor.

WARNINGChild restraint system tether anchors are

designed only to withstand loads from cor-rectly fitted child restraint systems. Underno circumstances are they to be used foradult seat belts, harnesses, for attachingother items, or equipment to the vehicle.

Installing a child restraint sys-tem using the seat belt (with emergency/automatic locking mechanism)

WARNINGWhen you install a child restraint system

using the seat belt, always make sure theretractor has been switched to the ALRchild restraint installation function. TheALR function will keep the child restraintsystem tightly secured to the seat.Failure to convert the retractor to theALR function may allow the childrestraint system to move forward duringsudden braking or an accident, resultingin serious injury or death to the child orother occupants.

Installation




4

4. After the belt has retracted, tug on it. Ifthe belt is in the ALR function, you willnot be able to pull it out. If the webbingcan be pulled out from retractor, the ALRfunction has not been activated and youwill need to repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. After confirming that the belt is locked,grab the shoulder part of the belt near thebuckle and pull up to remove any slackfrom the lap part of the belt allowing theslack to feed into the retractor. Remember,if the lap belt portion is not tight, the childrestraint system will not be secure. It mayhelp to put your weight on the childrestraint system and/or push on its seat-back while pulling up on the belt (seeillustration).

6. Open the cover from the tether anchorinstallation point by pulling it back withyour hand as illustrated below (6).

7. Latch the tether strap hook (A) of thechild restraint system to the tether anchor(B) as illustrated below (7) and tighten thetop tether strap so it is securely fastened.

8. Before putting your child in the restraint,push and pull the restraint in all directionsto be sure it is firmly secured. Do thisbefore each use. If the child restraint sys-tem is not firmly secure, repeat steps 1through 7.

9. To remove a child restraint system fromthe vehicle and deactivate the ALR mode,remove the child from the restraint.Unlatch the buckle. Then remove the beltfrom the restraint and let the belt fullyretract.

10. Reinstall the head restraint.Refer to “Head restraints” on page 4-6.

N00407601615

Children who have outgrown a child restraintsystem should be seated in the rear seat andwear the seat belt. If the shoulder belt crossestheir face or neck, and/or the lap belt crossestheir stomach, a commercially available

If your child restraint system requires the useof a tether strap, fasten the tether strap inaccordance with the following procedures.

WARNINGChild restraint system tether anchors are

designed only to withstand loads from cor-rectly fitted child restraint systems. Underno circumstances are they to be used foradult seat belts, harnesses, for attachingother items, or equipment to the vehicle.

Children who have outgrown child restraint systems


Maintenance and inspection of seat belts


4

booster seat must be used, to raise the child sothat the shoulder belt crosses their shoulderand the lap belt remains positioned lowacross their hips. The booster seat should fitthe vehicle seat and have a label certifyingcompliance with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards or Motor Vehicle RestraintSystems and Booster Seats Safety Regula-tions.

N00407000351

The seat belt webbing may be cleaned withmild soap or detergent solution. Do not use anorganic solvent. Allow the belts to dry in theshade. Do not allow them to retract until com-pletely dry. Do not attempt to bleach or re-dye the belts. The color may rub off and thewebbing strength may be affected.

Regularly check your seat belt buckles andtheir release mechanisms for positive engage-ment and release of the latch plate. Check theretractors for automatic locking when in theAutomatic Locking Retractor function.

The entire seat belt assembly should bereplaced if the webbing shows any obviouscuts, tears, increase in thickness in any sec-tion of the webbing from broken fibers, orsevere fading from sunlight. All of these con-ditions indicate a weakening of the belt,which may adversely affect seat belt perfor-mance in an accident.

N00407701834

This vehicle is equipped with a SupplementalRestraint System (SRS), which includes air-bags for the driver and passengers.

The SRS front airbags are designed to supple-ment the primary protection of the driver andfront passenger seat belt systems by provid-ing those occupants with protection againsthead and chest injuries in certain moderate tosevere frontal collisions. The SRS front airbags, together with sensorsat the front of the vehicle and sensorsattached to the front seats, form an advancedairbag system.

The SRS side airbags and the curtain airbagsare also designed to supplement the seat belts.The SRS side airbags provide the driver andfront passenger with protection against chest,

WARNINGAny child who is too small to properly

wear a seat belt must be properlyrestrained in an appropriate childrestraint system, to reduce their risk ofserious injury or death in an accident.

A child should never be left unattended in,or unsupervised, around your vehicle.When you leave the vehicle always takethe child out as well.

Children can die from heat stroke if left ortrapped inside the vehicle, especially onhot days.

Keep your vehicle locked when not in use.Keep your vehicle keys away from chil-dren.

Maintenance and inspection of seat belts

WARNINGDo not attempt to repair or replace any

part of the seat belt assemblies. This workshould be done by a certified i-MiEVdealer. Failure to have a certified i-MiEVdealer perform the work could reduce theeffectiveness of the belts and could resultin a serious injury or death in an accident.

Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem (SRS) - airbag


Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) - airbag


4

abdomen and hip injuries by deploying thebag on the side impacted in moderate tosevere side impact collisions. The SRS cur-tain airbags provide the driver and passengerson the front seat and rear seat with protectionagainst head injuries by deploying a bag onthe side impacted in moderate to severe sideimpact collisions.

The SRS airbags are NOT a substitute for useof the seat belts. For maximum protection inall types of accidents, seat belts mustALWAYS be worn by everyone who drives orrides in this vehicle (with infants and smallchildren in an appropriate child restraint sys-tem in the rear seat, and older children buck-led in the rear seat). Refer to “Child restraintsystems” on page 4-13.

WARNING IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO ALWAYS

WEAR YOUR SEAT BELT PROPERLYEVEN WITH AN AIRBAG.

• Seat belts help keep the driver and pas-sengers properly positioned. Thisreduces the risk of injury in all collisions,and reduces the risk of serious injuries ordeath when the airbags inflate.During sudden braking just before a col-lision, an unrestrained or improperlyrestrained driver or passengers can moveforward into direct contact with, orwithin close proximity to, the airbagwhen it begins to inflate.The beginning stage of airbag inflation isthe most forceful and can cause seriousinjuries or death if the occupant comes incontact with the airbag at this time.

• Seat belts reduce the risk of injury inrollovers, rear impact collisions, and inlower-speed frontal collisions, becausethe airbags are not designed to inflate inthose situations.

• Seat belts reduce the risk of beingthrown from your vehicle in a collision orrollover.

IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO BE PROP-ERLY SEATED.• A driver or front passenger sitting too

close to the steering wheel or instrumentpanel during airbag deployment can beseriously injured or killed.

WARNING• Airbags inflate very quickly and with

great force. If the driver and front pas-senger are not properly seated andrestrained, the airbag may not providethe proper protection and can cause seri-ous injuries or death when it inflates.

• To reduce the risk to the driver of seriousinjury or death due to a deployingdriver’s airbag, always properly wearyour seat belt and adjust the driver’s seatas far back as possible, maintaining aposition that still allows the driver tohave good control of the steering wheel,brake, accelerator, and other vehicle con-trols.

• To reduce the risk to the front passengerof serious injury or death from a deploy-ing passenger’s airbag, make sure thepassenger always wears the seat beltproperly, remains seated upright and allthe way back in the seat, and positionsthe seat as far back as possible.

• Seat all infants and children in the rearseat, properly restrained in an appropri-ate child restraint system.

Airbags inflate very quickly and withgreat force. Do not sit on the edge of theseat or lean your head or chest close to thesteering wheel or the instrument panel.

Do not put your feet or legs on or againstthe instrument panel.

WARNING




4

WARNING Infants and small children should never

ride unrestrained, or lean against theinstrument panel. They should never rideheld in your arms or on your lap. Theycan be seriously injured or killed in anaccident, especially when the airbagsinflate. Infants and children should beproperly seated in the rear seat in anappropriate child restraint system. Referto “Child restraint systems” on page 4-13.

WARNINGNEVER put REAR-FACING CHILD

RESTRAINT SYSTEMS or INFANTRESTRAINT SYSTEMS in the front pas-senger seat. This places the infant tooclose to the passenger’s airbag. Duringdeployment of the airbag, the infant canbe seriously injured or killed.Rear-facing child restraint systems orinfant restraint systems must only be usedin the rear seat.

WARNING FRONT-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT

SYSTEMS should be used in the rear seatwhenever possible. If they must be used inthe front passenger seat, move the seat tothe most rearward position and make surethe child stays in the child restraint sys-tem, properly restrained. Failure to followthese instructions could result in seriousinjury or death to the child.

Airbag




4

N00407800489

The SRS includes the following components:

The airbag control unit monitors the readinessof the electronic parts of the system wheneverthe electric motor switch is in the “ON” or“START” position. These include all of theitems listed above and all related wiring.

The airbags will operate only when the elec-tric motor switch is in the “ON” or “START”position.

When the impact sensors detect a sufficientfront or side impact to deploy the airbag(s),the appropriate airbag(s) will be deployed.

When airbags deploy, some smoke is releasedaccompanied by a loud noise. The smoke isnot harmful, but do not intentionally inhalethe smoke as it may cause temporary irrita-tion to people with respiratory problems.

After deployment, the airbags will quicklydeflate, so quickly that some people may noteven realize the airbags inflated.Airbag inflation does not prevent the driverfrom seeing or being able to steer the vehicle,and does not prevent people from leaving thevehicle.

N00418600227

This vehicle is equipped with an event datarecorder (EDR).The main purpose of an EDR is to record, incertain crash or near crash-like situations,such as an airbag deployment or hitting aroad obstacle, data that will assist in under-standing how a vehicle’s systems performed.The EDR is designed to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systems for a

WARNINGOlder children should be seated in the

rear seat with their seat belt properlyworn, and with an appropriate boosterseat if needed.Refer to “Children who have outgrownchild restraint systems” on page 4-19.

How the Supplemental Restraint System works

1- Driver’s airbag 2- SRS warning light3- Passenger’s airbag off indicator4- Front impact sensors5- Passenger’s front airbag6- Driver’s seat position sensor

7- Passenger’s seat occupant classifica-tion sensor system

8- Airbag control unit

9- Side airbag modules10- Curtain airbag modules11- Side impact sensors

CAUTIONAirbags inflate very quickly and with great

force. In certain situations, contact with aninflating airbag may cause small cuts, abra-sions, and bruises.

Event Data Recording




4

short period of time, typically 30 seconds orless.

The EDR in this vehicle is designed to recordsuch data as:

How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;

Whether or not the driver safety belt wasbuckled/fastened;

How far (if at all) the driver was depress-ing the accelerator and/or brake pedal;and,

How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required, and access to the vehi-

cle or the EDR is needed. In addition to thevehicle manufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have the special equip-ment, can read the information if they haveaccess to the vehicle or the EDR.

N00417900210

The driver’s seat position sensor is attachedto the seat rail and provides the airbag controlunit with information on the seat’s fore-aftposition. The airbag control unit controlsdeployment of the driver’s front airbag inaccordance with the information it receivesfrom this sensor.If there is a problem involving the driver’sseat position sensor, the SRS warning light inthe instrument panel will come on. Refer to“SRS warning light” on page 4-26.

N00418000351

The passenger’s seat occupant classificationsensor system is attached to the front passen-ger seat cushion and provides the airbag con-trol unit with information regarding theoccupant on the front passenger seat. The air-bag control unit controls deployment of thepassenger’s front airbag in accordance withthe information it receives from this system.The passenger’s front airbag will not deployin an impact when the system senses no occu-pant on the front passenger’s seat or a child ina child restraint system. In this case, the pas-senger’s airbag off indicator will come on.Refer to “Passenger’s airbag off indicator” onpage 4-25.If there is a problem involving the passen-ger’s seat occupant classification sensor sys-tem, the SRS warning light in the instrumentpanel will come on. Refer to “SRS warninglight” page 4-26.

NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only

if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no dataare recorded by the EDR under normal driv-ing conditions and no personal data (e.g.,name, gender, age, and crash location) arerecorded. However, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, could combine the EDRdata with the type of personally identifyingdata routinely acquired during a crash inves-tigation.

Driver’s seat position sensor

WARNING If the SRS warning light comes on, have

the vehicle inspected by a certified i-MiEVdealer as soon as possible.

Please observe the following instructionsto ensure that the driver’s seat positionsensor can operate correctly.• Adjust the seat to the correct position,

and sit well back against the seatback.Refer to “Front seats” on page 4-3.

• Do not recline the seatback more thannecessary when driving.

• Do not place metallic objects or luggageunder the front seat.

If the vehicle is involved in a severeimpact, have the SRS sensor inspected bya certified i-MiEV dealer as soon as possi-ble.

Passenger’s seat occupant clas-sification sensor system

WARNING




4

N00418100310

The passenger’s airbag off indicator islocated in the instrument panel.

The indicator normally comes on when theelectric motor switch is turned to the “ON”position and goes out a few seconds later.In the following situations, the indicator willstay on to show that the passenger’s front air-bag is not operational.

The front passenger’s seat is not occupied.The system senses that a child is in the

child restraint system on the front passen-ger’s seat.

When the passenger’s seat occupant classifi-cation sensor system senses there is a personseated in the front passenger’s seat, the indi-cator goes out to show that the passenger’sfront airbag is operational.

WARNING If any of the following conditions occur,

you should immediately have your vehicleinspected by a certified i-MiEV dealer assoon as possible:• The SRS warning light does not initially

come on when the electric motor switchis turned to the “ON” or “START” posi-tion.

• The SRS warning light does not go outafter several seconds.

• The SRS warning light comes on whileyou are driving.

To ensure that the passenger’s seat occu-pant classification sensor system can sensecorrectly, observe the following instruc-tions. Failure to follow these instructionscan adversely affect the performance ofthe passenger’s airbag system.• Adjust the seat to the correct position,

and sit well back against the seatback.Refer to “Front seats” on page 4-3.

• Do not recline the seatback more thannecessary.

• Never have more than one person (adultor child) sitting on the seat.

• Do not place anything between the seatand the floor console.

• When attaching a child restraint system,secure it firmly.

• Do not place luggage or other objects onthe seat.

• Do not use a seat cover or a cushion.

• Do not modify or replace the seat andseat belt.

• Do not place luggage or other objectsunder the seat.

• Do not place and use an electronic devicesuch as a computer on the seat.

• Do not place heavy objects on the seat orstick pins, needles, or other objects intoit.

• Do not remove the seat cushion skin.• If any liquid is spilled on the seat, wipe it

and dry the seat immediately. If the vehicle is involved in a severe

impact, have the SRS sensors inspected bya certified i-MiEV dealer as soon as possi-ble.

Passenger’s airbag off indicator

WARNING




4

N00408301606

There is a Supplemental Restraint System(SRS) warning light on the instrument panel.The system checks itself every time the elec-tric motor switch is turned on. The SRS warn-ing light will come on for several seconds andthen go out. This is normal and means thesystem is working properly. If there is a prob-

lem involving one or more of the SRS com-ponents, the warning light will come on andstay on. The SRS warning light is shared bythe SRS airbag and the seat belt pre-tensionersystem.

N00407900321

The driver’s airbag is located under the pad-ded cover in the middle of the steering wheel.The front passenger’s airbag is contained inthe instrument panel above the glove com-partment. The driver’s airbag and the frontpassenger’s airbag are designed to deploy atthe same time. However, the front passen-ger’s airbag does not deploy when the frontpassenger seat is not occupied or when thesystem senses that a child is in the childrestraint system.


you should immediately have the airbagsystem in your vehicle inspected by a cer-tified i-MiEV dealer as soon as possible:• The passenger’s airbag off indicator

comes on when an adult is sitting on thefront passenger seat.

• The passenger’s airbag off indicator doesnot come on when the front passenger’sseat is not occupied.

• The passenger’s airbag off indicator doesnot come on when the electric motorswitch is turned to the “ON” position.

• The passenger’s airbag off indicatorcomes on and goes out repeatedly.

Do not attach any accessory to your vehi-cle that makes the passenger’s airbag offindicator difficult or impossible to see.You must be able to see the passenger’sairbag off indicator and verify the statusof the passenger’s airbag system.

SRS warning light


there may be a problem with the SRS air-bags and/or seat belt pre-tensioners, andthey may not function properly in a colli-sion or may suddenly activate without acollision:• Even when the electric motor switch is in

“ON” position, the SRS warning lightdoes not come on or it remains on.

• The SRS warning light comes on whiledriving.

The SRS airbags and seat belt pre-ten-sioners are designed to help reduce therisk of serious injury or death in certaincollisions. If either of the above conditionsoccurs, immediately have your vehiclechecked by a certified i-MiEV dealer.

Driver’s and passenger’s front airbag system

WARNING




4

N00408000589

Driver

Front passenger

Deployment of front airbags

The front airbags ARE DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when…

Head-on collision with a solid wall at speeds of approx. 15 mph (25 km/h) or higher

Moderate to severe frontal impact within the shaded area between the arrows




4

The front airbags are designed to deploywhen the vehicle suffers a moderate to severefrontal impact. A typical condition is shownin the illustration to the left.

The front airbags are designed to deploy onlyin certain moderate to severe frontal colli-sions within the shaded area between thearrows in the illustration to the right.The front airbags will deploy if the impact tothe vehicle’s main structure is above a spe-cific threshold level. The threshold level isapproximately 15 mph (25 km/h) for a frontalcollision straight into a solid flat wall thatdoes not bend or deform. If the impact to thevehicle’s main structure is below this thresh-old level, the front airbags may not deploy.This threshold level may also be higher if thevehicle hits something that absorbs theimpact, either by bending or moving (forexample, another stationary vehicle, a pole ora guard rail).The beginning stage of airbag inflation is themost forceful, and can cause serious injuriesor death if you are too close to the deployingairbag. Accordingly, it is important that youalways wear the available seat belt.

In certain types of front collisions, the frontairbags may not deploy, even if the deforma-tion of the body seems to be large, becausethe vehicle’s body structure is designed toabsorb the impact and deform in order to helpprotect the occupants. Some typical situationswhere the front airbags may not deploy areshown in the illustrations.

Because the front airbags do not protect theoccupant in all types of frontal collisions, besure to always wear your seat belts properly.

The front airbags are not designed to deployin situations where they cannot provide pro-tection to the occupants.

The front airbags MAY NOT DEPLOY when …

The front airbags ARE NOT DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when …

Collision with a utility pole, tree or other narrow objects

Collision where the vehicle slides under the rear body of a truck

Oblique frontal impact




4

Some typical situations are shown in theillustrations.

Because the front airbags do not protect theoccupants in all types of collisions, be sure toalways wear your seat belts properly.

The front airbags may deploy if the undersideof the vehicle suffers a moderate to severeimpact (undercarriage impact). Some typicalsituations are shown in the illustrations.

Because the front airbags may deploy in cer-tain types of unexpected impacts, as shown inthe illustrations, and these unexpectedimpacts can move you out of position, it isimportant to always wear your seat beltsproperly. When worn properly, seat belts canhelp maintain your distance from the airbagswhen they begin to inflate. The beginningstage of airbag inflation is the most forcefuland can cause serious injury or death if youare close to the deploying airbag.

Rear end collision to your vehicle

Side collision to your vehicle

Vehicle rolls onto its side or roof

The front airbags MAY DEPLOY when …

Collision with an elevated median/island or curb

Vehicle travels over a deep hole/pothole

Vehicle drives down a steep slope and hits the ground




4

N00408100418

The side airbags (A) are contained in thedriver and front passenger seatbacks.The side airbag is designed to inflate only onthe side of the vehicle that is impacted, evenwith no passenger in the front seat.

A label is attached to the seatbacks in vehi-cles with side airbags.

WARNINGDo not attach anything to the steering

wheel’s padded cover, such as trim mate-rial, badges, etc. These could strike andinjure an occupant if the airbag inflates.

Do not set anything on, or attach anythingto, the instrument panel above the glovecompartment. Such items could strike andinjure an occupant if the airbag inflates.

WARNINGDo not attach accessories to, or put them

in front of, the windshield. They couldrestrict the airbag inflation, or strike andinjure an occupant, when the airbaginflates.

Do not attempt to remove, install, disas-semble or repair the SRS airbags.

Do not place objects, such as packages orpets, between the airbags and the driveror the front passenger. Such objects canadversely affect airbag performance, orcause serious injury or death when theairbag deploys.

Immediately after airbag inflation, someparts of the airbag system will be hot. Donot touch them. You could be burned.

The airbag system is designed to workonly once. After the airbags deploy, theywill not work again. They must promptlybe replaced and the entire airbag systemmust be inspected by a certified i-MiEVdealer.

WARNING Side airbag system




4

N00419200204

The curtain airbags are contained in the frontpillars and roof side rail. The curtain airbag isdesigned to inflate only on the side of thevehicle that is impacted, even with no passen-ger in the front seat.

Curtain airbag system

WARNINGThe side airbag and curtain airbag can

cause serious injury or death to anyonetoo close to the airbag when it deploys. Toreduce the risk of injury from a deployingside airbag and curtain airbags, all occu-pants must be properly restrained andseated well back, upright, and in the mid-dle of the seat. Do not lean against thedoor.

WARNING In order to reduce the risk of injury from

a deploying side airbag, do not allow anyrear seat passengers to hold onto the backof either front seat. Special care should betaken with children.

Do not place any objects near or aroundthe front of either front seatback. Suchobjects can interfere with proper side air-bag deployment and cause injury duringdeployment of the side airbag.

Do not place stickers, labels or additionaltrim on the back of either front seat. Theycan interfere with proper side airbagdeployment.

Do not install seat covers or re-cover seatsthat have side airbags. Covers can inter-fere with proper side airbag deploymentand adversely affect side airbag perfor-mance.

Do not attach a microphone (A) or anyother object around the part where thecurtain airbag (B) deploys, such as on thewindshield, side door glass or front andrear pillars and roof side rail. When thecurtain airbag inflate, the microphone orother object may be hurled with greatforce or the curtain airbag may not inflatecorrectly, resulting in death or seriousinjury.

WARNINGNever install a rear-facing child restraint

system in the front passenger seat. Rear-facing child restraint systems MUSTONLY be used in the rear seat.

WARNING




4

N00408200523

A side airbag and curtain airbag are designedto deploy when the vehicle suffers a moderateto severe side impact to the middle of the pas-senger compartment.The typical situation is shown in the illustra-tion.

The seat belts in your vehicle are your pri-mary means of protection in an accident. TheSRS side airbags and curtain airbags aredesigned to provide additional protection.Therefore, for your safety and the safety of all

occupants, be sure to always wear your seatbelts properly.

In certain types of side collisions, the side air-bag and curtain airbag may not deploy, evenif the deformation of the body seems to belarge, because the vehicle’s body structure isdesigned to absorb the impact and to deformin order to help protect the occupants. Sometypical situations where the side airbag andcurtain airbag may not deploy are shown inthe illustrations.

Because the side airbags and curtain airbagsdo not protect the occupant in all types of sidecollisions, be sure to always wear your seatbelts properly.

Front-facing child restraint systemsshould also be used ONLY in the rear seat.If a front-facing child restraint systemmust be used in the front passenger seat,move the seat as far back as possible, andmake sure that the child stays in the childrestraint system, properly restrained andaway from the door.

Do not allow a child to lean against or sitclose to the passenger door, even if thechild is seated in a child restraint system.The child’s head should also not leanagainst or be close to the section of theseatback where the side airbag and cur-tain airbag are located. It is dangerous ifthe side airbag and curtain airbagdeploys. Failure to follow all of theseinstructions could lead to serious injury ordeath to the child.

Work done on or in the vicinity of the sideairbag and curtain airbag system compo-nents should be done only by a certified i-MiEV dealer. Improper work methods cancause accidental side airbag and curtainairbag deployment, or render a side air-bag and curtain airbag inoperable. Eitherof these situations can result in seriousinjury or death.

WARNING Deployment of side airbag and curtain airbag

The side airbag and curtain airbag ARE DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when …

Moderate to severe impact to the middle of the vehicle body’s side structure

The side airbag and curtain airbag MAY NOT DEPLOY when …




4

The side airbag and curtain airbag are notdesigned to deploy in situations where theycannot provide protection to the occupants.Some typical situations are shown in theillustrations.

Because the side airbags and curtain airbagsdo not protect the occupants in all types ofcollisions, be sure to always wear your seatbelts properly.

Side impact in an area away from the passenger com-partment

Motorcycle or other similar small vehicle collision with the side of vehicle

Collision with a utility pole, tree or other narrow object

The side airbag and curtain airbag ARE NOT DESIGNED TO DEPLOY when …

Oblique side impact

Vehicle rolls onto its side or roof

Head-on collision

Rear end collision




4

N00408500715

N00408600370

Occupant restraint warning labels for the SRSare located in the vehicle as shown in theillustration.

SRS servicing

WARNINGAny maintenance performed on or near

the components of the SRS should be per-formed only by a certified i-MiEV dealer.Do not permit anyone else to do any ser-vice, inspection, maintenance or repair onany SRS components or wiring. Similarly,no part of the SRS should ever be handled,removed or disposed by anyone except acertified i-MiEV dealer.Improper work methods on the SRS com-ponents or wiring could result in an acci-dental airbag deployment or could makethe SRS inoperable. Either of these situa-tions could result in serious injury ordeath.

Do not modify your steering wheel or anyother SRS component or related vehiclepart. For example, replacement of thesteering wheel, or modifications to thefront bumper or body structure canadversely affect SRS performance andmay lead to injury.

If your vehicle has received any damage,you should have the SRS inspected by acertified i-MiEV dealer to make sure it isin proper working order.

Do not modify your front seats, center pil-lar or center console. Such modificationscan adversely affect SRS performance andmay lead to injury.Also, if you discover any tear or openseam in the seat fabric near the side air-bag, have the seat inspected by a certifiedi-MiEV dealer.

If you find a crack in or damage to thefront pillar, rear pillar, or roof side railwhere the curtain airbag is located, havethe SRS inspected by a certified i-MiEVdealer.

NOTEWhen you transfer ownership of the vehicle

to another person, we urge you to alert thenew owner that it is equipped with the SRSand refer that owner to the applicable sec-tions in this owner’s manual.

If you decide to junk or scrap your vehicle,we urge you to first take it to a certified i-MiEV dealer so that the SRS can be madesafe for disposal.

If any of the following parts needs to bemodified for use by a handicapped person,the advanced airbag system will be greatlyaffected. Please consult a certified i-MiEVdealer for assistance.• Driver’s seat• Front passenger seat• Front seat belt

WARNING• Steering wheel• Instrument panel

[For vehicles sold in U.S.A.]To contact Mitsubishi Motors NorthAmerica, Inc.call 1-888-648-7820 or write to:Mitsubishi Motors North America,Inc.Customer Relations DepartmentP. O. Box 6400Cypress, CA 90630-0064

[For vehicles sold in Canada]To contact Mitsubishi Motor Sales ofCanada, Inc. call 1-888-576-4878 or write to:Mitsubishi Motor Sales of Canada,Inc.Customer Relations DepartmentP.O. Box 410094141 Dixie RoadMississauga, ON L4W 5C9

Warning labels

NOTE




4

Located in the passenger’s side as well.


5

Features and controls

Break-in recommendations ..............................................................5-2Keys .................................................................................................5-2Electronic immobilizer (Anti-theft starting system) ........................5-2Keyless entry system .......................................................................5-5Door locks ........................................................................................5-8Power door locks .............................................................................5-9Child safety locks for rear door .....................................................5-10Liftgate ...........................................................................................5-11Theft-alarm system ........................................................................5-12Power window control ...................................................................5-14Parking brake .................................................................................5-16Inside rearview mirror ...................................................................5-16Outside rearview mirrors ...............................................................5-17Electric motor switch .....................................................................5-18Steering wheel lock ........................................................................5-20Starting the electric motor unit ......................................................5-20Selector lever .................................................................................5-21Acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS) ......................................5-23Service brake .................................................................................5-24Brake assist system ........................................................................5-25Anti-lock braking system ...............................................................5-25Electric power steering system (EPS) ............................................5-27Active stability control (ASC) .......................................................5-28Tire pressure monitoring system ....................................................5-30Rear-view camera (if so equipped).................................................5-34Instrument cluster ..........................................................................5-36Indicator and warning light package ..............................................5-43Indicators .......................................................................................5-44

Warning lights ................................................................................5-44Combination headlights and dimmer switch .................................5-46Turn signal lever ............................................................................5-49Hazard warning flasher switch ......................................................5-49Front fog light switch ....................................................................5-50Wiper and washer switch ...............................................................5-50Electric rear window defogger switch ...........................................5-52Horn switch ...................................................................................5-53Link System (if so equipped) .........................................................5-53Bluetooth® 2.0 interface (if so equipped).......................................5-53USB input terminal (if so equipped) ..............................................5-74Sun visors ......................................................................................5-7712 V power outlet ..........................................................................5-77Interior lights .................................................................................5-78Storage spaces ................................................................................5-80Cup holder .....................................................................................5-81Assist grip ......................................................................................5-82


Break-in recommendations

5-2 Features and controls

5

N00508700343

Advanced automobile manufacturing tech-niques permit you to operate your new vehi-cle without requiring a long break-in periodof low-speed driving.However, you can add to the future perfor-mance and economy of your vehicle byobserving the following precautions duringthe first 300 miles (500 km).Drive your vehicle at moderate speeds duringthe break-in period.

Do not overload the vehicle. Observe theseating capacity (See “Cargo load precau-tions” on page 6-10).

Do not use this vehicle for trailer towing.

N00508800618

Two keys are provided.The keys fit all locks. Keep one in a safeplace as a spare key.

N00509101846

The electronic immobilizer is designed to sig-nificantly reduce the possibility of vehicletheft. The purpose of the system is to immo-bilize the vehicle if an invalid start isattempted. A valid start attempt can only beachieved (subject to certain conditions), usinga key “registered” to the immobilizer system.All of the keys provided with your new vehi-cle have been programmed to the vehicle’selectronics.

Break-in recommendations

Keys

NOTE The key number (A) is stamped on the key

number plate as shown in the illustration.Make a record of the key number and storethe key and key number plate in separateplaces, so that you can order a key from acertified i-MiEV dealer if the original keysare lost.

The key is a precision electronic device witha built-in signal transmitter. Please observethe following in order to prevent damage.• Do not leave where it may be exposed to

heat caused by direct sunlight, such as ontop of the dashboard.

• Do not take the remote control transmitterapart.

• Do not excessively bend the key or subjectit to strong impacts.

• Keep the remote control transmitter dry.• Keep away from magnetic objects such as

key holders.

• Keep away from devices that produce mag-netism, such as audio systems, computersand televisions.

• Do not clean with ultrasonic cleaners.• Do not leave the key where it may be

exposed to high temperature or high humid-ity.

As your vehicle is equipped with an elec-tronic immobilizer, the electric motor unit isdesigned so that it will not start if the IDcode registered in the immobilizer computerand the key’s ID code do not match. Refer tothe section entitled “Electronic immobilizer”for details and key usage.

Electronic immobilizer (Anti-theft starting system)

NOTE



Features and controls 5-3

5Only keys that have been programmed to thevehicle electronics can be used to start thevehicle.

If you lose a key, you can order a key from acertified i-MiEV dealer by referring to thekey number.To prevent vehicle theft, the ID code for thevehicle keys must be changed.Take your vehicle and all remaining keys to acertified i-MiEV dealer to have your ID codechanged.

To add a key, you need to register the ID codeto the vehicle.Registering the ID code can be done by a cer-tified i-MiEV dealer. Or it can be done byyourself (except for vehicles sold in Canada).To register the ID code yourself, follow the“Customer key programming” procedurebelow.

NOTE In the following cases, the vehicle may not

be able to recognize the registered ID codefrom the key. This means the electric motorunit will not start even when the registeredkey is turned to the “START” position.• When the key contacts a key ring or other

metallic or magnetic object

• When the key grip contacts metal ofanother key

• When the key contacts or is close to otherimmobilizing keys (including keys of othervehicles)

In cases like the above, move the offendingobject(s) away from the key and turn the keyback to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.Then try to start the electric motor unit again.If the electric motor unit does not start, con-tact a certified i-MiEV dealer.

Electronic immobilizer is not compatiblewith commercially available remote startingsystems. Use of commercially availableremote starting systems may result in vehiclestarting problems and a loss of security pro-tection.

A system failure is suspected when the elec-tric motor switch is turned to the “START”position, and the electric motor unit does notstart. In such a case, contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.

NOTE CAUTIONDo not make any alterations or additions to

the immobilizer system. Alterations or addi-tions could cause failure of the immobilizer.

Replacement keys

Additional keys




5

If you choose to have a certified i-MiEVdealer register the ID code, take your vehicleand any remaining keys to a certified i-MiEVdealer.

N00562200113

You can program new keys to the system ifyou have two valid (already registered) keysand blank (not registered) immobilizer key(specially cut for your vehicle at a certified i-MiEV dealer) by doing the following:

1. Insert the first valid key into the ignitionand turn the ignition to the “ON” positionfor 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition to the “LOCK” positionand remove the first key.

3. Within 30 seconds of turning the first keyto the “LOCK” position, insert the secondvalid key into the ignition and turn it tothe “ON” position. About 10 secondslater, the immobilizer indicator will startblinking.

4. When the immobilizer indicator startsblinking, turn the second valid key to the“LOCK” position and remove it. Within30 seconds after doing so, insert a blankimmobilizer key into the ignition and turnit to the “ON” position. Perform this oper-ation no more than 30 seconds after theimmobilizer indicator starts blinking.When registration of the ID code is com-plete, the immobilizer indicator will comeon for 3 seconds then go off. If an erroroccurs, the immobilizer indicator will gooff during the procedure.

5. If you wish to register another key, per-form the process again from step 1.

N00562300084

Your electronic immobilizer operates on aradio frequency subject to Federal Communi-cations Commission (FCC) Rules (For vehi-cles sold in U.S.A.) and Industry CanadaRules (For vehicles sold in Canada). Thisdevice complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules and RSS-Gen of the Industry Canada

NOTEYou are provided with 2 keys, but you may

add up to 6 more keys.

Customer key programming (Except for vehicles sold in Canada)

NOTE It is not possible to register a key if:

• the immobilizer indicator goes off duringthe procedure

• the immobilizer indicator does not come onfor 3 seconds after turning the ignition tothe “ON” position with a blank immobilizerkey

The procedure will be terminated automati-cally if:• a period of 30 seconds or longer elapses

from the moment when the first key isturned to the “LOCK” position to themoment when the second key is turned tothe “ON” position

• a period of 30 seconds or longer elapsesfrom the moment when the second key isturned to the “LOCK” position to themoment when the blank immobilizer key(specially cut for your vehicle at a certifiedi-MiEV dealer) is turned to the “ON” posi-tion

• more than 20 seconds elapse after theimmobilizer indicator starts blinking

General information

NOTE


Keyless entry system


5

Rules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions.



This digital apparatus does not exceed theClass A limits for radio noise emissions fromdigital apparatus set out in the Radio Interfer-ence Regulations of the Canadian Departmentof Communications.

N00509000910

Press the remote control transmitter buttonsto lock or unlock the doors and to open theliftgate.It can also help you signal for attention bysetting off the panic alarm.

Press the LOCK button (1) to lock all thedoors and the liftgate.If the dome light switch is in the door posi-tion, the dome light will blink once. The turnsignal lights will also blink once.

Press the UNLOCK button (2) to unlock thedriver’s door only.Within about 2 seconds, press the UNLOCKbutton one more time to unlock all the doorsand the liftgate.If the dome light switch is in the door posi-tion, the dome light will turn on for about 30seconds. The turn signal lights will also blinktwice.

The keyless entry system answerback func-tions from the horn can each be turned on oroff as desired.




1- LOCK ( ) button2- UNLOCK ( ) button3- PANIC button4- Indicator light

To lock

NOTE If you press the LOCK button (1) after lock-

ing the doors and the liftgate, the horn willsound once to confirm that they are locked.

To unlock

NOTE If the UNLOCK button (2) is pressed and no

door or liftgate is opened within approxi-mately 30 seconds, relocking will automati-cally occur (automatic relocking function).The time for automatic relocking can bechanged. For details, please contact a certi-fied i-MiEV dealer.

The door and liftgate unlock function can beset so that all doors and liftgate unlock whenthe UNLOCK button (2) is pressed once.For details, please contact a certified i-MiEVdealer.

Answerback function




5

The horn answerback function can be set tothe following three conditions.Each time the horn answerback function isset, a chime will sound to tell you the condi-tion of the answerback function.

1. Remove the key from the electric motorswitch.

2. Open the driver’s door and turn the com-bination headlights and dimmer switch tothe “OFF” position.

3. Press the LOCK button (1) for 4 to 10 sec-onds and press the UNLOCK button (2)during this time.

4. Release in sequence the UNLOCK andLOCK buttons within 10 seconds ofpressing the UNLOCK button in step 3.

The turn signal lights answerback functioncan be changed.If you want to change the answerback func-tion, please contact a certified i-MiEV dealerfor details.

N00543600105

The door and liftgate unlock function can beset so that all doors and liftgate unlock whenthe UNLOCK button (2) is pressed once.For details, please contact a certified i-MiEVdealer.

N00543700050

If you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the alarm to call atten-tion as follows:

1. Press the PANIC button (3) for more than1 second.

2. The headlights will blink on and off andthe horn will sound intermittently forabout 3 minutes.

3. To turn off the alarm, press any button onthe remote control transmitter.

N00543800077

Only remote control transmitters pro-grammed with the vehicle’s electronics canlock or unlock all doors.

If you lose the remote control transmitter, youcan order a remote control transmitter from acertified i-MiEV dealer by referring to thekey number.To prevent vehicle theft, the ID codes for allthe remote control transmitters except the onefor the lost key must be programmed again.Take your vehicle and all the remainingremote control transmitters to a certified i-MiEV dealer to have your ID codes pro-grammed again.

N00543900065

To add a remote control transmitter, you mustalready have one registered remote controltransmitter.Registering the ID code can be done by your-self or by a certified i-MiEV dealer. For youto register the ID code yourself, follow the“Customer remote control transmitter pro-gramming” procedure below.

Horn deactivation/reactivation

Number of chimes Condition

One chime The horn will not sound.Two chimes The horn will sound.

Three chimesThe horn will sound if theauto light switch is ON (ifso equipped).

Four chimesThe horn will sound if theLOCK button is pressedtwice quickly.

Changing the setting of the turn signal lights answerback function

Setting of door unlock function

Using the panic alarm

Replacement remote control transmitters

Additional remote control transmitters




5

If you choose to have a certified i-MiEVdealer register the ID code, take your vehicleand all remaining keys to a certified i-MiEVdealer.

N00546100101

Your keyless entry system operates on a radiofrequency subject to Federal Communica-tions Commission (FCC) Rules (For vehiclessold in U.S.A.) and Industry Canada Rules(For vehicles sold in Canada). This devicecomplies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules andRSS-Gen of the Industry Canada Rules.Operation is subject to the following two con-ditions.



N00544101133

1. Before replacing the battery, remove staticelectricity from your body by touching ametal grounded object.

2. With the Mitsubishi mark facing up, insertthe cloth-covered tip of a flat blade screw-driver into the notch in the remote controltransmitter case and use it to open thecase.

3. Remove the remote control transmitterfrom the remote control transmitter case.Then, open the remote control transmitterusing the method described in step 2.

4. Remove the old battery.5. Install a new battery with the + side (A)

down.

NOTEYou are provided with 2 remote control

transmitters, but you may register up to 4remote control transmitters.

General information



Procedure for replacing the remote control transmitter bat-tery

NOTEBe sure to perform the procedure with the

Mitsubishi mark facing up. If the Mitsubishimark is not facing up when you open theremote control transmitter case, the buttonsmay come out.


Door locks


5

6. Close the remote control transmitterfirmly.

7. Place the remote control transmitter in theremote control transmitter case, thensecurely close the remote control trans-mitter case.

8. Check the keyless entry system to see thatit works.

N00509200534

Turn the key toward the front of the vehicle tolock the door. After checking that the door islocked, turn the key back to the center andremove it.

NOTEA certified i-MiEV dealer can replace the

battery for you if you prefer.

CAUTIONWhen the remote control transmitter case is

opened, be careful to keep water, dust, etc.out. Also, do not touch internal components.

+ side

- side

Coin type battery CR1620

Door locks

WARNINGMake sure all doors are tightly closed and

locked while driving.• Locked doors, in combination with the

use of seat belts, can help reduce the riskof ejection in an accident.

• Locked doors can help keep passengers,especially small children, from openingdoors and falling out of moving vehicles.

• Locked doors can help prevent outsidersfrom gaining access to your vehicle whenyou slow down or come to a stop.

Lock your vehicle whenever you leave it.Children who get into unlocked vehiclesmay not be able to get out. Childrentrapped inside vehicles can quickly beovercome by heat and suffer seriousinjury or death due to heat stroke.

Never leave children unattended inside avehicle. In addition to the risk of heatstroke, children can activate switches andcontrols, resulting in an injury or fatalaccident.

To lock or unlock the door with the key

1- Insert or remove the key 2- Lock 3- Unlock


Power door locks


5

Move the lock knob to the lock position tolock the door.All doors should be kept locked while driv-ing.

The driver’s door can be unlocked withoutusing the lock knob by pulling on the insidedoor handle.

1. Move the inside lock knob to the lockedposition.

2. Be sure the keys are not inside the vehi-cle. Close the door.

N00549600240

If you open the driver’s door while the key isin the “LOCK” or “ACC” position, a tonewill sound, reminding you to remove the key.

N00549700179

If the key is in the electric motor switch whenyou push the lock knob forward with thedriver’s door or passenger’s door open, thelock knob will automatically return to theunlocked position.

N00509300607

To lock or unlock the door from the inside

1- Lock 2- Unlock

To lock the door without using the key

Key reminder buzzer

Lock out protection

Power door locks

NOTEWhen locking or unlocking with the key on

the driver’s door, only the driver’s door willlock or unlock.

Repeated continuous operation between lockand unlock could activate the power doorlocking systems built-in protection circuitand prevent the system’s from operating. Ifthis occurs, wait about 1 minute before oper-ating the power door lock switch.


Child safety locks for rear door


5

All of the doors and the liftgate can be lockedor unlocked by operating the power door lockswitch on the driver’s or the passenger’s door.

N00563400095

All doors and the liftgate will unlock whenthe selector lever is moved to the “P” (PARK)position with the electric motor switch in the“ON” position.

N00509400288

Child safety locks help prevent rear passen-gers, especially children, from opening therear door using the inside door handle.A lock lever for the child safety lock is pro-vided on each rear door.When the lever is in the lock position (1), therear door cannot be opened using the insidedoor handle.To open the rear door when the child safetylock lever is in the lock position, pull the out-side door handle.When the lever is in the release position (2),the child safety lock is released and the rear

To lock and unlock by the power door lock switch

1- Lock 2- Unlock

To unlock the doors and liftgate

You can select the functions to unlock thedoors and liftgate either using the electricmotor switch position or using the selectorlever position.These functions are not activated when thevehicle is shipped from the factory. To acti-vate or deactivate these functions, pleasecontact a certified i-MiEV dealer.

Using the selector lever position Child safety locks for rear door

1- To lock2- To release


Liftgate


5

door can be opened using the inside door han-dle.

N00510101266

After unlocking the liftgate, push the switch(A) and pull up the liftgate.

Pull the liftgate grip (A) downward as illus-trated. Gently push the upper gate from theoutside with enough force so that it is com-pletely closed. Always ensure the liftgate issecurely closed.

WARNINGAlways keep the doors tightly closed and

locked when driving. An unlocked doormay be accidentally opened by a passen-ger, especially by a child who could fallout. Also, if the doors are not locked, thereis a greater risk of someone being thrownfrom the vehicle in an accident.

Liftgate

WARNINGWhen opening and closing the liftgate,

make sure that there are no people nearbyand be careful not to hit your head orpinch your hands, neck, etc.

If snow or ice has accumulated on the lift-gate, remove it before opening the liftgate.Otherwise the liftgate may abruptly closedue to the weight of the snow or ice.

When opening the liftgate, always fullyopen it. A partially opened liftgate canunexpectedly close due to its own weight.

When the vehicle is parked on a slope, theeffort required to open or close the liftgatemay be greater or less than expected.The liftgate may also open or close morequickly.

CAUTION To avoid damage to the liftgate, make sure

the area above and behind the liftgate is clearbefore opening it.

To open

NOTE If you do not open the liftgate immediately

after pulling the handle, the liftgate can notbe lifted. If this happens, pull the handleagain and lift the liftgate.

The liftgate cannot be opened when the bat-tery is flat or disconnected.

To close

CAUTION To avoid injuring your hand or arm, do not

attempt to close the liftgate the gate grip (A).Before starting the vehicle, be sure to con-

firm that the liftgate is locked. If the liftgateopens while driving the vehicle, objectsstored in the luggage compartment could fallout into the road.

When closing the liftgate, always ensure thateverybody removes their hands and fingersfrom the liftgate opening.


Theft-alarm system


5

N00510200244

The theft-alarm system is designed to provideprotection from unauthorized entry into thevehicle. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the “armed” stage, the sec-

ond is the “alarm” stage, and third is the “dis-armed” stage. If triggered, the systemprovides both audible and visual alarm sig-nals.

Park the vehicle and stop the electric motorunit. Arm the system as described below.

1. Remove the key from the electric motorswitch.

2. Lock all doors and the liftgate by usingthe keyless entry system.

At this time, the theft-alarm indicator (A)in the meter cluster flashes for confirma-tion.

3. The system has entered the armed stageafter about 20 seconds, when the theft-alarm indicator flashing becomes slower.The theft-alarm indicator continues toflash while the system is in the armedstage.

NOTEGas struts (B) are installed to support the lift-

gate.To prevent damage or faulty operation.• Do not hold the gas struts when closing the

liftgate.• Also, do not push or pull on the gas struts.• Do not attach any plastic material, tape,

etc., to the gas struts.• Do not tie anything, etc., around the gas

struts.• Do not hang any objects on the gas struts.

Theft-alarm system

CAUTIONDo not modify or add parts to the theft-alarm

system. Doing so could cause the theft-alarmto malfunction.

Armed stage

Arm the system and leave NOTE The system will be disarmed if, while the

theft-alarm indicator is illuminated, all doorsand the liftgate are unlocked by using thekeyless entry system.

The system will be disarmed if, while thetheft-alarm indicator is illuminated, the elec-tric motor switch is turned to the “ON”.

The system will not be armed if a door or theliftgate is not completely closed. If this hap-pens, rearm the system as described above.


Theft-alarm system


5

The alarm will be activated if the followingoccurs while the vehicle is parked and thesystem is armed.

One of the doors and the liftgate is openedwithout using the keyless entry system.

When the alarm is activated:

1. The headlights blink on and off for 3 min-utes.After 3 minutes the headlights automati-cally shut off.

2. The horn will sound intermittently for 3minutes.

The alarm can be deactivated in the followingways.

By using the keyless entry system to lockor unlock the doors and liftgate.

Turn the electric motor switch to the“ON” position.

The system will be disarmed if the followingoperation is performed.

The electric motor switch is turned to the“ON” position.

All doors and the liftgate are unlocked byusing the keyless entry system.

The theft-alarm system can be activatedwhen people are riding inside the vehicle orwhen the windows are open. To prevent acci-dental activation of the alarm, do not set thesystem to the system armed mode while peo-ple are riding in the vehicle.

If the answerback function (flashing of theturn signal lights by locking and unlockingthe doors and the liftgate) is deactivated, theturn signal lights do not flash after the lock-ing and unlocking operation.For information on the answerback function,refer to “Keyless entry system” on pages 5-5.

Alarm stage

Type of alarm

NOTE

NOTE The alarm will continue to operate for 3 min-

utes. At the end of that period, the alarm willautomatically shut off to save battery power.The system will then be rearmed until theproper disarming step is taken.

The alarm will resume if unauthorizedactions are taken again, even if the alarm hasstopped.

Alarm deactivation

Horn sounds!Headlights blink on and off!

Disarmed stage

NOTE If the UNLOCK button on the remote control

transmitter is operated when all doors andthe liftgate are closed and no door is openedwithin approximately 30 seconds, re-armingwill automatically occur.

Disarm...by using the keyless entry system


Power window control


5

Use the following procedure to test the sys-tem:

1. Lower the driver’s window.2. Arm the system as explained in “Armed

stage”.3. Make sure that the theft-alarm indicator

comes on and flashes for approximately20 seconds.

4. Wait a few seconds and then unlock thedriver’s side door by using the inside doorlock knob. Open the door.

5. Make sure that the horn sounds intermit-tently and the headlights blink when adoor is opened.

6. Disarm the system by unlocking all doorsand the liftgate by using the keyless entrysystem.

N00510801410 The amount of time after unlocking until thevehicle relocks automatically can beadjusted. See a certified i-MiEV dealer fordetails.

Once the system has been disarmed, it can-not be rearmed except by repeating the arm-ing procedure.

Testing the theft-alarm system

NOTE Power window control

1- Open (down)2- Close (up)

NOTENever try to operate the main switch and

sub-switch in different directions at the sametime. This will freeze the window in posi-tion.

Operating the power windows repeatedlywith the electric motor unit stopped will rundown the 12V starter battery. Use the win-dow switches only while the electric motorunit is operating.

Do not turn the electric motor switch to the“ON” position during quick charging.Doing so will stop quick charging.

WARNINGBefore operating the power windows,

make sure that nothing can be trapped(head, hands, fingers, etc.) in the window.

Never leave the vehicle without carryingthe key.

Never leave children or unreliable adultsunattended inside the vehicle.


Power window control


5

N00548700127

The main switch located on the driver’s doorcan be used to operate all the windows.A window can be opened or closed by operat-ing the corresponding switch.Press the switch down to open the window,and pull up the switch to close it.If the driver’s door window switch is fullypressed down, the driver’s door window auto-matically opens completely.If you want to stop the window movement,operate the switch lightly in the reverse direc-tion.

N00548800115

Each sub-switch can be used for it’s own pas-senger door window, unless the driver’s win-dow lock switch is activated.

N00548900145

The power windows can be run up or downwhen the electric motor switch is in the “ON”position.The door windows can be opened or closedfor a 30-second period after the electric motorswitch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK”position. However, once the driver’s door orthe front passenger’s door is opened, thepower windows cannot be operated.

N00549000156

When this switch is in the lock mode, the pas-senger door switches cannot be used to openor close the door windows, and the mainswitch will open or close only the driver’sdoor window. To unlock the switch, press itagain.

Main switch

1- Driver’s door window switch2- Front passenger door window switch3- Left rear door window switch4- Right rear door window switch5- Lock switch

Sub switch

1- Close2- Open

Power window timer function

Lock switch

1- Lock2- Unlock

WARNINGBefore driving with a child in the vehicle,

be sure to lock the window switch to makeit inoperative. Children tampering withthe switch could easily trap their hands orheads in the window.


Parking brake


5

N00511400386

To park the vehicle, first bring it to a com-plete stop, fully engage the parking brake,and set the selector lever to “P” (PARK) posi-tion.

When parking on a hill, apply the parkingbrake and turn the front wheels toward thecurb on a downhill grade, away from the curbon an uphill grade.

N00511600287

Adjust the inside rearview mirror only aftermaking any seat adjustments so as to have aclear view to the rear of the vehicle.

Adjust the inside mirror to maximize theview through the rear window.

It is possible to move the mirror up and downto adjust its position.

Parking brake

To apply

1- Pull the lever up without pushing thebutton at the end of hand grip. When the parking brake is set and theelectric motor switch is in the “ON”position, the brake warning light in theinstrument cluster will come on.

Before driving, be sure to release theparking brake.

To release

1- Pull the lever up slightly. 2- Press and hold the button at the end of

the hand grip. 3- Push the lever downward.

CAUTIONBefore driving, be sure that the parking

brake is fully released and brake warninglight is off.If a vehicle is driven without releasing theparking brake, the brakes will be overheated,resulting in ineffective braking and possiblebrake failure.

Inside rearview mirror

WARNINGDo not attempt to adjust the inside rear-

view mirror while driving. This can bedangerous.Be sure to adjust the mirror before driv-ing.

To adjust the vertical mirror position


Outside rearview mirrors


5

It is possible to move the mirror up/down andleft/right to adjust its position.

The day/night knob (A) at the bottom of themirror can be used to adjust the mirror toreduce the glare from the headlights of vehi-cles behind you during night driving.

N00512200222

Adjust the outside rearview mirrors only aftermaking any seat adjustments so you have aclear view to the rear of the vehicle.

To adjust the mirror position

To reduce the glare

1- Daytime position2- Night position

Outside rearview mirrors

WARNINGDo not attempt to adjust the outside rear-

view mirrors while driving. This can bedangerous.Be sure to adjust the mirrors before driv-ing.

Your front passenger’s side mirror is con-vex. The objects you see in the mirror willlook smaller and farther away than theyappear in a regular flat mirror.Do not use this mirror to estimate the dis-tance of vehicles following you whenchanging lanes.


Electric motor switch


5

The outside rearview mirrors can be adjustedwhen the electric motor switch is in the “ON”or “ACC” position.Move the lever (A) to the same side as themirror you wish to adjust.

Press the switch (B) to adjust the mirror posi-tion.

The outside mirror can be folded in towardthe side window to prevent damage whenparking in tight locations.

N00549301231

When the rear window defogger switch ispressed, the outside rearview mirrors aredefogged or defrosted. Current will flowthrough the heater element inside the mirrors,thus clearing away frost or condensation.The indicator light (C) will illuminate whilethe defogger is on.

The heater will be turned off automatically inabout 20 minutes.

N00571500011

To adjust the mirror position

L- Left outside mirror adjustmentR- Right outside mirror adjustment

1- Up2- Down 3- Right4- Left

NOTEAfter adjusting, return the lever to the “•”

(off) position.

To fold the mirror

Heated mirror





5

The steering wheel is locked. The key can beinserted and removed only when the switch isin this position.

The ready indicator is not illuminated, but theaudio system and other electric devices canbe operated.

The electric motor unit is running, and all thevehicle’s electrical devices can be operated.

The electric motor unit operates. After theelectric motor unit has started, release the keyand it will automatically return to the “ON”position.

N00573800021

After about 30 minutes has elapsed with theelectric motor switch in the “ACC” position,the function automatically cuts out the powerfor the audio system and other electricdevices that can be operated with that posi-tion.When the electric motor switch is turnedfrom the “ACC” position, the power is sup-plied again to those devices.

N00571600025

When removing the key, first set the selectorlever to the “P” (PARK) position, and thenturn the key to the “LOCK” position andremove it.

LOCK

ACC

ON

START

NOTEYour vehicle is equipped with an electronic

immobilizer. To start the electric motor unit,the ID code which the transponder inside thekey sends must match the one registered tothe immobilizer computer.(Refer to “Electronic immobilizer” on page5-2.)

ACC power auto-cutout func-tion

NOTE It is possible to modify functions as follows:

• The ACC power auto-cutout function canbe deactivated by a certified i-MiEV dealer.

To remove the key

CAUTIONDo not remove the key from the electric

motor switch while driving. The steeringwheel will lock, causing loss of control.

If the ready indicator is turned off whiledriving, the power brake booster will stopfunctioning and braking efficiency will bereduced. Also, the power steering systemwill not function and it will require greatereffort to manually steer the vehicle.

Do not leave the key in the “ON” position fora long time when the electric motor unit isnot running. This will cause the 12V starterbattery to run down.


Steering wheel lock


5

N00571700013

If the driver’s door is opened while the elec-tric motor switch is in the “LOCK” or “ACC”position, a tone will sound.

N00512500209

Remove the key at the “LOCK” position.Turn the steering wheel until it is locked.

Turn the key to the “ACC” position whilemoving the steering wheel slightly.

N00571800014

1. Make sure all occupants are properlyseated with seat belts fastened.

2. Insert the key.3. Make sure the parking brake is applied.4. Press and hold the brake pedal down with

your right foot.5. Make sure the selector lever is in the “P”

(PARK) position.

6. Turn the key to the “ON” position andmake certain that all warning lights arefunctioning properly before starting theelectric motor unit.

7. Turn the key to the “START” position forone to two seconds, and slowly return it toits original position. When you hear thestartup sound and the ready indicatorcomes on, startup of the electric motorunit is complete.

If the driver’s door is opened while the key isin the “ON” position, the electric motorreminder buzzer sounds intermittently toremind the key is in the electric motor switch.

Key reminder buzzer

Steering wheel lock

To lock

To unlock

CAUTIONRemove the key when leaving the vehicle. If your vehicle needs to be towed, turn the

key to the “ACC” position to unlock thesteering wheel.

NOTE If the front wheels are turned, the anti-theft

lock may sometimes make it difficult to turnthe key from “LOCK” position to “ACC”position. Firmly turn the steering wheel tothe left or to the right as you turn the key.

Starting the electric motor unit

CAUTIONNever attempt to start the electric motor unit

by pushing or pulling the vehicle.

Electric motor reminder


Selector lever


5

N00583600022

N00583700023

N00583800024

When the electric motor switch is turned tothe “ON” position, the current position of theselector lever is indicated on the instrumentcluster.

When the selector lever position indicatorflashes while you are driving, there could be amalfunction in the transmission.

Selector lever

Selector lever operation

While depressing the brake pedal, move the selector lever through the gate.Move the selector lever through the gate.

WARNINGAlways depress the brake pedal when

shifting the selector lever into anotherposition from the “P” (PARK) or “N”(NEUTRAL) position.Never put your foot on the acceleratorpedal while shifting the selector lever fromthe “P” (PARK) or “N” (NEUTRAL) posi-tion.

NOTE To avoid erroneous operation, move the

selector lever firmly into each position andbriefly hold it there. Always check the posi-tion shown by the selector lever position dis-play after moving the selector lever.

If the brake pedal is not depressed and held,the shift-lock device activates to prevent theselector lever from being moved from the“P” (PARK) position.

Selector lever position indicator


Selector lever


5

N00583900025

This position locks the transmission to pre-vent the vehicle from moving. The electricmotor unit can be started from the “PARK”position.

This position is to back up.

Use this position only when the vehicle is sta-tionary for an extended length of time whiledriving, such as in a traffic jam.

Use this position for normal driving.

Use this position when you desire to limitpower consumption and/or when moderateregenerative braking is required.

Use this position when strong regenerativebraking is required, such as on a steep down-hill.Refer to “Regenerative braking” on page 3-3.Refer to “When driving downhill” on page6-5.

CAUTION If the selector lever position indicator blinks

while you are driving, it is likely that a safetydevice is operating because of a malfunctionin the transmission system. We recommendyou to have your vehicle inspected as soon aspossible.

The selector lever position indicator warningfunction does not operate with the selectorlever in the “R” (REVERSE) position.

Selector lever positions

“P” PARK

WARNINGDo not leave the vehicle with the electric

motor switch in the “ON” position. Thevehicle can move suddenly. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even when you areon level ground, always set the parkingbrake and move the selector lever to the“P” (PARK) position.

“R” REVERSE

CAUTIONNever move the selector lever to the “P”

(PARK) or “R” (REVERSE) position whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the lever is movedto the “P” (PARK) or “R” (REVERSE) posi-tion while the vehicle is in motion, the trans-mission could be damaged.

“N” NEUTRAL

WARNINGNever move the selector lever to the “N”

(NEUTRAL) position while the vehicle isin motion. You will lose regenerative brak-ing. In addition, a serious accident couldoccur if the selector lever were inadver-tently moved into the “P” (PARK) positionor “R” (REVERSE) position.

“D” DRIVE

CAUTION To avoid transmission damage, never shift

into the “D” (DRIVE) position from the “R”(REVERSE) position while the vehicle is inmotion.

“ECO” ECO MODE

“B” REGENERATIVE BRAKE MODE


Acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS)


5

N00584000023

N00584100024

For short waiting periods, such as at trafficsignals the vehicle can be left in selector leverposition and held stationary with the servicebrake.For longer waiting periods with the electricmotor unit running, place the selector lever inthe “N” (NEUTRAL) position and apply theparking brake, while holding the vehicle sta-tionary with the service brake.

N00584200025

To park the vehicle, first bring it to a com-plete stop, fully engage the parking brake,and then move the selector lever to the “P”(PARK) position.

If you are going to leave the vehicle unat-tended, always switch off the electric motorunit and carry the key.

N00571900028

While driving at low speeds, such as in park-ing lots, the acoustic vehicle alerting system(AVAS) alerts people who may not hear yourvehicle approaching.The system sounds when the vehicle speed isapproximately 22 mph (35 km/h) or less.The acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS)will operate under the following conditions:

When the vehicle speed is approximately2 mph (3 km/h) or less and the brakepedal is not depressed.

WARNINGWhile driving on a slippery road, do not

use the “B” position. Abruptly releasingthe accelerator pedal can apply strongregenerative braking causing the vehicleto skid which could result in an accident.


level is full or nearly full, or the main drivelithium-ion battery temperature is too high ortoo low, the regenerative braking force maybe reduced and stronger effort may berequired to operate the brakes.

Operation of the transmission

CAUTIONBefore selecting a position with the electric

motor unit running and the vehicle station-ary, fully depress the brake pedal to preventthe vehicle from creeping.The vehicle will begin to move as soon as thetransmission is engaged, the brakes shouldonly be released when you are ready to driveaway.

Depress the brake pedal with the right foot atall times.Using the left foot could cause driver move-ment delay in case of an emergency.

Operating the accelerator pedal while theother foot is resting on the brake pedal willaffect braking efficiency and may cause pre-mature wear of brake pads.

Waiting

CAUTIONNever hold the vehicle stationary on a hill

with the accelerator. Always apply the park-ing brake and/or service brake.

Parking

CAUTION

NOTEOn a slope, be sure to apply the parking

brake before moving the selector lever to the“P” (PARK) position. If you move the selec-tor lever to the “P” (PARK) position beforeapplying the parking brake, it may be diffi-cult to disengage the selector lever from the“P” (PARK) position when next you drivethe vehicle, requiring application of a strongforce to the selector lever to move from the“P” (PARK) position.

Acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS)


Service brake


5

When the vehicle speed is approximately2-22 mph (3-35 km/h).

The system will not operate under the follow-ing conditions:

When the vehicle speed is approximately2 mph (3 km/h) or less and the brakepedal is depressed.

When the vehicle speed is approximately22 mph (35 km/h) or more.

When the selector lever is in the “P”(PARK) position.

Under normal conditions, the indicator lightin the instrument cluster illuminates when theelectric motor switch is turned to the “ON”position and goes off a few seconds later.Always confirm the indicator light goes offbefore driving.

N00517500305

Overuse of the brake can cause poor brakeresponse and premature wear of the brakepads.

N00517600423

Your vehicle is equipped with power brakesfor more braking force with reduced brakepedal effort.Your brakes are designed to operate at fullcapacity, even if the power assist is lost.If the power assist is lost, the effort needed topress the brake pedal is greater.If you should lose the power assist for somereason, the brakes will still work. If the power brake unit or either of the twobrake hydraulic systems stop working prop-

WARNINGAlways pay special attention to pedestri-

ans. Even if the acoustic vehicle alertingsystem (AVAS) sounds, pedestrians maynot notice your vehicle.

NOTE If the indicator light blinks, turn the electric

motor switch back to the “LOCK” positionand again turn the switch to the “ON” posi-tion.It is not a malfunction if the indicator lightgoes off. If the indicator light blinks again,however, have the vehicle inspected at a cer-tified i-MiEV dealer as soon as possible.

Service brake

Brake pedal

WARNINGDo not leave any objects near the brake

pedal or let a floor mat slide under it;doing so could prevent the full pedalstroke that would be necessary in anemergency. Make sure that the pedal canbe operated freely at all times. Make surethe floor mat is securely held in place.

CAUTION It is important not to drive the vehicle with

your foot resting on the brake pedal whenbraking is not required. This practice canresult in very high brake temperatures, pre-mature pad wear, and possible damage to thebrakes.

Power brakes


Brake assist system


5

erly, the rest of the brake system will stillwork, but the vehicle will not slow down asquickly.You will know this has happened if you findyou need to depress the brake pedal downfurther, or harder when slowing down or stop-ping, or if the brake warning light comes on.

N00532500162

The disc brakes have an alarm that makes ametallic squeal when the brake pads haveworn down enough to need service. If youhear this sound, have the brake pads replacedat a certified i-MiEV dealer.

N00567300063

The brake assist system is a device assistingdrivers who cannot depress the brake pedalfirmly such as in emergency stop situationsand provides greater braking force.

If the brake pedal is depressed suddenly, thebrakes will be applied with more force thanusual.

N00517900325

The anti-lock braking system helps preventthe wheels from locking up when braking.This helps you keep control of your vehicleand its direction.

WARNINGNever turn off the electric motor switch

while driving. Doing so will result in a lossof power assist for the brakes and steer-ing, increasing the effort required to steerand brake the vehicle.

NOTEAt times, you may hear the brake electric

vacuum pump for the power brakes operat-ing when the ready indicator illuminates orthe brake pedal is depressed.This sound is normal and does not indicate aproblem.

Brake pad wear alarm

WARNINGDriving with worn brake pads will make it

harder to stop, and can cause an accident.

Brake assist system

CAUTION The brake assist system is not a device

designed to exercise braking force greaterthan its capacity. Make sure to always keep asufficient distance between vehicles in frontof you without relying too much on the brakeassist system.

NOTEOnce the brake assist system is operational,

it maintains great braking force even if thebrake pedal is lightly released.To stop its operation, completely removeyour foot from the brake pedal.

The brake assist system may become opera-tional when the brake pedal is fullydepressed even if it has not been depressedsuddenly.

When the brake assist system is in use whiledriving, you may feel as if the depressedbrake pedal is soft, the pedal moves in smallmotions in conjunction with the operationnoise, or the vehicle body and the steeringwheel vibrate. This occurs when the brakeassist system is operating normally and doesnot indicate faulty operation. Continue todepress the brake pedal.

You may hear an operation noise when thebrake pedal is depressed suddenly while sta-tionary. This does not indicate a malfunctionand the brake assist system is operating nor-mally.

Anti-lock braking system

NOTE


Anti-lock braking system


5

When using the anti-lock brakes (suddenbraking), steering is slightly differentfrom normal driving conditions. Use thesteering wheel carefully.

Always keep a safe distance from thevehicle in front of you. Even if your vehi-cle is equipped with the anti-lock brakingsystem, leave a greater braking distancewhen:• Driving on gravel or snow-covered

roads.• Driving on uneven road surfaces. Operation of anti-lock braking system is

not restricted to situations where brakesare applied suddenly. This system mayalso prevent the wheels from lockingwhen you drive over manholes, steelroadwork plates, road markings, or anyuneven road surface.

When the anti-lock braking system is inuse, you may feel the brake pedal vibrat-ing and hear a unique sound. You mayalso feel as if the pedal resists beingpressed.In this situation, simply hold the brakepedal down firmly. Do not pump thebrake, which will result in reducedbraking performance.

An operation noise may be emitted fromunder the hood in the following situations.The sound is associated with checking theoperations of the anti-lock braking sys-tem.At this time, you may feel a shock fromthe brake pedal if you depress it. These donot indicate a malfunction.• When the electric motor switch is set to

the “ON” position.• When the vehicle is driven for a while

after the electric motor is turned on.The ABS can be used after the vehicle has

reached a speed over approximately 6mph (10 km/h). It stops working when thevehicle slows below approximately 3 mph(5 km/h).

N00531600661

This light comes on in the event of a malfunc-tion in the anti-lock braking system. It willalso come on as a self-check for a few sec-onds when the electric motor switch is turnedto the “ON” position. Always make sure thatthe light goes out before beginning to drive.

Driving hints

CAUTION The anti-lock braking system cannot prevent

accidents. It is your responsibility to takesafety precautions and to drive carefully.

Be sure to use the specified type and size oftire on all four wheels. Otherwise, the ABSmay not work properly.

Do not install any aftermarket limited slipdifferential (LSD) on your vehicle. The ABSmay stop functioning properly.

Anti-lock braking system warn-ing light

CAUTION If the anti-lock braking system warning light

comes on and stays on after starting the elec-tric motor unit or while driving, it means thatthe anti-lock braking system is not workingand that only the standard brake system isavailable. (The standard brake system willstill work properly.) If this happens, takeyour vehicle to a certified i-MiEV dealer assoon as possible.


Electric power steering system (EPS)


5

N00531700590

Avoid hard braking and high-speed driving.Stop the vehicle in a safe place, put the selec-tor lever to the “P” (PARK) position and turnoff the electric motor unit.Restart the electric motor unit and check tosee whether the light goes out after a fewminutes driving; if it then remains off duringdriving, there is no problem.However, if the warning light does not disap-pear, or if it comes on again when the vehicleis driven, we recommend you to have thevehicle checked.

The ABS and brake force distribution func-tion may not work, so hard braking couldmake the vehicle unstable.Avoid hard braking and high-speed driving.Stop the vehicle in a safe place and we rec-ommend you to have the vehicle checked.

N00568400058

The power steering system operates while theelectric motor unit is running. It helps reducethe effort needed to turn the steering wheel.The power steering system has mechanicalsteering capability in case the power assist islost. If the power assist is lost for some rea-son, you will still be able to steer your vehi-cle, but you will notice it takes much moreeffort to steer. If this happens, have your vehi-cle inspected at a certified i-MiEV dealer.

If the warning light illuminates while driving

If only the ABS warning light illu-minate

If the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminate at the same time

NOTE The warning light may be illuminated when

the electric motor unit is started while the12V starter battery voltage is low, but this isnot an ABS malfunction.When the main drive lithium-ion battery ischarged, the 12V starter battery is charged atthe same time, and the warning light will goout.If the warning light does not go out or illumi-nates from time to time even after the batteryis charged, take your vehicle to a certified i-MiEV dealer and have the system checked assoon as possible.

After driving on snow or icy roads, removeany snow and ice which may have been leftaround the wheels. On vehicles that have ananti-lock braking system, be careful not todamage the wheel speed sensors (A) or thecables located at each wheel.

Front

Electric power steering sys-tem (EPS)

Rear


Active stability control (ASC)


5

N00574400024

If there is a malfunction in the system, thewarning light will come on.Under normal conditions, the warning lightcomes on when the electric motor switch isturned to the “ON” position and goes off afew seconds later.

N00559100163

The active stability control (ASC) takes over-all control of the anti-lock braking system,traction control function and skid controlfunction to help maintain the vehicle’s con-trol. Also refer to the following pages on theanti-lock braking system, traction controlfunction and skid control function.

Anti-lock braking system (ABS) P.5-25Traction control function P.5-29Skid control function P.5-29

WARNINGDo not turn the key from the ON position

while the vehicle is moving. Stopping theelectric motor unit would make the steer-ing wheel extremely hard to turn, possiblyresulting in an accident.

NOTEDuring repeated full-lock turning of the

steering wheel (for example, while you aremaneuvering the vehicle into a parkingspace), a protection function may be acti-vated to prevent overheating of the powersteering system. This function will make thesteering wheel gradually harder to turn. Inthis event, limit your turning of the steeringwheel for a while. When the system hascooled down, the steering effort will returnto normal.

If you turn the steering wheel while the vehi-cle is stationary with the headlights on, theheadlights may become dim. This behavioris not abnormal. The headlights will return totheir original brightness after a short while.

Electric power steering system warning light

CAUTION If the warning light appears while the elec-

tric motor unit is running, have the vehicleinspected at a certified i-MiEV dealer assoon as possible. It may become harder toturn the steering wheel.


CAUTIONDo not over-rely on the ASC. Even the ASC

cannot prevent the natural laws of physicsfrom acting on the vehicle. This system, likeany other system, has limits and cannot helpyou to maintain traction and control of thevehicle in all circumstances. Reckless driv-ing can lead to accidents. It is the driver’sresponsibility to drive carefully. This meanstaking into account the traffic, road and envi-ronmental conditions.

Be sure to use the specified type and size oftire on all four wheels. Otherwise, the ASCmay not work properly.

Do not install any aftermarket limited slipdifferential (LSD) on your vehicle. The ASCmay stop functioning properly.




5

N00559200089

On slippery surfaces, the traction controlfunction prevents the drive wheels from spin-ning excessively, thus helping the vehicle tostart moving from a stopped condition. It alsoprovides sufficient driving force and steeringperformance as the vehicle turns while press-ing the acceleration pedal.

N00546800049

The skid control function is designed to helpthe driver maintain control of the vehicle onslippery roads or during rapid steeringmaneuvers. It works by controlling the elec-tric motor unit output and the brake on eachwheel.

N00559401280

The ASC is automatically activated when theelectric motor switch is turned to the “ON”position. You can deactivate the system bypressing down the ASC OFF switch for 3 sec-onds or longer. When the ASC is deactivated, the indica-tor will be illuminated. To reactivate the

ASC, momentarily press the ASC OFFswitch; the indicator is turned off.

NOTEAn operation noise may be emitted from

under the hood in the following situations.The sound is associated with checking theoperations of the ASC. At this time, you mayfeel a shock from the brake pedal if youdepress it. These do not indicate a malfunc-tion.• When the electric motor switch is set to the

“ON” position.• When the vehicle is driven for a while after

the electric motor unit is turned on.When the ASC is activated, you may feel a

vibration in the vehicle body or hear a whin-ing sound from under the hood.This indicates that the system is operatingnormally. It does not indicate a malfunction.

When the anti-lock braking system warninglight is illuminated, the ASC is not active.

Traction control function

CAUTIONWhen driving a vehicle on a snowy or icy

road, be sure to install snow tires and drivethe vehicle at moderate speeds.

Skid control function

NOTE The skid control function operates at speeds

of about 9 mph (15 km/h) or higher.

ASC OFF switch

CAUTION For safety reasons, the ASC OFF switch

should be operated when your vehicle isstopped.

Be sure to keep the ASC on while driving innormal circumstances.

If you deactivate the ASC to move out ofmud, sand or fresh snow, be sure to reacti-vate the ASC immediately when done. Donot deactivate the ASC except when neces-sary.

If you depress the accelerator pedal exces-sively and the wheels continue spinningwhile the ASC is deactivated, the transmis-sion or other parts may become damaged andcould cause an accident.


Tire pressure monitoring system


5

N00546901063

The indicators should illuminate when theelectric motor switch is turned to the “ON”position, and should turn off after a few sec-onds.If the indicator stays on or does not illuminatewhen the electric motor switch is turned tothe “ON” position, have the vehicle inspectedby a certified i-MiEV dealer as soon as possi-ble.

indicator blinks when the ASC is operat-ing.

indicator is illuminated when the ASC isdeactivated.

N00530201537

The tire pressure monitoring system uses tireinflation pressure sensors (A) on the wheelsto monitor the tire inflation pressures. Thesystem only indicates when a tire is signifi-cantly under-inflated.

NOTEUsing the ASC OFF switch turns off both the

skid control function and the traction controlfunction.

When trying to move out of mud, sand orfresh snow, even if the accelerator pedal isdepressed, the ASC may not allow the elec-tric motor speed to increase enough to movethe vehicle out.In such situations, deactivating the ASC maymake it easier to move your vehicle out.Refer to “If your vehicle becomes stuck insand, mud or snow” on page 8-13.

If you continue to press the ASC OFF switchafter the ASC has been turned off, the ASCwill automatically be reactivated to preventmisoperation of the ASC OFF switch.

ASC indicator, ASC OFF indi-cator

CAUTIONWhen indicator blinks, the ASC is oper-

ating, which means that the road is slipperyor that your vehicle’s wheels are beginningto slip. If this happens, drive slower.

If an abnormal condition occurs in the sys-

tem while driving, the and indicatorswill illuminate.In these cases, follow these procedures:• Park your vehicle in a safe place and stop

the electric motor unit. Restart the electric

motor unit again and check whether the

and indicators go out. If these indicatorsgo out, there is no abnormal condition.

If the and indicators remain on evenafter your vehicle is driven a short distanceafter re-starting the electric motor unit,have the vehicle inspected by a certified i-MiEV dealer as soon as possible.

When towing the vehicle with only the rearwheels raised off the ground, do not placethe electric motor switch in the “ON” posi-tion. Placing the electric motor switch in the“ON” position could cause the ASC to oper-ate, resulting in an accident.For details, refer to “Towing” on page 8-11.


NOTE The tire pressure monitoring system is not a

substitute for regularly checking tire infla-tion pressures. Be sure to check the tire inflation pressuresas described in “Tires” on page 9-11.




5

N00554800136

When the electric motor switch is turned tothe “ON” position, this light normally illumi-nates and goes off a few seconds later.If one or more of the vehicle tires is signifi-cantly under-inflated, however, this light willremain illuminated while the electric motorswitch is in the “ON” position.Refer to “If the warning light illuminateswhile driving” on page 5-32 and take the nec-essary measures.

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label.(If your vehicle has tires of a different sizethan the size indicated on the vehicle placardor tire inflation pressure label, you shoulddetermine the proper tire inflation pressurefor those tires.)As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pressure tell-tale illuminates, you should stop and checkyour tires as soon as possible, and inflatethem to the proper pressure.

The tire inflation pressure sensor (A) isinstalled in the illustrated location. Replacegrommet (B) with a new one when the tire isreplaced.For details, please contact a certified i-MiEVdealer.

Tire pressure monitoring sys-tem warning light

NOTE CAUTION If the tire pressure monitoring system warn-

ing light does not illuminate when the elec-tric motor switch is turned to the “ON”position, it means that the tire pressure moni-toring system is not working properly. Havethe system inspected by a certified i-MiEVdealer.In such situations, a malfunctioning of thesystem may be preventing the monitoring ofthe tire pressure. Avoid sudden braking,sharp turning and high-speed driving.

If a malfunction is detected in the tire pres-sure monitoring system, the tire pressuremonitoring system warning light will blinkfor approximately 1 minute and then remaincontinuously illuminated. The warning lightwill issue further warnings each time theelectric motor unit is restarted as long as themalfunction exists.Check to see whether the warning light goesoff after few minutes of driving.If it then goes off during driving, there is noproblem.However, if the warning light does not gooff, or if it blinks again when the electricmotor unit is restarted, have the vehicleinspected by a certified i-MiEV dealer.In such situations, a malfunctioning of thesystem may be preventing the monitoring ofthe tire pressure. For safety reasons, whenthe warning light appears while driving,avoid sudden braking, sharp turning andhigh-speed driving.




5

Driving on a significantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure.Under-inflation also reduces alternative fuelefficiency and tire tread life, and may affectthe vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.Please note that the TPMS is not a substitutefor proper tire maintenance, and it is thedriver’s responsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate whenthe system is not operating properly. TheTPMS malfunction indicator is combinedwith the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction, thetelltale will flash for approximately one min-ute and then remain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue upon subsequentvehicle start-ups as long as the malfunctionexists.When the malfunction indicator is illumi-nated, the system may not be able to detect orsignal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installation ofreplacement or alternate tires or wheels on thevehicle that prevent the TPMS from function-ing properly. Always check the TPMS mal-function telltale after replacing one or more

tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure thatthe replacement or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to function prop-erly.

N00532800484

1. If the low tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates, avoid hardbraking, sharp steering maneuvers andhigh speeds. You should stop and adjustthe tires to the proper inflation pressure assoon as possible. Refer to “Tires” on page9-11.

2. If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light remains illuminated afteryou have been driving for about 20 min-utes after you adjust the tire inflation pres-sure, one or more of the tires may have apuncture. Inspect the tire and if it has apuncture, have it repaired by a certified i-MiEV dealer as soon as possible.

If the warning light illuminates while driving

NOTEWhen inspecting or adjusting the tire pres-

sure, to avoid breakage, do not apply exces-sive force to the valve stem.

After inspecting or adjusting the tire pres-sure, always reinstall the valve cap on thevalve stem.Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture couldget into the valve, resulting in damage to thetire inflation pressure sensor.

Do not use metal valve caps, which maycause a metal reaction, resulting in corrosionand damage of the tire inflation pressure sen-sors.

Once adjustments have been made, the warn-ing light will go off after a few minutes ofdriving.

WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system

warning light illuminates while you aredriving, avoid hard braking, sharp steer-ing maneuvers and high speeds. Drivingwith an under-inflated tire adverselyaffects vehicle performance and can resultin an accident.

CAUTION The tire pressure monitoring system warning

light may not illuminate immediately in theevent of a tire blowout or rapid leak.

NOTE To avoid the risk of damage to the tire infla-

tion pressure sensors, have any puncturedtire repaired by a certified i-MiEV dealer. Ifthe tire repair is not done by a certified i-MiEV dealer, it is not covered by your war-ranty.




5

The tire pressure monitoring system may notwork normally in the following circum-stances:

A wireless facility or device using thesame frequency is near the vehicle.

Snow or ice is stuck inside the fendersand/or on the wheels.

The tire inflation pressure sensors’ batteryis exhausted.

Wheels other than Mitsubishi Motors gen-uine wheels are being used.

Wheels that are not fitted with tire infla-tion pressure sensors are being used.

Wheels whose ID codes are not memo-rized by the vehicle are used.

A window tint that affects the radio wavesignals is installed.

N00532900182

If you use new wheels with new tire inflationpressure sensors, their ID codes must be pro-grammed into the tire pressure monitoringsystem. Have tire and wheel replacement per-formed by a certified i-MiEV dealer to avoidthe risk of damaging the tire inflation pres-sure sensors.

N00533000207

Your tire pressure monitoring system oper-ates on a radio frequency subject to FederalCommunications Commission (FCC) Rules(For vehicles sold in U.S.A.) and IndustryCanada Rules (For vehicles sold in Canada).This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules and RSS- Gen of the Industry CanadaRules.Operation is subject to the following two con-ditions.



Do not use an aerosol puncture-repair sprayon any tire. Such a spray could damage thetire inflation pressure sensors.

Using the tire repair kit may damage the tireinflation pressure sensor. The vehicle mustpromptly be inspected and repaired by a cer-tified i-MiEV dealer after using the tirerepair kit.

NOTE NOTE Tire inflation pressures vary with the ambi-

ent temperature. If the vehicle is subjected tolarge variations in ambient temperature, thetire inflation pressures may be under-inflated(causing the warning light to come on) whenthe ambient temperature is relatively low. Ifthe warning light comes on, adjust the tireinflation pressure.

Whenever the tires and wheels are replaced with new ones

CAUTION The use of non-genuine wheels will prevent

the proper fit of the tire inflation pressuresensors, resulting air leakage or damage ofthe sensors.

General information




Rear-view camera (if so equipped)


5

N00546201200

When the selector lever is in the “R”(REVERSE) position with the electric motorswitch is in the “ON” position, the rear-viewimage will be displayed on the screen of theMitsubishi Multi Communication System.When the selector lever is shifted out of the“R” position, the rear-view image will turnoff.

The rear-view camera is in the liftgate. Reference lines and upper surface of the rearbumper (A) are displayed on the screen.

Red line (B) indicates approximately 20inches (50 cm) behind the rear bumper.

Two Green lines (C) indicate approxi-mately 8 inches (20 cm) outside of thevehicle body.

Short transverse lines (1 to 3) indicate dis-tance from the rear bumper.


WARNINGNever rely solely on the rear-view camera

to clear the area behind your vehicle.Always check visually behind and allaround your vehicle for persons, animals,obstructions or other vehicles. Failure todo so can result in vehicle damage, seriousinjury or death.

The rear-view camera is an aid system forbacking up, but it is not a substitute foryour visual confirmation.

The view on the screen is limited, andobjects outside the view, such as under thebumper or around either corner of thebumper end, cannot be seen on the screen.

Location of rear-view camera

CAUTION If the camera lens gets dirty, a clear image

cannot be obtained. As necessary, rinse thelens with clean water and gently wipe with aclean, soft cloth.

To avoid damaging the camera;• Do not rub the cover excessively or polish

it by using an abrasive compound. • Do not disassemble the camera.• Do not splash hot water directly on the lens. • Do not spray the camera and its surround-

ings with high-pressure water.• Make sure that the liftgate is securely

closed when backing up.

Reference lines on the screen

1: Approximately at the rear edge of therear bumper

2: Approximately 39 inches (100 cm)3: Approximately 79 inches (200 cm)




5

CAUTION The rear-view camera uses a wide-angle

lens. As a result, images and distances shownon the screen are not exact.

Actual distance may be different from dis-tance indicated by the lines on the screen,depending on the loading condition of thevehicle and road surface condition.The reference lines for distance and vehiclewidth are based on a level, flat road surface.In the following cases, objects shown on thescreen will appear to be farther off than theyactually are.• When the rear of the vehicle is weighed

down with the weight of passengers andluggage in the vehicle. (Case 1)

• When there is an upward slope at the back.(Case2)

Case 1

A: Actual objectsB: Objects shown on the screen

CAUTION The reference lines for distance and vehicle

width are intended to indicate the distance toa flat object such as a level, flat road surface.They may not indicate correct distancedepending on the shape of an obstacle.For example, when there is an object behindthe vehicle that has upper sections projectingin the direction of the vehicle, the referencelines on the screen will indicate that point Ais the farthest point and point B is the closestpoint to the vehicle. In reality, point A and Bare actually the same distance from the vehi-cle, and point C is farther off than point Aand B.

Case 2

A: Actual objectsB: Objects shown on the screen

NOTEMirror image is displayed on the screen.Monitor brightness is adjusted automatically

by sensors. It is possible to change the display language

of the screen.For details, please refer to the separateowner’s manual for “Mitsubishi Multi-Com-munication System”.

Under certain circumstances, it may becomedifficult to see an image on the screen, evenwhen the system is functioning correctly. • In a dark area, such as at night. • When water drops or condensation are on

the lens. • When sunlight or headlights shine directly

into the lens.


Instrument cluster


5

N00519000375

N00519100246

When the electric motor switch is in the“ON” position, the speedometer indicates thevehicle’s speed in miles per hour (mph) orkilometers per hour (km/h).

N00572000013

It is possible to select the speedometer’s dis-play unit.

1. Press the reset button (A) to display theodometer (B).(Refer to “To change the display” on page5-37.)

2. Keep the reset button pressed for 2 sec-onds or longer to change the display unitfrom MPH to km/h or from km/h to MPH.

The display unit for the cruising range willchange to match the selected speedometer’sdisplay unit.

Instrument cluster

1- Energy level gauge2- Energy usage indicator3- Odometer/Trip odometer/Dash lights

brightness indicator/Servicereminder/Cruising range indicator/Out-side temperature display

4- Speedometer5- Reset button/Dash lights illumination

button/Selector button

Speedometer

NOTE The display setting can be changed to the

preferred units (miles or km).Refer to “Changing the display unit” on page5-36.

Changing the display unit

Type 1 Type 2

NOTEOnce the display unit has changed, keeping

the reset button pressed will not cause thedisplay unit to change again.

Speedometer Cruising rangeMPH mileskm/h km

NOTE Even if speedometer’s display unit is

changed, the display units for the odometer,trip odometer, and service reminder do notchange.


Instrument cluster


5

N00572101037

The power consumption of the electric motor,the air conditioning, and power generation bythe regenerative brake are indicated.When the ready indicator comes on, the redneedle will move to the neutral point (A) andthen move to the right or left according to theamount of power consumption or power gen-eration.

[When the red needle moves to the right ofthe neutral point]This indicates that the electric motor unitand/or the air conditioning are consumingelectric energy from the main drive lithium-ion battery.The more the needle moves to the right, themore electrical energy is being consumed.

[When the red needle moves to the left of theneutral point]This indicates that electric energy is beinggenerated by the regenerative brake andcharged to the main drive lithium-ion battery.The more the needle moves to the left, themore electric energy is being generated.

N00519501449

Odometer, trip odometer, dash lights bright-ness indicator, service reminder, cruising

range indicator, and outside temperature aredisplayed.

N00572201025

The display is changed every time the resetbutton (A) is briefly pressed.

Energy usage indicator NOTEWhen the main drive lithium-ion battery is at

or near full charge, or the main drive lithium-ion battery temperature is too high or toolow, the needle in the energy usage indicatormay not move to the left of the neutral point,since the main drive lithium-ion battery can-not receive charge.

Odometer/Trip odometer/Dash lights brightness indicator/Ser-vice reminder/Cruising range indicator/Outside temperature display

To change the display

1- Odometer2- Trip odometer 3- Trip odometer 4- Dash lights brightness indicator5- Service reminder (Drive distance

remaining until next inspection)6- Service reminder (Number of months

remaining until next inspection)7- Cruising range indicator


Instrument cluster


5

N00572300016

The odometer indicates the total distance thevehicle has traveled.

N00572400020

The trip odometer shows the distance traveledsince the last time it was reset.There are two trip odometer displays: and

.

Trip odometer can be used to measure thedistance traveled since the current trip began.At the same time, Trip odometer can beused to measure the distance from a secondlocation.

To zero the counter, press and hold the resetbutton for more than 1 second. Only the cur-rently displayed value will be reset.If trip odometer is displayed, for exam-ple, only trip odometer will be reset.

N00572500021

The service reminder shows the driving dis-tance or number of months remaining untilthe next recommended periodic maintenanceinspection is required.When the next inspection is nearly due, thedisplay shows “------”.

8- Outside temperature display

NOTE The cruising range indicator and outside

temperature display are not indicated whenthe electric motor switch is in the “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

If there is no operation for about 10 secondswhen the meter illumination control or ser-vice reminder is shown, the display returnsto the odometer.

Odometer

NOTE Even if the electric motor switch is turned to

“ACC” or “LOCK”, the odometer will bedisplayed for about 30 seconds after the resetbutton is pressed.

Trip odometer

NOTE Even if the electric motor switch is turned to

“ACC” or “LOCK” position, the trip odome-ter will be displayed for about 30 secondsafter the reset button is pressed.

To reset the trip odometer

NOTEBoth trip odometer and trip odometer

can measure trips up to 9999.9miles/kilometers.

If the 12V starter battery is disconnected fora long time, both of these displays will bereset to “0”.

Service reminder

NOTE The service reminder time can be modified

by a certified i-MiEV dealer, to adjust forsevere usage, etc. Refer to “Severe mainte-nance schedule” in your vehicle’s Warrantyand Maintenance Manual. For further infor-mation, please contact a certified i-MiEVdealer.

Even if the electric motor switch is turned to“ACC” or “LOCK” position, the servicereminder will be displayed for about 30 sec-onds after reset button is pressed.

Driving distance

Number of months


Instrument cluster


5

1. The display shows the driving distance ornumber of months remaining until thenext periodic inspection.

2. This informs you that a periodic inspec-tion is due. Contact a certified i-MiEVdealer to have the system checked.

At this time, a spanner mark is shown fora few seconds whenever the electricmotor switch is turned from the “LOCK”position or the “ACC” position to the“ON” position.

3. After your vehicle is inspected at a certi-fied i-MiEV dealer, it displays the timeand miles (km) until the next periodicinspection.

With the electric motor switch in the“LOCK” position or the “ACC” position, it ispossible to reset the spanner mark (A) and “------” indication (B).When they have been reset, the driving dis-tance or number of months remaining untilthe next periodic inspection are shown andthe spanner mark (A) is no longer shownevery time the electric motor switch is turnedfrom the “LOCK” position or the “ACC”position to the “ON” position.

1. Push the reset button (D) to view the driv-ing distance or number of months remain-ing until the next periodic inspection.

2. Give the reset button (D) a long push (atleast 2 seconds) to make the spanner mark(A) start flashing. (If you do not touch thereset button for about 10 seconds whilethe spanner mark is flashing, the displaywill revert to its original indication.)

3. Give the reset button (D) a gentle pushwhile the spanner mark is flashing. The “------” indication (B) will change to“cLEAr” (C).

4. The driving distance or number of monthsremaining until the next periodic inspec-tion will be shown.

NOTE The indicated distance decreases in steps of

100miles (100 km). The indicated number ofmonths decreases in steps of one month.

It is possible to change the settings for theservice reminder.For further information, we recommend youto consult a certified i-MiEV dealer.

Resetting the service reminder

NOTE


Instrument cluster


5

N00572600019

Each time you press the dash lights illumina-tion button (B), the brightness of the instru-ments changes.

N00572700036

This displays the approximate cruising range(how many more miles or kilometres you candrive). When the cruising range becomesshort, the indication changes to “---”.

CAUTION The customer is responsible for making sure

that regular inspections and maintenance areperformed.Inspections and maintenance must be per-formed to prevent accidents and malfunc-tions.

NOTE It is not possible to reset the “------” indica-

tion (B) with the electric motor switch in the“ON” position.

When a certain distance has been driven anda certain period has elapsed after appearanceof the “------” indication (B), the indicationis automatically reset and the number ofmonths until the next periodic inspection isshown.

If you accidentally reset the display, consulta certified i-MiEV dealer for assistance.

Dash lights brightness indicator

A- Brightness displayB- Dash lights illumination button

NOTEYou can adjust to 4 different levels for when

the parking lights or headlights are illumi-nated and 4 for when they are not.

If you press and hold the button for longerthan about 1 second, the brightness automati-cally scrolls through its different levels, andstops scrolling when you release the button.Select your desired level of brightness.

When the combination headlights and dim-mer switch is in the “AUTO” position, themeter illumination switches automatically tothe adjusted brightness, depending on thebrightness outside the vehicle.

Bright Dim The brightness level of the instruments is

stored when the electric motor switch isturned off.

If the 12V starter battery is disconnected fora long time, these level of brightness will bereset.

Cruising range indicator

NOTE The cruising range is displayed based on the

past drive data. It may vary depending on thedriving condition (road condition, drivingsituation, etc.) and air conditioning operationstatus.For example, the cruising range can be short-ened by driving on congested roads, by driv-ing uphill, by repeated hard acceleration, andby use of the air conditioner and heater.When the 12V starter battery terminal is dis-connected, the power consumption data ofthe main drive lithium-ion battery in the pastis deleted. A different value from before maybe displayed. Be sure to use the display onlyfor reference.

NOTE


Instrument cluster


5N00573000010

This value (A) shows the outside temperatureof the vehicle.

If the outside temperature drops belowapproximately 37 °F (3 °C), the alarm soundsand the outside air temperature warning indi-cator (B) flash for approximately 10 secondsto show there is a danger the road might beicy.

N00573100011

When the electric motor switch is in the“ACC” or “ON” position, pressing the selec-tor button (A) for more than 2 seconds willswitch the outside temperature unit between°F and °C.

N00572800024

The energy level gauge indicates the remain-ing power in the main drive lithium-ion bat-

When the main drive lithium-ion battery ischarged, the approximate cruising range isupdated.

Outside temperature display

NOTE The outside temperature can be displayed

from -40 °F (-40 °C) to 122 °F (50 °C).When the outside temperature is over 122 °F

(50 °C) or below -40 °F (-40 °C), the displaywill remain 122 °F (50 °C) or -40 °F(-40 °C).

NOTE The outside temperature displayed may dif-

fer from the actual temperature on account ofsurrounding conditions, driving conditions,etc.

CAUTION Even when the outside air temperature warn-

ing indicator (B) indications do not flash, theroad may be icy, so please take care whendriving.

NOTE Change of the outside temperature unit

NOTEDisconnecting the battery cable causes the

outside temperature unit memory to beerased. If it has been disconnected, readjustthe unit with the above procedure.

Energy level gauge


Instrument cluster


5

tery during charging or when the electricmotor switch is in the “ON” position.

N00572900025

When the electric motor switch is in the“ON” position and the remaining bar of theenergy level gauge shows 2 bars or less, thewarning indicator (A) and the charging bars(B) flash as follows:

When the energy level gauge shows 2 bars:The warning indicator flashes.When the energy level gauge shows 1 bar:The warning indicator and the charging barsflash alternately.

Recharge the main drive lithium-ion batteryas soon as possible.

F- Battery is fully charged.E- Charge the battery.

NOTE The charging indicator is also illuminated

during charging.Refer to “Charging indicator” on page 5-44.

Low energy warning indicator NOTE If the energy level gauge shows 0 bars during

use of the air conditioning, the cooling orheating may stop operation and the mode ischanged to fan only.

If the energy level gauge shows 0 bars, thepower down warning light is illuminated tocontrol the output.

If the energy level gauge shows 2 bars whilethe main drive lithium-ion battery is beingcharged, the warning indicator flashes. If theenergy level gauge shows 1 bar while themain drive lithium-ion battery is beingcharged, the warning indicator and the charg-ing bars flash alternately.


Indicator and warning light package


5

N00519801888

Indicator and warning light package

1- Low energy warning indicator P.5-42

2- Selector lever position indicator P.5-21

3- Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System(AVAS) indicator P.5-23

4- High-beam indicator P.5-445- Turn-signal indicators/Hazard warning

lights P.5-446- Position indicator P.5-447- Front fog light indicator P.5-448- Service reminder P.5-389- Outside air temperature warning indi-

cator P.5-41

10- Regenerative brake system indicator P.5-44

11- Ready indicator P.5-4412- Tire pressure monitoring system warn-

ing light P.5-3113- 12V starter battery charging system

warning light P.5-4514- Electric power steering system warning

light P.5-2815- Electric motor unit warning light

P.5-4516- Brake warning light P.5-4417- Anti-lock braking system warning light

P.5-26

18- Power down warning light P.5-4619- Active stability control (ASC) indicator

P.5-3020- Active stability control (ASC) OFF

indicator P.5-3021- Charging indicator P.5-4422- Theft-alarm indicator P.5-1223- Door-ajar warning light P.5-4524- Driver’s seat belt reminder/warning

light P.4-1025- Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)

warning light P.4-13


Indicators


5

N00519900127

N00520000232

The arrows will flash in time with the corre-sponding exterior turn signals when the turnsignal lever is used.

Both arrows will flash when the hazard warn-ing flasher switch is pressed.

N00520100086

A blue light comes on when the headlightsare on high beam.

N00520201244

This indicator comes on while the front foglights are on.

N00551300039

This indicator turns on while the positionlights are on.

N00573200012

This indicator comes on when the electricmotor switch is turned to “START” and driv-ing becomes possible.

N00573301023

This indicator flashes when the EV chargingcable (regular charger or quick charger) isconnected.After that, the light switches to being illumi-nated when charging starts and goes out whencharging is completed.

N00573400014

The indicator comes on when the regenera-tive brake performance may be weakened. Inthis case, drive the vehicle at a lower speed.

N00520300147

N00520400513

This light comes on when the electric motorswitch is turned to the “ON” position, andgoes off after a few seconds when the parkingbrake is released. Before driving your vehi-cle, release the parking brake and make cer-tain that the brake warning light has gone off.If the light stays on when the parking brake isfully released, the service brake system is notworking properly or the brake fluid level islow.

Indicators

Turn signal indicators/Hazard warning lights

NOTE If the indicator flashes faster than usual or if

the indicator stays on without flashing, checkfor a malfunctioning turn signal light bulb orturn signal connection.

High beam indicator

Front fog light indicator

Position indicator

Ready indicator

Charging indicator

NOTEAlthough it is possible to start the electric

motor unit if quick charging has not finishednormally, the charging indicator is continu-ously blinking.Refer to “Charging troubleshooting guide”on page 3-31.

Regenerative brake system indicator

Warning lights

Brake warning light


the brake effort may significantlyincrease. Stop the vehicle in a safe loca-tion, avoiding where possible any suddenbrake application, and contact a certifiedi-MiEV dealer.


Warning lights


5

N00573500028

This light will illuminate when there is aproblem with the charging system for the 12Vstarter battery.Normally, when the electric motor switch isturned to the “ON” position, this light will

illuminate. Then, when the electric motor unitis started and the ready indicator illuminates,the light will go out.

N00520900316

This light comes on when any door or liftgateis open or not completely closed.When the vehicle is moving at more than 5mph (8 km/h) and any door or liftgate is openor ajar, a tone will sound 16 times and thewarning light will flash 16 times to informthe driver that a door or liftgate is not prop-erly shut.

N00573600029

This warning light will illuminate when thereis a problem with a high voltage component.Refer to “Service precautions” on page 9-2.

• The brake warning light does not comeon when the electric motor switch isturned to the “ON” position.

• The brake warning light does not illumi-nate while the parking brake is appliedand the electric motor switch is in the“ON” position.

• The brake warning light stays on whenthe parking brake is not applied.

NOTEWhen the brake warning light illuminates,

the warning buzzer may also sound. When the brake pedal has been repeatedly

depressed over a short period of time, thebrake warning light may come on and thebrake warning buzzer may sound. The ser-vice brake system is working normally, if thewarning light goes out and the buzzer stopssounding in a few seconds.

12V starter battery charging system warning light

WARNING

CAUTION If the warning light stays on after the ready

indicator illuminates, there may be a prob-lem with the charging system for the 12Vstarter battery.• Immediately park your vehicle in a safe

place and contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.• Do not charge the 12V starter battery.

Door-ajar warning light and buzzer

CAUTIONBefore driving, make sure that the door-ajar

warning light is off.

NOTE The flashing of the warning light and the

buzzer can be disabled.For further details, please contact a certifiedi-MiEV dealer.

When the driver’s door is open, the door-ajarwarning buzzer does not sound because theelectric motor reminder sounds instead.

Electric motor unit warning light

CAUTION If this light illuminates while driving, imme-

diately park your vehicle in a safe place andcontact a certified i-MiEV dealer.


Combination headlights and dimmer switch


5

N00573700020

If the warning light illuminates when the out-side air temperature is very low, move thevehicle to a warmer location.

If the warning light illuminates after the vehi-cle has been driven continuously uphill orwhen the outside air temperature is very high,stop the vehicle in a safe place so the electricmotor unit and/or the main drive lithium-ionbattery can cool down. When they havecooled down, the warning light will go off. Ifthe warning light does not turn off, contact acertified i-MiEV dealer.

N00522501805

Rotate the switch to operate the lights.

Power down warning light

If this warning light illumi-nates, the power provided bythe electric motor will bereduced and the vehicle willbe only able to move at lowspeeds.This warning light will illu-minate;When the energy level in

the main drive lithium-ionbattery is near empty.

When temperature of theelectric motor unit or themain drive lithium-ionbattery is too high or toolow.

When voltage of the maindrive lithium-ion batterybecomes low.

If the energy level gaugeshows 0 bar, the main drivelithium-ion battery is nearempty and must be charged assoon as possible. Refer to“Charging” on page 3-13.

NOTEWhen the power down warning light illumi-

nates, avoid rapid starts and aggressiveacceleration.

Illumination of the power down warninglight does not indicate a malfunction.

If the power down warning light illuminateswhile the air conditioning is used, the cool-ing or heating may stop operating and onlythe fan will operate.


Headlights

NOTEDo not leave the headlights and other lights

on for a long period of time while the readyindicator is not illuminated. A run down 12Vstarter battery could result.

When it rains, or when the vehicle has beenwashed, the inside of the lens sometimesbecomes foggy. This is the same as whenwindow glass mists up on a humid day, anddoes not indicate a problem. When the lightis switched on, the heat will dry out the fog.However, if water collects inside the light,have it checked by a certified i-MiEV dealer.




5

The combinations of switch operations andilluminated lights differ in accordance withthe following conditions.

[When the ready indicator is illuminated, andthe parking brake is released]

The daytime running lights will be illumi-nated:

[When the ready indicator is not illuminated,or when the ready indicator is illuminated butthe parking brake is not released]

The electric motor unit starts when the lightsare off.

N00532600554

If the key is turned to “LOCK” or “ACC”position or removed from the electricmotor switch and the driver’s door isopened with the combination headlightsand dimmer switch in the “ ” or “ ”position, the lights automatically turn off.

OFF The daytime running lights illumi-nated

AUTO

The daytime running lights illumi-natedHeadlights and other lights turn on and off automatically in accor-dance with outside light level.

The daytime running lights illumi-natedParking, tail, front and rear side-marker lights, license plate and instrument panel lights on

Headlights and other lights on

NOTEOnce the daytime running light come on,

they do not go out until the electric motorswitch is turned to the “LOCK” or “ACC”position.

OFF All lights off

AUTOHeadlights and other lights turn on and off automatically in accor-dance with outside light level.Parking, tail, front and rear side-marker lights, license plate and instrument panel lights on

Headlights and other lights on

NOTE The sensitivity of the automatic on/off con-

trol can be adjusted.For further information, please contact a cer-tified i-MiEV dealer.

Do not place anything on the sensor (A), anddo not clean with a glass cleaner. Clean onlywith clear water.

If the lights do not turn on or off with theswitch in the “AUTO” position, manuallyoperate the switch. Have the system checkedby a certified i-MiEV dealer.

Light auto-cutout function (headlights and other lights)




5

• If the driver’s door is opened after thekey is removed from the electric motorswitch, a buzzer will sound to remindyou to turn off the lights.

• If the driver’s door is opened with thekey in the electric motor switch, a buzzerwill sound intermittently to remind youto remove the key.

If the key is turned to “LOCK” or “ACC”position with the driver’s door closed andthe combination headlights and dimmerswitch in the “ ” or “ ” position, thelights will stay on for about 3 minutes andthen turn off automatically.

If the combination headlights and dimmerswitch is turned to the “ ” or “ ” posi-tion again after the electric motor switch isturned to “LOCK” or “ACC” position, theauto-cutout function described above will notwork. The lights (the parking lights, tail lights

and license plate lights) will stay on and willnot turn off automatically.

N00549800213

If the driver’s door is opened with the keyremoved from the electric motor switch whilethe lights are on, the buzzer will sound toremind you to turn off the lights.The lights and buzzer will turn off automati-cally.Or you can turn the combination headlightsand dimmer switch to the “OFF” position tostop the buzzer.

N00549900155

To change the headlights from high beam tolow beam and vice versa, pull the turn signallever to fully toward you (1). Switch the

headlights to low beam as a courtesy when-ever there are oncoming vehicles, or whenthere is traffic moving ahead of you. An illu-minated blue light in the instrument clusterindicates when the headlights are on highbeam.

N00550000198

You can flash the high beams by pulling thelever gently toward you (2). The lights willgo back to normal when you let go. While thehigh beam is on, you will see a blue light onthe instrument panel.

NOTE The light auto-cutout function can be deacti-

vated.See a certified i-MiEV dealer for details.

When you want to keep the lights on:

NOTE If the driver’s door is opened and the key is

removed, the headlight reminder buzzer willsound. If the key is still in the electric motorswitch the key reminder buzzer will soundintermittently.The buzzer stops when the driver’s door isclosed.

Headlight reminder buzzer

Dimmer (high/low beam change)

Headlight flasher

NOTEYou can flash the high beams by pulling the

lever toward you, even if the combinationheadlights and dimmer switch is off.


Turn signal lever


5

N00522600506

When changing lanes, or to making a gradualturn, hold the lever in the “lane change” posi-tion (1). It will return to the neutral positionwhen you let go. Use the full position (2)when making a normal turn. The lever willreturn to the neutral position when the turn iscomplete. There may be times when the leverdoes not return to the neutral position. Thisusually happens when the steering wheel isturned only slightly. You can easily return thelever by hand.Also, when you move the lever to (1) slightlythen release it, the turn signal lights and indi-cator in the instrument cluster will flash threetimes.

N00522700305

If you press the flasher switch, the front andrear turn signals will flash intermittently, andso will the hazard warning lights. This is anemergency warning system and should not beused when the vehicle is in motion, except foremergencies.If you need to leave your vehicle, the flasherswill keep working after the key is removedfrom the electric motor switch.

If you turn the lights off with the headlightsset to high-beam illumination, the headlightsare automatically returned to their low-beamsetting when the combination headlights anddimmer switch is next turned to the “ ”position.

Turn signal lever

NOTE

NOTEA light in the instrument panel flashes to

show when the front and rear turn signallights are working properly.If this light flashes faster than usual, checkfor a burned out light bulb or malfunctioningconnection.If the panel light does not come on when thelever is moved, check for a blown fuse or aburned out bulb in the panel.Have the vehicle inspected by a certified i-MiEV dealer.

It is possible to modify functions as follows:• Deactivate the turn signal light 3-flash

function for lane changes.• Adjust the time required to operate the

lever for the 3-flash function.See a certified i-MiEV dealer for details.

Hazard warning flasher switch

NOTE If you keep the flashers on for a long period

of time while the ready indicator is not illu-minated, the 12V starter battery could go flatand the electric motor unit could be impossi-ble to start.


Front fog light switch


5

N00522801433

The front fog lights illuminate only when theheadlights are on low beam.Turning the knob in the direction of the “ON”position turns on the front fog lights as wellas the indicator in the instrument cluster. Toturn them off, turn the knob in the direction ofthe “OFF” position.The knob will return to the neutral positionwhen it is released.

N00523000640

The windshield wiper and washer can beoperated with the electric motor switch in the“ON” or “ACC” position.If the blades are frozen to the windshield, donot operate the wipers until the ice has melted

and the blades are freed, otherwise the wipermotor may be damaged.

With the lever in the “INT” (speed sensitiveintermittent operation) position, the intermit-tent intervals can be adjusted by turning theknob (A).

Front fog light switch

NOTE If the headlights are switched to high beam,

the front fog lights will go out; they will illu-minate again when the headlights areswitched back to low beam.

If the combination headlights and dimmerswitch is rotated to the “OFF” or “ ” posi-tion while the front fog lights are illumi-nated, they will automatically turn off. Theycan be turned back on again by rotating thecombination headlights and dimmer switchback to “ ” position, and turning the knobin the direction of the “ON” position.

Do not use fog lights except in conditions offog, otherwise excessive light glare maytemporarily blind oncoming vehicle drivers.

Wiper and washer switch

CAUTION If the washer is used in cold weather, the

washer fluid sprayed against the glass mayfreeze, which may hinder visibility. Warmthe glass with the defroster before using thewasher.

Windshield wipers

NOTE

MIST- Misting functionThe wipers will operate once.

OFF- OffINT- Intermittent (Speed sensitive)LO- SlowHI- Fast

To adjust intermittent intervals


Wiper and washer switch


5

The wipers will operate once if the wiperlever is raised to the “MIST” position andreleased. This operation is useful when it isdrizzling, etc. The wipers will continue tooperate while the lever is held in the “MIST”position.

N00504600272

To turn on the windshield washer, pull thelever toward you with the electric motorswitch in either the “ON” or “ACC” position. The washer fluid will be sprayed onto thewindshield by pulling the lever toward you.

N00523200394

The rear window wiper and washer can beoperated when the electric motor switch ineither the “ON” or “ACC” position.

Turn the knob to operate the rear windowwiper.

1- Fast2- Slow

NOTE The speed-sensitive-operation function of

the windshield wipers can be deactivated.For further information, please contact a cer-tified i-MiEV dealer.

Misting function

Windshield washer

Rear window wiper and washer

OFF- OffINT- The wiper operates continuously for

several seconds then operates inter-mittently at intervals of about 8 sec-onds.

- Washer fluid will be sprayed ontothe rear window glass while theknob is turned fully in either direc-tion.When the washer fluid is sprayed,the wiper will automatically operate2 or 3 times.


Electric rear window defogger switch


5

N00523501323

N00523701455

The electric rear window defogger can beused when the ready indicator is illuminated.The indicator light (A) will come on whenyou press the electric rear window defoggerswitch. Electric current will flow through theheating wires on the rear window to helpclear away moisture or frost.

After about 20 minutes of operation, the sys-tem will shut off automatically.To switch the defogger OFF before 20 min-utes have passed, press the switch again. Theindicator light will go out and the defoggerwill turn off. If you need the defogger for more than 20minutes, press the switch again. This will add20 more minutes.

NOTE To ensure a clear rearward view, the wiper

performs several continuous operationswhen the reverse gear is engaged and theswitch is in the “INT” position.Following this continuous operation, thewiper will automatically switch to intermit-tent operation.

It is possible to modify functions as follows:• Adjustment of the interval for intermittent

operation• Changing intermittent wiper operation to

continuous wiper operationFor details, consult a certified i-MiEVdealer.

The washer fluid reservoir is located under-neath the hood.Check the fluid level regularly and refill ifnecessary. (Refer to “Washer fluid” on page9-7.)

Precautions to observe when using wipers and washers

CAUTION If the washer is used in cold weather, the

washer fluid sprayed onto the glass mightfreeze, blocking your view. In cold weather,heat the glass with the defroster before usingthe washer.

NOTEDo not use the wipers when the windshield is

dry. This could scratch the glass and wear thewiper blades prematurely.

Before using the wipers in cold weather,check to be sure that the wiper blades are notfrozen to the windshield. Using the wiperswhile the blades are frozen could cause thewiper motor to burn out.

If the moving wipers become blocked part-way through a sweep by ice or other depositson the glass, the wipers may temporarily stopoperating to prevent the motor from over-heating. In this case, park the vehicle in asafe place, turn the electric motor switch tothe “LOCK” position, and then remove theice or other deposits.Because the wipers will start operating againafter the wiper motor cools down, check thatthe wipers operate before using them.

Avoid using the washer for more than 20 sec-onds at a time. Do not operate the washerwhen the fluid reservoir is empty or thepump may fail.

During cold weather, add a recommendedwasher solution that will not freeze in thewasher reservoir. Otherwise the washer maynot work or may be damaged.

Replace the wiper blades when they areworn. Use the proper size replacementblades. If you have questions, ask a certifiedi-MiEV dealer.

Electric rear window defog-ger switch


Horn switch


5

N00523800172

To honk the horn, press around the “ ” markon the steering wheel.

N00563700030

The Link System takes overall control of thedevices connected via the USB input terminalor the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface allowing theconnected devices to be operated by using theswitches in the vehicle or voice commands.See the following section for details on howto operate.

Refer to “Bluetooth® 2.0 interface” on page5-53.Refer to “USB input terminal” on page 5-74.

Refer to “To play iPod/USB memory devicetracks via voice operation” on page 7-20.

Bluetooth® is a registered trademark ofBLUETOOTH SIG, INC.

N00563801083

You have acquired a device that includes soft-ware licensed by Mitsubishi Motors Corpora-tion from Visteon Corporation, and theirsubsequent 3rd party suppliers. For a com-plete list of these 3rd party products and theirend user license agreements, please go to thefollowing website.http://www.jciblueconnect.com/faq/fulldis-closure.pdf

N00563901286

The Bluetooth® 2.0 interface allows for mak-ing/receiving hands-free calls in the vehicleusing a Bluetooth® compatible cellular phonebased on the wireless communication tech-nology commonly known as Bluetooth®. Italso allows the user to play music, saved in a

CAUTION The rear window defogger is not designed to

melt snow. Remove any snow manuallybefore using the rear window defogger.

Use the rear window defogger only after theready indicator is illuminated. Be sure to turnthe defogger switch off immediately after thewindow is clear to save on 12V starter bat-tery power.

Do not place stickers, tape, or other itemsthat are attached with adhesive over the gridwires on the rear window.

When cleaning the inside rear window, use asoft cloth and wipe lightly over the gridwires.

NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with heated mir-

rors, mist can also be removed from the out-side rearview mirrors when the rear windowdefogger switch is pressed. (Refer to“Heated mirror” on page 5-18.)

The electric rear window defogger is acti-vated automatically when the Remote Cli-mate Control is activated in Pre-DefrosterMode.Refer to “Remote Climate Control” on page3-36, 3-47 and “For persons with electro-medical apparatus such as implantable car-diac pacemaker or implantable cardiovascu-lar defibrillator” on page 3-6.

Horn switch

Link System (if so equipped)

Link System End User License Agreement

Bluetooth® 2.0 interface (if so equipped)




5

Bluetooth® music player, from the vehicle’sspeakers.The system is equipped with a voice recogni-tion function, which allows you to makehands-free calls by simple switch operationsand voice command operations using adefined voice tree.

The Bluetooth® 2.0 interface can be usedwhen the electric motor switch is in the “ON”or “ACC” position.

Before you can use the Bluetooth® 2.0 inter-face, you must pair the Bluetooth® deviceand Bluetooth® 2.0 interface. Refer to “Con-necting the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface andBluetooth® device” on page 5-59.

Bluetooth® is a registered trademark ofBLUETOOTH SIG, INC.

Steering control switch and microphone P.5-55Voice recognition function P.5-56Useful voice commands P.5-56Speaker enrollment function P.5-58Connecting the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface andthe Bluetooth® device P.5-59Operating a music player connected via Blue-tooth® P.5-65How to make or receive hands-free calls P.5-65Phonebook function P.5-67

WARNINGAlthough the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface

allows you to make hands-free calls, if youchoose to use the cellular phone whiledriving, you must not allow yourself to bedistracted from the safe operation of yourvehicle. Anything, including cellularphone usage, that distracts you from thesafe operation of your vehicle increasesyour risk of an accident.

Refer to and comply with all state andlocal laws in your area regarding cellularphone usage while driving.

NOTE If the electric motor switch is left in the

“ACC” position, the accessory power willautomatically turn off after a certain periodof time and you will no longer be able to usethe Bluetooth® 2.0 interface. The accessorypower comes on again if the electric motorswitch is turned from the “ACC” position.Refer to “ACC power auto-cutout function”on page 5-19.

The Bluetooth® 2.0 interface cannot be usedif the Bluetooth® device has a dead batteryor the device power is turned off.

Hands-free calls will not be possible if yourphone does not have service available.

If you place the Bluetooth® device in theluggage compartment, you may not be ableto use the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface.

Some Bluetooth® devices are not compatiblewith the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface.

You can confirm the Link System softwareversion by pressing the HANG-UP button 3times (press and hold 2 times and then pressbriefly) within 10 seconds.

WARNING For detail of the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface,

refer to the following web site:[For vehicles sold in U.S.A.]You can access the Mitsubishi Motors NorthAmerica website.[For vehicles sold in Canada]You can access the Mitsubishi Motors web-site.Please read and agree to the “Warning aboutLinks to the Web Sites of Other Companies”,the websites mentioned above may connectyou to websites other than the MitsubishiMotors website.http://www.mitsubishi-motors.com/en/prod-ucts/index.html

Software updates by cellular phone/digitalaudio device manufacturers maychange/alter device connectivity.

NOTE




5

N00564001170

Press this button to increase the volume.

Press this button to decrease the volume.

Pressing this button will activate the voicerecognition mode of Mitsubishi Multi-Communication System (a beep willsound when successfully activated). Touse the voice recognition of the Blue-tooth® 2.0 interface, press the PICK-UPbutton.

Pressing the SPEECH button longer willdeactivate the voice recognition mode.

Press this button when an incoming call isreceived to answer the telephone.

When not receiving incoming calls, press-ing the PICK-UP button will activate thevoice recognition of the Bluetooth® 2.0interface.

When another call is received during acall, press this button to put the first calleron hold and talk to the new caller. • In such circumstances, you can press the

button briefly to switch between callers.You will switch to the first caller and theother caller will be put on hold.

• To establish a three-way call in such situ-ations, press the SPEECH button to entervoice recognition mode and then say“Join calls.”

Press this button when an incoming call isreceived to refuse the call.

Press this button during a call to end thecurrent call.When another call is on hold, you willswitch to that call.

If this button is pressed in the voice recog-nition mode, the voice recognition modewill be deactivated.

Steering control switch and microphone

1- Volume up button2- Volume down button3- SPEECH button4- PICK-UP button5- HANG-UP button6- Microphone

Volume up button

Volume down button

SPEECH button

PICK-UP button

HANG-UP button

NOTEWhen you press the PICK-UP button to enter

voice recognition mode with a cellular phonepaired to the system, current information onthe cellular phone, such as “remaining bat-tery life,” “signal strength” or “roaming,”will be displayed on the audio display.**: Some cellular phones will not send thisinformation to the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface.

Call waiting and three-way calls can be usedby the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface, only if it ispossible to use those services with your cel-lular phone.




5

Your voice will be recognized by a micro-phone in the overhead console, allowing youto make hands-free calls with voice com-mands.

N00564101168

The Bluetooth® 2.0 interface is equippedwith a voice recognition function.Simply say voice commands and you can per-form various operations and make or receivehands-free calls.

With the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface, voice rec-ognition is possible for US English, NorthAmerican Spanish, Canadian French and Jap-anese. The factory setting is “English.”

1. Press the PICK-UP button.2. Say “Setup.”3. Say “Language.”4. The voice guide will say “Select a lan-

guage: English, Spanish, French or Japa-nese.” Say the desired language.(Example: “English”)

5. The voice guide will say “English (Span-ish, French or Japanese) selected. Is thiscorrect?” Say “Yes.”If you say “No,” the system will return toStep 4.

6. When the voice guide says “English(Spanish, French or Japanese) selected,”the language change process will be com-pleted and the system will return to themain menu.

N00564200016

N00564300017

The Bluetooth® 2.0 interface is equippedwith a help function. If you say “Help” when the system is waitingfor a voice command input, the system willtell you a list of the commands that can beused under the circumstances.

Microphone

NOTE If a cellular phone is within close proximity

of the microphone, it may distort the soundquality. In this case, place the cellular phoneas far as possible from the microphone.

Voice recognition function

NOTE If the voice command that you say differs

from the predefined command or cannot berecognised due to ambient noise or someother reason, the Bluetooth® 2.0 interfacewill ask you for the voice command again upto 3 times.

For best performance and further reductionof ambient noise, the vehicle windowsshould be closed, lower the blower speed andrefrain from conversation with your passen-gers while engaging the voice recognitionfunction.

Depending on the selected language, somefunctions may not be available.

Selecting the language

NOTE The voice guide will repeat the same mes-

sage twice. The first message is in the cur-rent language, and the second message is inthe selected language.

If many entries are registered in the vehiclephonebook, changing the language will takea longer time.

Changing the language deletes the mobilephonebook imported to the Bluetooth® 2.0interface. If you wish to use it, you will haveto import it again.

Useful voice commands

Help function




5

N00564401028

There are 2 cancel functions.If you are at the main menu, say “Cancel” toexit from the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface. If you are anywhere else within the system,say “Cancel” to return to the main menu.

N00564501061

The Bluetooth® 2.0 interface is equippedwith a confirmation function.With the confirmation function activated, youare given more opportunities than normal toconfirm a command when making varioussettings to the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface. Thisallows you to decrease the possibility that asetting is accidentally changed. The confirmation function can be turned onor off by following the steps below.

1. Press the PICK-UP button.2. Say “Setup.”3. Say “Confirmation prompts.”

4. The voice guide will say “Confirmationprompts are <on/off>. Would you like toturn confirmation prompts <off/on>.”Answer “Yes” to change the setting oranswer “No” to keep the current setting.

5. The voice guide will say “Confirmationprompts are <off/on>” and then the sys-tem will return to the main menu.

N00564601163

It is possible to use a passcode as a securityfunction by setting a passcode of your choicefor the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface.When the security function is turned on, it isnecessary to make a voice input of a 4-digitpasscode in order to use all functions of theBluetooth® 2.0 interface, except for recep-tion.

Use the following procedure to turn on thesecurity function by setting a passcode.

1. Press the PICK-UP button.2. Say “Setup.”3. Say “Passcode.”4. The voice guide will say “Passcode is dis-

abled. Would you like to enable it?”Answer “Yes.”

Answer “No” to cancel the setting of thepasscode and return to the main menu.

5. The voice guide will say “Please say a 4-digit passcode. Remember this passcode.It will be required to use this system.” Say a 4-digit number which you want toset as a passcode.

6. For confirmation purposes, the voiceguide will say “Passcode <4-digit pass-code>. Is this correct?” Answer “Yes.”Answer “No” to return to the passcodeinput in Step 5.

7. When the registration of the passcode iscompleted, the voice guide will say “Pass-code is enabled” and the system willreturn to the main menu.

Canceling

NOTEYou can return to the previous menu by say-

ing “Go Back.” (if so equipped)

Confirmation function setting

Security function

Setting the passcode

NOTE Passcode will be required to access the sys-

tem after restarting the electric motor unit. It is required for a little time after the ready

indicator has turned off that the entered pass-code is actually recorded in the system. If theelectric motor switch is made to “ACC” or“ON” or the electric motor is started immedi-ately after the ready indicator has turned off,there is a case when the entered passcode isnot recorded in the system. At this time,please try to enter the passcode again.




5

If a passcode has been set and the securityfunction is enabled, the voice guide will say“Hands-free system is locked. State the pass-code to continue” when the PICK-UP buttonis pressed to enter voice recognition mode.Say the 4-digit passcode number to enter thepasscode. If the entered passcode is wrong, the voiceguide will say “<4-digit passcode>, Incorrectpasscode. Please try again.” Enter the correctpasscode.

Use the following procedure to turn off thesecurity function by disabling the passcode.

1. Press the PICK-UP button.2. Say “Setup.”

3. Say “Passcode.”4. The voice guide will say “Passcode is

enabled. Would you like to disable it?”Answer “Yes.”Answer “No” to cancel the disabling ofthe passcode and return to the main menu.

5. When the disabling of the passcode iscompleted, the voice guide will say “Pass-code is disabled” and the system willreturn to the main menu.

N00564700011

The Bluetooth® 2.0 interface can use thespeaker enrollment function to create a voicemodel for one person per language. This makes it easier for the Bluetooth® 2.0interface to recognise voice commands saidby you. You can turn a voice model registered withthe speaker enrollment function on and offwhenever you want.

N00564801149

It takes about 2 to 3 minutes to complete thespeaker enrollment process.To ensure the best results, run through theprocess while in the driver’s seat, in an envi-ronment that is as quiet as possible (whenthere is no rain or strong winds and the vehi-

cle windows are closed). Please turn off yourphone while in speaker enrollment to preventinterruption of the process.Use the following procedure for speakerenrollment.

1. Stop your vehicle in a safe area, put theselector lever in the “P” (PARK) position,and then pull the parking brake lever.

2. Press the PICK-UP button.3. Say “Voice training.”4. The voice guide will say “This operation

must be performed in a quiet environmentwhile the vehicle is stopped. See theowner’s manual for the list of requiredtraining phrases. Press and release theSPEECH button when you are ready tobegin. Press the HANG-UP button to can-cel at any time.”Press the SPEECH button to start thespeaker enrollment process.

Entering the passcode

NOTEYou can reenter the passcode as many times

as you want. If you have forgotten your passcode, say

“Cancel” to quit the voice input mode andthen check with a certified i-MiEV dealer.

Disabling the passcode

NOTE System must be unlocked to disable the pass-

code.

Speaker enrollment function

Speaker enrollment

NOTE Speaker enrollment is not possible unless the

vehicle is parked. Make sure you park thevehicle in a safe area before attemptingspeaker enrollment.




5

5. The voice guide will prompt for phrase 1.Repeat the corresponding phrase listed intable “Enrollment commands” on page5-74.The system will register your voice andthen move on to the registration of thenext command. Continue the process untilall phrases have been registered.

6. When all enrollment commands havebeen read out, the voice guide will say“Speaker enrollment is complete.” Thesystem will then end the speaker enroll-ment process and return to the mainmenu.

N00564901108

You can turn a voice model registered withthe speaker enrollment function on and offwhenever you want.You can also retrain the system.Use the following procedure to perform theseactions.

1. Press the PICK-UP button.2. Say “Voice training.”3. If you have completed a speaker enroll-

ment process once already, the voiceguide will say either “Enrollment isenabled. Would you like to disable orretrain?” or “Enrollment is disabled.Would you like to enable or retrain?”

4. When enrollment is “enabled,” the voicemodel is on; when enrollment is “dis-abled,” the voice model is off. Say thecommand that fits your needs.

Say “Retrain” to start the speaker enroll-ment process and recreate a new voicemodel. (Refer to “Speaker enrollment” onpage 5-58.）

N00565001340

Before you can make or receive hands-freecalls or play music using the Bluetooth® 2.0interface function, you must pair the Blue-tooth® device and Bluetooth® 2.0 interface.

Up to 7 Bluetooth® devices can be pairedwith the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface.If multiple paired Bluetooth® devices areavailable in the vehicle, the cellular phone ormusic player most recently connected is auto-matically connected to the Bluetooth® 2.0interface.

NOTE If you do not start the speaker enrollment

process within 3 minutes after pressing theSPEECH button, the speaker enrollmentfunction will time out. The voice guide will say “Speaker enroll-ment has timed out.” The system will thenbeep and the voice recognition mode will bedeactivated.

NOTE To repeat the most recent voice training com-

mand, press and release the SPEECH button. If you press the HANG-UP button anytime

during the process, the system will beep andstop the speaker enrollment process.

NOTECompleting the speaker enrollment process

will turn on the voice model automatically. The commands “Help” and “Cancel” will not

work in this mode.

Enabling and disabling the voice model and retraining

Connecting the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface and Bluetooth® device

NOTE Pairing is required only when the device is

used for the first time. Once the device hasbeen paired with the Bluetooth® 2.0 inter-face, all you need is to bring the device intothe vehicle next time and the device willconnect to the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface auto-matically (if supported by the device).




5

You can also change a Bluetooth® device tobe connected.

To pair a Bluetooth® device with the Blue-tooth® 2.0 interface, use either one of the fol-lowing 2 methods (Type 1 or Type 2).


2. Press the PICK-UP button.3. Say “Setup.”4. Say “Pairing Options.”5. The voice guide will say “Select one of

the following: pair, edit, delete, or list.”Say “Pair.”

6. The voice guide will say “Please say a 4-digit pairing code.” Say a 4-digit number.When the confirmation function is on, thesystem will confirm whether the numbersaid is acceptable. Answer “Yes.”Answer “No” to return to pairing codeselection. 7. The voice guide will say “Start pairing

procedure on the device. See the devicemanual for instructions.” Enter in theBluetooth® device the 4-digit number youhave registered in Step 6.

To pair

Pairing procedure - Type 1 (if so

equipped)

NOTEYou cannot pair any Bluetooth® device with

the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface unless the vehi-cle is parked. Before paring a Bluetooth®

device with the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface,confirm that the vehicle is parked in a safelocation.

NOTE If 7 devices have already been paired, the

voice guide will say “Maximum devicespaired” and then the system will end thepairing process. To register a new device,delete one device and then repeat the pairingprocess.(Refer to “Deleting a device” on page 5-62.)

NOTE Some Bluetooth® devices require a specific

pairing code. Please refer to the device man-ual for pairing code requirements.

The pairing code entered here is only usedfor the Bluetooth® connection certification.It is any 4-digit number the user would liketo select.Remember the pairing code as it needs to bekeyed into the Bluetooth® device later in thepairing process. Depending on the connection settings of theBluetooth® device, this code may have to beentered each time you connect the Blue-tooth® device to the Bluetooth® 2.0 inter-face. For the default connection settings,refer to the instructions for the device.

NOTEDepending on the device, it might take a few

minute to pair the Bluetooth® device withthe Bluetooth® 2.0 interface.

If the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface cannot recog-nize the Bluetooth® device, the voice guidewill say “Pairing has timed out” and the pair-ing process will be cancelled.Confirm that the device you are pairing sup-ports Bluetooth®, and try pairing it again.

NOTE




58. The voice guide will say “Please say thename of the device after the beep.” Youcan assign a desired name for the Blue-tooth® device and register it as a devicetag. Say the name you want to registerafter the beep.

9. The voice guide will say “Pairing com-plete,” and the pairing process will end.


2. Press the PICK-UP button.3. Say “Pair Device.”

4. The voice guide will say “Start pairingprocedure on the device. See the devicemanual for instructions.” and then willsay “The pairing code is <pairing code>.”

5. Enter in the Bluetooth® device the 4-digitnumber that has been read out in Step 4.

If you enter the wrong number, the voiceguide will say “Pairing failed” and the pair-ing process will be cancelled.Confirm the number is right, and try pairingit again.

NOTEWhen the confirmation function is on, after

repeating the device tag you have said, thevoice guide will ask “Is this correct?”Answer “Yes.”To change the device tag, answer “No” andthen say the device tag again.

Pairing procedure - Type 2 (if so

equipped)

NOTE NOTEYou cannot pair any Bluetooth® device with

the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface unless the vehi-cle is parked. Before paring a Bluetooth®

device with the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface,confirm that the vehicle is parked in a safelocation.

NOTE The following procedure ( to ) can also

be used instead of saying “Pair Device.”Replace this step 3 with the following proce-dure if you prefer.

Say “Setup.” Say “Pairing Options.” The voice guide will say “Select one of

the following: pair, edit, delete, list or setcode.”Say “Pair.”

If 7 devices have already been paired, thevoice guide will say “Maximum devicespaired” and then the system will end thepairing process. To register a new device,delete one device and then repeat the pairingprocess.(Refer to “Deleting a device” on page 5-62.)

NOTE Some Bluetooth® devices require a specific

pairing code. Please refer to the device man-ual for pairing code requirements and readthe next section “If your device requires aspecific pairing code” on page 5-62 to set thepairing code.

The pairing code entered here is only usedfor the Bluetooth® connection certification. Depending on the connection settings of theBluetooth® device, this code may have to beentered each time you connect the Blue-tooth® device to the Bluetooth® 2.0 inter-face. For the default connection settings,refer to the instructions for the device.

NOTEDepending on the device, it might take a few

minute to pair the Bluetooth® device withthe Bluetooth® 2.0 interface.




5

6. The voice guide will say “Please say thename of the device after the beep.” Youcan assign a desired name for the Blue-tooth® device and register it as a devicetag. Say the name you want to registerafter the beep.

7. The voice guide will say “Pairing Com-plete. Would you like to import the con-tacts from your mobile device now?”Answer “Yes,” and the voice guide willsay “Please wait while the contacts areimported. This may take several minutes.”Answer “No” to end the pairing process.

If your device requires a specific pairingcode, you need to set the pairing code. Followthe procedures below.

1. Press the PICK-UP button.2. Say “Setup.”3. Say “Pairing Options.”4. Say “Set Code.”5. The voice guide will say “Do you want

the pairing code to be random or fixed?”Say “Fixed.”

6. The voice guide will say “Please say a 4-digit pairing code.” Say a 4-digit number.

7. The voice guide will say “Pairing code setto <pairing code>.”When the confirmation function is on, thesystem will confirm whether the numbersaid is acceptable. Answer “Yes.”Answer “No,” the system will return toStep 6.

8. The voice guide will say “Do you want topair a device now?” Answer “Yes,” thesystem will proceed to Step 3 in the pair-ing process. Refer to the “Pairing proce-dure- Type 2.”

N00565101123

If multiple paired Bluetooth® devices areavailable in the vehicle, the cellular phone ormusic player most recently connected is auto-matically connected to the Bluetooth® 2.0interface.You can connect to the other cellular phone ormusic player by following setting change pro-cedures.

1. Press the PICK-UP button.2. Say “Setup.”3. Say “Select phone.”4. After the voice guide says “Please say,”

the numbers of the cellular phones anddevice tags of corresponding cellularphones will be read out in order, startingwith the cellular phone that has been mostrecently connected.Say the number of the cellular phone thatyou want to connect to.

If the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface cannot recog-nize the Bluetooth® device, the voice guidewill say “Pairing has timed out” and the pair-ing process will be cancelled.Confirm that the device you are pairing sup-ports Bluetooth®, and try pairing it again.

If you enter the wrong number, the voiceguide will say “Pairing failed” and the pair-ing process will be cancelled.Confirm the number is right, and try pairingit again.If your device requires a specific pairingcode, you need to set the pairing code. Referto the device manual for pairing coderequirements and read the next section “Ifyour device requires a specific pairing code”on page 5-62.


repeating the device tag you have said, thevoice guide will ask “Is this correct?”Answer “Yes.”To change the device tag, answer “No” andthen say the device tag again.

NOTE

If your device requires a specific pairingcode

Selecting a device

To select a cellular phone




5

When the confirmation function is on, thesystem will ask you again whether thephone that you want to connect to is cor-rect. Answer “Yes” to continue and con-nect to the cellular phone.Answer “No,” and the voice guide willsay “Please say.” Say the number of thephone that you want to connect to.

5. The selected phone will be connected tothe Bluetooth® 2.0 interface. The voiceguide will say “<device tag> selected”and then the system will return to themain menu.

1. Press the PICK-UP button.2. Say “Setup.”3. Say “Select music player.”

4. After the voice guide says “Please say,”the numbers of the music players anddevice tags of corresponding music play-ers will be read out in order, starting withthe music player that has been mostrecently connected.Say the number of the music player thatyou want to connect to.When the confirmation function is on, thesystem will ask you again whether themusic player that you want to connect tois correct. Answer “Yes” to continue andconnect to the music player.Answer “No,” and the voice guide willsay “Please say.” Say the number of themusic player that you want to connect to.

5. The selected music player will be con-nected to the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface.The voice guide will say “<device tag>selected” and then the system will returnto the main menu.

Use the following procedure to delete apaired Bluetooth® device from the Blue-tooth® 2.0 interface.


the following: pair, edit, delete, or list.”Say “Delete.”

5. After the voice guide says “Please say,”the numbers of the devices and devicetags of corresponding devices will be readout in order, starting with the device thathas been most recently connected. After itcompletes reading all pairs, the voiceguide will say “or all.”Say the number of the device that youwant to delete from the system.If you want to delete all paired phonesfrom the system, say “All.”

6. For confirmation purposes, the voiceguide will say “Deleting <device tag><number>. Is this correct?” or “Deletingall devices. Is this correct?”Answer “Yes” to delete the phone(s).Answer “No,” the system will return toStep 4.

NOTEYou can connect to a phone at any time by

pressing the SPEECH button and saying thenumber, even before all of the paired num-bers and device tags of corresponding cellu-lar phones are read out by the system.

To select a music player

NOTEYou can connect to a music player at any

time by pressing the SPEECH button andsaying the number, even before all of thepaired numbers and device tags of corre-sponding music players are read out by thesystem.

Deleting a device




5

7. The voice guide will say “Deleted,” andthen the system will end the device dele-tion process.

N00565201065

You can check a paired Bluetooth® device byfollowing the steps below.


the following: pair, edit, delete, or list.”Say “List.”

5. The voice guide will read out device tagsof corresponding devices in order, startingwith the Bluetooth® device that has beenmost recently connected.

6. After the device tags of all paired Blue-tooth® devices have been read, the systemwill say “End of list, would you like tostart from the beginning?”

To hear the list again from the beginning,answer “Yes.” When you are done, answer “No” toreturn to the main menu.

N00565301066

You can change the device tag of a paired cel-lular phone or music player.Follow the steps below to change a devicetag.


the following: pair, edit, delete, or list.”Say “Edit.”

5. The voice guide will say “Please say,” andread out the numbers of the Bluetooth®

devices and device tags of correspondingdevices in order, starting with the Blue-tooth® that has been most recently con-nected.After all paired device tags have beenread, the voice guide will say “Whichdevice, please?” Say the number of thedevice tag you want to change.

6. The voice guide will say “New name,please.” Say the name you want to regis-ter as a new device tag.When the confirmation function is on, thevoice guide will say “<New device tag>.Is this correct?” Answer “Yes.”Answer “No,” you can say the new devicetag you want to register again.

7. The device tag is changed.

NOTE If the device deletion process fails for some

reason, the voice guide will say “Deletefailed” and then the system will cancel delet-ing the device.

To check a paired Bluetooth® device

NOTE If you press and release the SPEECH button

and say “Continue” or “Previous” while thelist is being read, the system will advance orrewind the list.Say “Continue” to proceed to the device withthe next highest number or “Previous” toreturn to the phone with the previous num-ber.

You can change the device tag by pressingand releasing the SPEECH button and thensaying “Edit” while the list is being read.

You can change the phone to be connectedby pressing and releasing the SPEECH but-ton and then saying “Select phone” while thelist is being read.

You can change the music player to be con-nected by pressing and releasing theSPEECH button and then saying “Selectmusic player” while the list is being read.

Changing a device tag

NOTEYou can press and release the SPEECH but-

ton while the list is being read, and immedi-ately say the number of the device tag youwant to change.




5

When the change is complete, the voiceguide will say “New name saved” andthen the system will return to the mainmenu.

N00565400028

For the operation of a music player connectedvia Bluetooth®, refer to “To play iPod/USBmemory device tracks via voice operation” onpage 7-20.

N00565500061

You can make or receive hands-free callsusing a Bluetooth® compatible cellular phoneconnected to the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface.You can also use the phonebooks in the Blue-tooth® 2.0 interface to make calls withoutdialling telephone numbers.

To make a call P.5-65Send function P.5-66Receiving calls P.5-67Mute function P.5-67Switching between hands-free mode and pri-vate mode P.5-67

N00565601131

You can make a call in the following 3 waysusing the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface:Making a call by saying a telephone number,making a call using the Bluetooth® 2.0 inter-face’s phonebook, and making a call by redi-aling.

You can make a call by saying the telephonenumber.

1. Press the PICK-UP button.2. Say “Dial.”3. After the voice guide says “Number

please,” say the telephone number.4. The voice guide will say “Dialing <num-

ber recognized>.”The Bluetooth® 2.0 interface will thenmake the call.

When the confirmation function is on, thesystem will confirm the telephone numberagain. To continue with that number,answer “Yes.” To change the telephone number, answer“No.” The system will say “Numberplease” then say the telephone numberagain.

You can make calls using the vehicle phone-book or mobile phonebook of the Bluetooth®

2.0 interface.For details on the phonebooks, refer to“Phonebook function” on page 5-67.

1. Press the PICK-UP button.2. Say “Call.”

Operating a music player con-nected via Bluetooth®

How to make or receive hands-free calls

NOTE The hands-free calls might not be operated

correctly when it makes calling or receivingby operating the cellular phone directly.

To make a call

Making a call by using the telephonenumber

NOTE In the case of English, the system will recog-

nise both “zero” and “oh” (Letter “o”) for thenumber “0.”

The Bluetooth® 2.0 interface supports num-bers (0 to 9) and characters (+, # and *).

The maximum supported telephone numberlength is as follows:• International telephone number: + and tele-

phone numbers (to 18 digits).• Except for international telephone number:

telephone numbers (to 19 digits).

Making a call using a phonebook




5

3. After the voice guide says “Name please,”say the name you want to call, from thoseregistered in the phonebook.

4. If there is only 1 match, the system willproceed to Step 5.If there are 2 or more matches, the voiceguide will say “More than one match wasfound, would you like to call <returnedname>.” If that person is the one you wantto call, answer “Yes.”Answer “No,” the name of the nextmatching person will be uttered by thevoice guide.

5. If only 1 telephone number is registeredunder the name you just said, the voiceguide will proceed to Step 6.If 2 or more telephone numbers are regis-tered that match the name you just said,the voice guide will say “Would you liketo call <name> at [home], [work],[mobile], or [other]?” Select the locationto call.

6. The voice guide will say “Calling <name><location>” and then the system will dialthe telephone number.

You can redial the last number called, basedon the history of dialed calls in the paired cel-lular phone.Use the following procedure to redial.

1. Press the PICK-UP button.2. Say “Redial.”

N00565700018

During a call, press the SPEECH button toenter voice recognition mode, then say“<numbers> SEND” to generate DTMFtones.For example, if during a call you need to sim-ulate the pressing of a phone button as aresponse to an automated system, press the

NOTE If you say “Call” when the vehicle phone-

book and the mobile phonebook are empty,the voice guide will say “The vehicle phone-book is empty. Would you like to add a newentry now?”Answer “Yes,” and the voice guide will say“Entering the phonebook - new entry menu.”You can now create data in the vehiclephonebook.Answer “No,” the system will return to themain menu.

NOTE If you say “No” to all names read by the sys-

tem, the voice guide will say “Name notfound, returning to main menu” and the sys-tem will return to the main menu.

NOTE If the name you selected has matching data

in the vehicle phonebook but no telephonenumber is registered under the selected loca-tion, the voice guide will say“{home/work/mobile/other} not found for<name>. Would you like to add location ortry again?”Say “Try again,” and the system will returnto Step 3.Say “Add location” and you can register anadditional telephone number under theselected location.

If the name you selected has matching datain the mobile phonebook but no telephonenumber is registered under the selected loca-tion, the voice guide will say“{home/work/mobile/other} not found for<name>. Would you like to try again?” Answer “Yes,” and the system will return toStep 3.Answer “No,” and the call making will becancelled. Start over again from Step 1.

NOTEWhen the confirmation function is on, the

system will check if the name and location ofthe receiver are correct. If the name is cor-rect, answer “Yes.”To change the name or location to call,answer “No.” The system will return to Step3.

Redialing

Send function




5

SPEECH button and speak “1 2 3 4 poundsend” and the 1234# will be sent via your cel-lular phone.

N00565800022

If an incoming phone call is received whilethe electric motor switch is in the “ACC” or“ON” position, the audio system will be auto-matically turned on and switched to theincoming call, even when the audio systemwas originally off.The voice guide announcement for theincoming call will be output from the frontpassenger’s seat speaker.If the CD player or radio was playing whenthe incoming call was received, the audio sys-tem will mute the sound from the CD playeror radio and output only the incoming call. To receive the call, press the PICK-UP buttonon the steering wheel control switch.When the call is over, the audio system willreturn to its previous state.

N00565900010

At any time during a call, you can mute thevehicle microphone. Pressing the SPEECH button and then saying“Mute” during a call will turn ON the mutefunction and mute the microphone.

Saying “Mute off” in the same way will turnoff the mute function and cancel the mute onthe microphone.

N00566600014

The Bluetooth® 2.0 interface can switchbetween hands-free mode (hands-free calls)and private mode (calls using cellular phone). If you press the SPEECH button and say“Transfer call” during a hands-free call, youcan stop the hands-free mode and talk in pri-vate mode. To return to hands-free mode, press theSPEECH button again and say “Transfercall.”

N00566000018

The Bluetooth® 2.0 interface has 2 types ofunique phonebooks that are different from thephonebook stored in the cellular phone. Theyare the vehicle phonebook and the mobilephonebook.These phonebooks are used to register tele-phone numbers and make calls to desirednumbers via voice recognition function.

N00566101120

This phonebook is used when making callswith the voice recognition function.Up to 32 names can be registered in the vehi-cle phonebook per language.Also, each entry has 4 locations associatedwith: home, work, mobile and other. You canregister one telephone number for each loca-tion.

You can register a desired name as a name forany phonebook entry registered in the vehiclephonebook.Names and telephone numbers can bechanged later on.

The vehicle phonebook can be used with allpaired cellular phones.

N00580500059

You can register a telephone number in thevehicle phonebook in the following 2 ways:Reading out a telephone number, and select-

Receiving calls

Mute function

Switching between hands-free mode and private mode

Phonebook function

NOTEDisconnecting the battery cable will not

delete information registered in the phone-book.

Vehicle phonebook

To register a telephone number in the vehicle phonebook




5

ing and transferring 1 phonebook entry fromthe phonebook of the cellular phone.

N00580600106

1. Press the PICK-UP button.2. Say “Phonebook.”3. The voice guide will say “Select one of

the following: new entry, edit number,edit name, list names, delete, erase all, orimport contact.” Say “New entry.”

4. The voice guide will say “Name please.”Say your preferred name to register it.

5. When the name has been registered, thevoice guide will say “home, work,mobile, or other?” Say the location forwhich you want to register a telephonenumber.

6. The voice guide will say “Numberplease.” Say the telephone number to reg-ister it.

7. The voice guide will repeat the telephonenumber you have just read, and then reg-ister the number.When the telephone number has been reg-istered, the voice guide will say “Numbersaved. Would you like to add anothernumber for this entry?”

To add another telephone number for anew location for the current entry, answer“Yes.” The system will return to locationselection in Step 5.Answer “No” to end the registration pro-cess and return to the main menu.

N00580700080

You can select 1 phonebook entry from thephonebook of the cellular phone and registerit in the vehicle phonebook.

To register by reading out a tele-phone number

NOTE If the maximum number of entries are

already registered, the voice guide will say“The phonebook is full. Would you like todelete a name?” Say “Yes” if you want todelete a registered name.If you say “No,” the system will return to themain menu.

NOTEWhen the confirmation function is on, the

voice guide will say “<Location>. Is this cor-rect?” Answer “Yes.”Answer “No” to return to location selectionin Step 5.If a telephone number has been registered forthe selected location, the voice guide will say“The current number is <telephone number>,number please.”If you do not want to change the telephonenumber, say “cancel” or the original numberto keep it registered.

NOTE In the case of English, the system will recog-

nise both “zero” and “oh” (Letter “o”) for thenumber “0.”


repeating the telephone number you haveread, the voice guide will ask “Is this cor-rect?” Answer “Yes.”Answer “No” to return to telephone numberregistration in step 6.

To select and transfer one phone-book entry from the phonebook of the cellular phone

NOTE Transfer is not permitted unless the vehicle is

parked. Before transferring, make sure thatthe vehicle is parked in a safe location.

All or part of data may not be transferred,even when the cellular phone supports Blue-tooth®, depending on the compatibility ofthe device.




5


the following: new entry, edit number,edit name, list names, delete, erase all, orimport contact.” Say “Import contact.”

4. The voice guide will say “Would you liketo import a single entry or all contacts?”Say “Single entry.”The Bluetooth® 2.0 interface will becomeready to receive transferred phonebookdata.

5. After the voice guide says “Ready toreceive a contact from the phone. Only ahome, a work, and a mobile number canbe imported,” the Bluetooth® 2.0 inter-face will receive the phonebook data fromthe Bluetooth® compatible cellular phone.

6. Operate the Bluetooth® compatible cellu-lar phone to set it up so that the phone-book entry you want to register in thevehicle phonebook can be transferred tothe Bluetooth® 2.0 interface.

7. When the reception is complete, the voiceguide will say “<Number of telephonenumbers that had been registered in theimport source> numbers have beenimported. What name would you like touse for these numbers?”

Say the name you want to register for thisphonebook entry.

8. The voice guide will say “Adding<name>.”When the confirmation function is on, thesystem will ask if the name is correct.Answer “Yes.”Answer “No,” the voice guide will say“Name please.” Register a different name.

9. The voice guide will say “Numberssaved.”

10. The voice guide will say “Would you liketo import another contact?”Answer “Yes” if you want to continuewith the registration. You can continue toregister a new phonebook entry from Step5.Answer “No,” the system will return tothe main menu.

N00579800049

You can change or delete a name or telephonenumber registered in the vehicle phonebook.

The maximum supported telephone numberlength is 19 digits. Any telephone number of20 digits or more will be truncated to the first19 digits.

If telephone numbers contain charactersother than 0 to 9, *, # or +, these charactersare deleted before the transfer.

For the connection settings on the cellularphone side, refer to the instructions for thecellular phone.

NOTE If the maximum number of entries are

already registered, the voice guide will say“The phonebook is full. Would you like todelete a name?” Say “Yes” if you want todelete a registered name.If you say “No,” the system will return to themain menu.

NOTE

NOTE If the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface cannot recog-

nise the Bluetooth® compatible cellularphone or the connection takes too muchtime, the voice guide will say “Import con-tact has timed out” and then the system willcancel the registration. In such case, startover again from Step 1.

Pressing the HANG-UP button or pressingand holding the SPEECH button will cancelthe registration.

NOTE If the entered name is already used for other

phonebook entry or similar to a name usedfor other phonebook entry, that name cannotbe registered.

To change the content registered in the vehicle phonebook




5

You can also listen to the list of names regis-tered in the vehicle phonebook.

N00579900082


the following: new entry, edit number,edit name, list names, delete, erase all, orimport contact”. Say “Edit number.”

4. The voice guide will say “Please say thename of the entry you would like to edit,or say list names.” Say the name of thephonebook entry you want to edit.

5. The voice guide will say “Home, work,mobile or other?” Select and say the loca-tion where the telephone number youwant to change or add is registered.

When the confirmation function is on, thesystem will check the target name andlocation again. Answer “Yes” if you wantto continue with the editing.Answer “No,” the system will return toStep 3.

6. The voice guide will say “Number,please.” Say the telephone number youwant to register.

7. The voice guide will repeat the telephonenumber.When the confirmation function is on, thesystem will ask if the number is correct.Answer “Yes.”Answer “No,” the system will return tothe Step 3.

8. Once the telephone number is registered,the voice guide will say “Number saved”and then the system will return to themain menu.

N00580100084


the following: new entry, edit number,edit name, list names, delete, erase all, orimport contact.” Say “Edit name.”

4. The voice guide will say “Please say thename of the entry you would like to edit,or say list names.” Say the name you wantto edit.

5. The voice guide will say “Changing<name>.”

NOTE The system must have at least one entry.

Editing a telephone number

NOTE Say “List names,” and the names registered

in the phonebook will be read out in order.Refer to “Listening to the list of registerednames” on page 5-71.

NOTE If the telephone number is already registered

in the selected location, the voice guide willsay “The current number is <current num-ber>. New number, please.” Say a new tele-phone number to change the current number.

NOTE If the location where a telephone number

was already registered has been overwrittenwith a new number, the voice guide will say“Number changed” and then the system willreturn to the main menu.

Editing a name


in the phonebook are read out in order. Referto “Listening to the list of registered names”on page 5-71.




5

When the confirmation function is on, thesystem will check if the name is correct.Answer “Yes” if you want to continuewith the editing based on this information.Answer “No,” the system will return toStep 4.

6. The voice guide will say “Name please.”Say the new name you want to register.

7. The registered name will be changed.When the change is complete, the systemwill return to the main menu.

N00580200072


the following: new entry, edit number,edit name, list names, delete, erase all, orimport contact.” Say “List names.”

4. Bluetooth® 2.0 interface will read out theentries in the phonebook in order.

5. When the voice guide is done reading thelist, it will say “End of list, would you liketo start from the beginning?” When youwant to check the list again from thebeginning, answer “Yes.”When you are done, answer “No” toreturn to the previous or main menu.

N00580300099


the following: new entry, edit number,edit name, list names, delete, erase all, orimport contact.” Say “Delete.”

4. The voice guide will say “Please say thename of the entry you would like todelete, or say list names.” Say the name ofthe phonebook entry in which the tele-phone number you want to delete is regis-tered.

5. If only one telephone number is registeredin the selected phonebook entry, the voiceguide will say “Deleting <name> <loca-tion>.”If multiple telephone numbers are regis-tered in the selected phonebook entry, thevoice guide will say “Would you like todelete [home], [work], [mobile], [other],or all?”Select the location to delete, and the voiceguide will say “Deleting <name> <loca-tion>.”

6. The system will ask if you really want todelete the selected telephone number(s) togo ahead with the deletion, answer “Yes.”Answer “No,” the system will canceldeleting the telephone number(s) and thenreturn to Step 4.

Listening to the list of registered names

NOTEYou can call, edit or delete a name that is

being read out.Press the SPEECH button and say “Call” tocall the name, “Edit name” to edit it, or“Delete” to delete it.The system will beep and then execute yourcommand.

If you press the SPEECH button and say“Continue” or “Previous” while the list isbeing read, the system will advance orrewind the list. Say “Continue” to proceed tothe next entry or “Previous” to return to theprevious entry.

Deleting a telephone number


in the phonebook are read out in order. Referto “Listening to the list of registered names”on page 5-71.

NOTE To delete the telephone numbers from all

locations, say “All.”




5

7. When the telephone number deletion iscomplete, the voice guide will say“<name> <location> deleted” and thenthe system will return to the main menu.If all locations are deleted, the system willsay “<name> and all locations deleted”and the name will be removed from thephonebook. If numbers still remain underthe entry, the name will retain the otherassociated numbers.

N00580400074

You can delete all registered informationfrom the vehicle phonebook.


the following: new entry, edit number,edit name, list names, delete, erase all, orimport contact.” Say “Erase all.”

4. For confirmation purposes, the voiceguide will ask “Are you sure you want toerase everything from your hands-freesystem phonebook?” Answer “Yes.”Answer “No” to cancel the deletion of allregistered information in the phonebookand return to the main menu.

5. The voice guide will say “You are aboutto delete everything from your hands-freesystem phonebook. Do you want to con-tinue?” Answer “Yes” to continue.Answer “No” to cancel the deletion of allregistered information in the phonebookand return to the main menu.

6. The voice guide will say “Please wait,erasing the hands-free system phone-book” and then the system will delete alldata in the phonebook.When the deletion is complete, the voiceguide will say “Hands-free system phone-book erased” and then the system willreturn to the main menu.

N00566201105

All entries in the phonebook stored in the cel-lular phone can be transferred in a batch andregistered in the mobile phonebook.Up to 7 mobile phonebooks, each containingup to 1,000 names, can be registered.

The Bluetooth® 2.0 interface automaticallyconverts from text to voice the names regis-tered in the transferred phonebook entries,and creates names.

Follow the steps below to transfer to themobile phonebook the phonebook stored inthe cellular phone.

Erasing the phonebook

Mobile phonebook

NOTEOnly the mobile phonebook transferred from

the connected cellular phone can be usedwith that cellular phone.

You cannot change the names and telephonenumbers in the phonebook entries registeredin the mobile phonebook. You cannot selectand delete specific phonebook entries, either.To change or delete any of the above, changethe applicable information in the sourcephonebook of the cellular phone and thentransfer the phonebook again.

To import a devices phonebook

NOTE Transfer should be completed while the vehi-

cle is parked. Before transferring, make surethat the vehicle is parked in a safe location.

The already stored phonebook in the mobilephonebook is overwritten by the storedphonebook in the cellular phone.

All or part of data may not be transferred,even when the cellular phone supports Blue-tooth®, depending on the compatibility ofthe device.

Only a home, a work, and a mobile numbercan be imported.




5


the following: new entry, edit number,edit name, list names, delete, erase all, orimport contact.” Say “Import contact.”

4. The voice guide will say “Would you liketo import a single entry or all contacts?”Say “All contacts.”

5. The voice guide will say “Importing thecontact list from the mobile phonebook.This may take several minutes to com-plete. Would you like to continue?”Answer “Yes,” transferring to the mobilephonebook the phonebook stored in thecellular phone will start.Answer “No,” the system will return tothe main menu.

6. When the transfer is complete, the voiceguide will say “Import complete” andthen the system will return to the mainmenu.

N00566301092

MODEL: MMC FCC ID: CB2MDGMY10IC: 279B-MDGMY10

Your Bluetooth® 2.0 interface operates on aradio frequency subject to Federal Communi-cations Commission (FCC) Rules (For vehi-cles sold in U.S.A.) and Industry CanadaRules (For vehicles sold in Canada). Thisdevice complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules and RSS-210 of the Industry CanadaRules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:



The term “IC:” before the radio certificationnumber only signifies that Industry Canadatechnical specifications were met.The antenna used for this transmitter must notbe co-located or operating in conjunctionwith any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided withinstallation instructions and transmitter oper-ating conditions for satisfying RF exposurecompliance.

The maximum supported telephone numberlength is 19 digits. Any telephone number of20 digits or more will be truncated to the first19 digits.

If telephone numbers contain charactersother than 0 to 9, *, # or +, these charactersare deleted before the transfer.

For the connection settings on the cellularphone side, refer to the instructions for thecellular phone.

NOTE NOTE The transfer may take some time to complete

depending on the number of contacts.

If the Bluetooth® 2.0 interface could not beconnected to the Bluetooth® compatible cel-lular phone, the voice guide will say “Unableto transfer contact list from phone” and thenthe system will return to the main menu.

If you press the HANG-UP button or pressand hold the SPEECH button during the datatransfer, the transfer will be cancelled andthe system will return to the main menu.

If an error occurs during the data transfer, alltransfer will be cancelled and the voice guidewill say “Unable to complete the phonebookimport” and then the system will return tothe main menu.

If there are no contacts in the phonebook, thevoice guide will say “There are no contactson the connected phone.”

General information

CAUTIONChanges or modifications made to this

equipment not expressly approved by themanufacturer may void the FCC authoriza-tion to operate this equipment.


USB input terminal (if so equipped)


5

FCC Notice: This equipment has been testedand found to comply with the limits for aClass B digital device, pursuant to part 15 ofthe FCC Rules. These limits are designed toprovide reasonable protection against harmfulinterference in a residential installation.This equipment generates, use and can radiateradio frequency energy and, if not installedand used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio com-munications.However, there is no guarantee that interfer-ence will not occur in a particular installation.If this equipment does cause harmful interfer-ence to radio or television reception, whichcan be determined by turning the equipmentoff and on, the user is encouraged to try tocorrect the interference by one or more of thefollowing measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the

equipment and receiver.Connect the equipment into an outlet on a

circuit different from that to which thereceiver is connected.

Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.

ICES Notice: This Class B digital apparatuscomplies with Canadian ICES-003.

N00566401080

Enrollment commands

N00566701041

You can connect your USB memory device oriPod* to play music files stored in the USBmemory device or iPod.The following explains how to connect andremove a USB memory device or iPod.

*: “iPod” is a registered trademark of AppleInc. in the United States and other countries.

N00566800087

1. Park your vehicle in a safe place and turnthe electric motor switch to the “LOCK”position.

2. Open the USB input terminal cover (A) inthe floor console.


How to connect a USB memory device




5

3. Connect a commercially available USBconnector cable (C) to the USB memorydevice (B).

4. Connect the USB connector cable (C) tothe USB input terminal (D).

5. To remove the USB connector cable, turnthe electric motor switch to the “LOCK”position first and perform the installationsteps in reverse.

N00566901144

1. Park your vehicle in a safe place and turnthe electric motor switch to the “LOCK”position.

2. Open the USB input terminal cover (A) inthe floor console.

3. Connect the connector cable to the iPod.

4. Connect the connector cable (B) to theUSB input terminal (C).

WARNING Place the USB memory device and the

USB connector cable so as not to interferewith driving.

NOTEDo not connect the USB memory device to

the USB input terminal directly.The USB memory device may be damaged.

How to connect an iPod

NOTEUse a genuine connector cable from Apple

Inc.




5

5. To remove the connector cable, turn theelectric motor switch to the “LOCK”position first and perform the installationsteps in reverse.

N00567000031

N00567101169

Devices of the following types can be con-nected.

For these connectable device types, “iPod*,”“iPod classic*,” “iPod nano*,” “iPod touch*”and “iPhone*,” refer to the following web-site:[For vehicles sold in U.S.A.]You can access the Mitsubishi Motors NorthAmerica website.[For vehicles sold in Canada]You can access the Mitsubishi Motors web-site. Please read and agree to the “Warningabout Links to the Web Sites of Other Com-panies”. The websites mentioned above mayconnect you to websites other than the Mit-subishi Motors website.http://www.mitsubishi-motors.com/en/prod-ucts/index.html

*: “iPod,” “iPod classic,” “iPod nano,” “iPod-touch,” and “iPhone” are registered trade-marks of Apple Inc. in the United States andother countries.

N00567201069

You can play music files of the followingspecifications that are saved in a USB mem-ory device or other device supporting massstorage class. When you connect your iPod,playable file specifications depend on theconnected iPod.

WARNING Place the iPod and the connector cable so

as not to interfere with driving.

Types of connectable devices and supported file specifica-tions

Device types

Model name Condition

USB memory device Storage capacity of 256 Mbytes or more

Models other than USB memory devices and iPods

Digital audio player supporting mass storage class

NOTEDepending on the type of the USB memory

device or other device connected, the con-nected device may not function properly orthe available functions may be limited.

It is recommended to use an iPod with firm-ware updated to the latest version.

You can charge your iPod by connecting it tothe USB input terminal when the electricmotor switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-tion.

Do not keep your USB memory device oriPod in your vehicle.

It is recommended that you back up the filesin case of data damage.

Do not connect to the USB input terminalany device (hard disk, card reader, memoryreader, etc.) other than the connectabledevices specified in the previous section.The device and/or data may be damaged. Ifany of these devices was connected by mis-take, remove it after turning the electricmotor switch to the “LOCK” position.

File specifications


Sun visors


5

N00524600340

Fold the sun visor downward (1) to reducefront glare while driving. To reduce sideglare, turn the visor to the side (2).

A vanity mirror is fitted to the back of the sunvisor.

Cards can be slipped into the front (A) of thelid of the vanity mirror.

N00525000602

Item Condition

File format MP3, WMA, AAC, WAV

Maximum number of levels(including the root)

Level 8

Number of folders 700Number of files 65,535

Sun visors

Vanity mirror Card holder

12 V power outlet

CAUTIONBe sure to use a “plug-in” type accessory

operating at 12 V and 120 W or less.Be aware that using electronic equipment

with the ready indicator off may run the 12 Vstarter battery down.

When the 12 V power outlet is not in use, besure to close the 12 V power outlet cover.This will prevent the 12 V power outlet frombecoming dirty and possibly short-circuiting.


Interior lights


5

The accessory can be operated when the elec-tric motor switch is in the “ON” or “ACC”position.To use a “plug-in” type accessory, open thecover, then insert the plug in the socket.

N00525300559

N00525800222

The dome light can be turned on by slidingthe dome light switch.

Interior lights

1- Dome light (Rear) P.5-79

2- Dome light (Front)/Reading lights P.5-78

Dome light (Front)/Reading lights (if so equipped)

Dome light (Front)

1- Door2- Off

1- (DOOR)

The dome light comes on when anydoor or the liftgate is opened. It goesoff approximately 30 seconds afterthe door or liftgate is closed (delayedoff function). However, the lightgoes off immediately if:• The door and the liftgate are closed

and the electric motor switch isturned to the “ON” position.

• The driver’s door is closed after allthe other doors are closed while thelock knob of the driver’s door is inthe lock position.

• The door and the liftgate are closedand the power door lock switch isused to lock the doors.

• The keyless entry system remotecontrol transmitter is used to lockthe doors.


Interior lights


5N00553800096

Regardless of the dome light switch position,when you press the lens, the light on the sidethat is pressed illuminates; when you pressthe lens again, the light goes off.

N00525400459

The rear dome light can be turned on by slid-ing the dome light switch.

If the dome light is left switched onwith the electric motor switch in the“LOCK” or “ACC” position and adoor or the liftgate is opened, it goesoff automatically after approxi-mately 30 minutes.The light will illuminate again afterit automatically goes off in the fol-lowing cases:• When the electric motor switch is

turned to the “ON” position.• When the keyless entry system

remote control transmitter is oper-ated.

• When any of the doors or the lift-gate is opened after all doors andthe liftgate are closed.

NOTEWhen the key is removed while the doors

and liftgate are closed, the dome light willilluminate for approximately 30 secondsbefore going off.

The time until the light goes off (delayed off)can be adjusted. See a certified i-MiEVdealer for details.However, the dome light will shut off in syncwith the automatic relocking function, evenif the dome light delayed off function hasbeen extended. For the automatic relockingfunction, refer to “Keyless entry system” onpage 5-5.

The auto cut-out function can be deactivated.See a certified i-MiEV dealer for details.

2-The dome light goes off.

Reading lights

Dome light (Rear)

NOTE

1- On2- Door3- Off

1- (ON) The dome light comes on.2- ()


Storage spaces


5

N00526400502

The dome light comes on when anydoor or the liftgate is opened. It goesoff approximately 30 seconds afterthe door or liftgate is closed (delayedoff function). However, the lightgoes off immediately if:• The door and the liftgate are closed

and the electric motor switch isturned to the “ON” position.

• The driver’s door is closed after allthe other doors are closed while thelock knob of the driver’s door is inthe lock position.

• The door and the liftgate are closedand the power door lock switch isused to lock the doors.

• The keyless entry system remotecontrol transmitter is used to lockthe doors.

If the dome light is left switched onwith the electric motor switch in the“LOCK” or “ACC” position and adoor or the liftgate is opened, it goesoff automatically after approxi-mately 30 minutes.The light will illuminate again afterit automatically goes off in the fol-lowing cases:• When the electric motor switch is

turned to the “ON” position.• When the keyless entry system

remote control transmitter is oper-ated.

• When any of the doors or the lift-gate is opened after all doors andthe liftgate are closed.

NOTEWhen the key is removed while the doors

and liftgate are closed, the dome light willilluminate for approximately 30 secondsbefore going off.

The time until the light goes off (delayed off)can be adjusted. See a certified i-MiEVdealer for details.However, the dome light will shut off in syncwith the automatic relocking function, evenif the dome light delayed off function hasbeen extended. For the automatic relockingfunction, refer to “Keyless entry system” onpage 5-5.

The auto cut-out function cannot be operatedwhen the dome light switch is in the “ON”position.Also, this function can be deactivated.See a certified i-MiEV dealer for details.

3- (OFF) The dome light goes off.

Storage spaces

CAUTIONNever leave lighters, carbonated drink cans,

or spectacles in the cabin when parking thevehicle in hot sunshine. The cabin willbecome extremely hot, so lighters and otherflammable items may catch fire andunopened drink cans (including beer cans)may rupture. The heat may also deform orcrack plastic spectacle parts.

Keep the lids of storage spaces closed whiledriving the vehicle. A lid or the contents of astorage space could otherwise cause injuriesduring a sudden stop.

NOTEDo not leave valuables in any storage space

when leaving the vehicle.

NOTE


Cup holder


5

N00551500259

To open the glove compartment, pull thelever (A).

N00571400010

There is a card holder on the inside of theglove compartment.

N00527300364

The cup holder is located in front of the sidevent.The cup holder is designed for holding cupsor drink-cans securely in its holes.

Tip the cup holder toward you to use it.

N00537000146

This cup holder is located behind the parkingbrake lever.

Glove compartment

WARNINGAn open glove compartment door can

cause a serious injury or death to the frontpassenger in an accident, even if the pas-senger is wearing his/her seat belt. Alwayskeep the glove compartment door closedwhen driving.

Card holder

Cup holder

For the front seat

CAUTIONDo not drink beverages while driving your

vehicle. This is distracting and could causean accident.

NOTEWhen not using the holder, push the holder

in to stow it away.Do not put your hand on the cup holder while

getting in or out of the vehicle. The cupholder could break.

Never place anything other than cup or drinkcan in the cup holder.

For the rear seat


Assist grip


5

N00559000058

These grips are to support the body by handwhile seated in the vehicle.

Assist grip

CAUTIONDo not use the assist grips when getting into

or out of the vehicle.The assist grips could detach and cause anaccident.


6

Driving safety

Economical driving ..........................................................................6-2Driving, alcohol and drugs ..............................................................6-2Floor mat ..........................................................................................6-2Vehicle preparation before driving ..................................................6-3Safe driving techniques ....................................................................6-4Driving during cold weather ............................................................6-4Braking ............................................................................................6-5Parking .............................................................................................6-6Loading information ........................................................................6-6Cargo loads ....................................................................................6-10Trailer towing ................................................................................6-10Dinghy towing ...............................................................................6-10


Economical driving

6-2 Driving safety

6

N00628500029

For economical driving, there are some tech-nical requirements that have to be met. Inorder to achieve longer life of the vehicle andthe most economical operation, we recom-mend you to have the vehicle checked at reg-ular intervals according to the “WARRANTYAND MAINTENANCE MANUAL”.

Avoid driving with the accelerator pedal fullydepressed, such as for unnecessarily suddenstarts, acceleration and deceleration.Smoothly depress the accelerator pedal.Observe the speed limit and keep the speed asconstant as possible while driving.

Parking for a long period with the ready indi-cator illuminated will shorten the cruisingrange.

At higher the vehicle speed the more maindrive lithium-ion battery is consumed. Avoid

driving at full speed. Even a slight release ofthe accelerator pedal will save a significantamount of main drive lithium-ion batterycharge.

Check the tire inflation pressures at regularintervals Low tire inflation pressure increasesroad resistance. In addition, low tire pressuresadversely affect tire wear and driving stabil-ity.

Do not drive with unnecessary articles in theluggage compartment.

Too much cooling/heating can affect thecruising range, so maintain an appropriatetemperature to extend the cruising range.

N00628900010

Drunk driving is one of the most frequentcauses of accidents.

Your driving ability can be seriously impairedeven with blood alcohol levels far below thelegal minimum. If you have been drinking,don’t drive. Ride with a designated non-drinking driver, call a cab or a friend, or usepublic transportation. Drinking coffee or tak-ing a cold shower will not make you sober.Similarly, prescription and nonprescriptiondrugs affect your alertness, perception andreaction time. Consult with your doctor orpharmacist before driving while under theinfluence of any of these medications.

N00628600017

The original equipment floor mat providedwith your vehicle was specifically designedfor your vehicle. Always properly positionthe floor mat and assure it does not interferewith operation of the pedals. Always use theretaining clip on the driver’s floorboard tosecure the floor mat. When used, this clip willhelp prevent the floor mat from moving for-ward and possibly interfering with the opera-tion of the pedals. To prevent the floor mat

Economical driving

Starting and acceleration

Idling

Speed

Tire inflation pressure

Cargo loads

Air conditioning

Driving, alcohol and drugs

WARNINGNEVER DRINK AND DRIVE.

Your perceptions are less accurate, yourreflexes are slower and your judgment isimpaired.

Floor mat


Vehicle preparation before driving

Driving safety 6-3

6

from moving forward and possibly interferingwith the operation of the pedals, Mitsubishigenuine floor mats are recommended.

N00628700063

1. Place the floor mat to fit the shape of thefloorboard.

2. Align the floor mat with the installationholes over the retaining clips.

3. Secure the floor mat with retaining clips.

N00629000698

For a safer and more enjoyable trip, alwaysobserve the following:

Before starting the vehicle, make certainthat you and all passengers are seated andwearing their seat belts properly (withchildren in the rear seat, in appropriaterestraints), and that all the doors and therear hatch are locked.

To install the floor mat

NOTE The shape of the mat and the number of

retaining clips may vary depending on thevehicle model.

WARNING If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not

properly installed, it can interfere with theoperation of the pedals. Interference withthe pedals can cause unintended accelera-tion and/or increased stopping distancesresulting in a crash and injury. Alwaysmake sure the floor mat does not interferewith the accelerator or brake pedal.

Always use the retaining clip on thedriver’s floorboard to secure the floormat.

Always install the mat with the correctside facing down.

Never install a second mat over or underan existing floor mat.

Do not use a floor mat designed foranother model vehicle even if it is aMitsubishi genuine floor mat.

Before driving, be sure to check the fol-lowing:• Periodically check that the floor mat is

properly secured with the retaining clips.If you remove the floor mat while clean-ing the inside of your vehicle or for anyother reason, always check the conditionof the floor mat after it has been rein-stalled.

• While the vehicle is stopped with theelectric motor unit off, check that thefloor mat is not interfering with the ped-als by depressing the pedals fully.

Vehicle preparation before driving

Seat belts and seats


Safe driving techniques

6-4 Driving safety

6

Move the driver’s seat as far backward aspossible, while still keeping good visibil-ity, and good control of the steeringwheel, brakes, accelerator, and controls.Check the instrument panel indicators forany possible problem.

Move the front passenger seat as far backas possible.

Make sure that infants and small childrenare properly restrained in accordance withall laws and regulations.

Check these by selecting the defroster mode,and set the blower switch on high. You shouldbe able to feel the air blowing against thewindshield. (Refer to “Defrosting or defogging the wind-shield and door windows” on page 7-9.)

Check all the tires for heavy tread wear oruneven wear patterns. Look for stones, nails,glass, or other objects stuck in the tread. Lookfor any tread cuts or sidewall cracks. Checkthe wheel nuts for tightness, and the tires forproper pressures. Replace your tires beforethey are heavily worn out.

As your vehicle is equipped with a tire pres-sure monitoring system, there is a risk ofdamage to the tire inflation pressure sensorswhen the tire is replaced on the rim. Tirereplacement should, therefore, be performedonly by a certified i-MiEV dealer.

Have someone watch while you turn all theexterior lights on and off. Also check the turnsignal indicators and high-beam indicators onthe instrument panel.

Check the ground under the vehicle afterparking overnight, for water, oil, or otherleaks. Make sure all the fluid levels are cor-rect.

N00629200124

Even this vehicle’s safety equipment, andyour safest driving, cannot guarantee that youcan avoid an accident or injury. However, ifyou give extra attention to the followingareas, you can better protect yourself andyour passengers:

Drive defensively. Be aware of traffic,road and weather conditions. Leave plentyof stopping distance between your vehicleand the vehicle ahead.

Before changing lanes, check your mir-rors and use your turn signal light.

While driving, watch the behavior ofother drivers, bicyclists, and pedestrians.

Always obey applicable laws and regula-tions. Be a polite and alert driver. Alwaysleave room for unexpected events, such assudden braking.

N00629400416

Check the 12V starter battery, includingterminals and cables. During extremelycold weather, the 12V starter battery willnot be as strong and its power level maydrop.Before driving the vehicle, check to see ifthe headlights are as bright as normal.Charge or replace the 12V starter batteryif necessary. During extreme coldweather, it is possible that a very low 12Vstarter battery could freeze.

Defrosters

Tires

Lights

Fluid leaks

Safe driving techniques

Driving during cold weather


Braking

Driving safety 6-5

6Check the antifreeze.If there is not enough coolant because of aleak, add high-quality ethylene glycolantifreeze and water. Use MitsubishiMotors Genuine Super Long Life CoolantPremium or an equivalent. The recom-mended blend is about 50 % water and 50% anti-freeze. Use a higher concentration(not over 60 %) when the outside temper-ature is -31 °F (-35 °C) or lower. Whenthe electric motor unit is working veryhard (for example, during mountain driv-ing and/or when the outside temperatureis high), use a 50 % concentration. Thisblend will provide adequate protectionfrom corrosion and boiling.

N00629501531

All the parts of the brake system are criticalto safety. Have the vehicle serviced by a certi-fied i-MiEV dealer at regular intervalsaccording to the “WARRANTY ANDMAINTENANCE MANUAL”.

Check the brake system while driving at alow speed immediately after starting, espe-cially when the brakes are wet, to confirmthey work normally.A film of water can be formed on the brakediscs and prevent normal braking after driv-ing in heavy rain or through large puddles, orafter the vehicle is washed. If this occurs, drythe brakes out by driving slowly while lightlydepressing the brake pedal.

On snowy roads, ice can form on the brakingsystem, making the brakes less effective.While driving in such conditions, pay closeattention to preceding and following vehiclesand to the condition of the road surface. Fromtime to time, lightly depress the brake pedaland check how effective the brakes are.

Put the selector lever to “B” (REGENERA-TIVE BRAKE MODE) or “ECO” (ECOMODE) position according to the grade ofthe slope and vehicle speed. This will alloweffective use of the regenerative brake andprevent the service brake from overheating.If the brake pedal is continuously or fre-quently depressed on downhill roads, the ser-vice brake could overheat and the brakeperformance will be reduced.

WARNINGThe 12V starter battery gives off explosive

hydrogen gas. Any spark or flame cancause the 12V starter battery to explode,which could cause serious injury or death.Always wear protective clothes and a facemask when working with your 12V starterbattery, or let a skilled mechanic do it.

WARNINGNever open the coolant reservoir cap while

it is hot. You could be seriously burned.

Braking

When brakes are wet

When driving in cold weather

When driving downhill


level is full or nearly full, or the main drivelithium-ion battery temperature is too high ortoo low, the regenerative braking force maybe reduced. Refer to “Regenerative braking”on page 3-3.

If the red needle in the energy usage indica-tor does not move to the left of the neutralpoint (A) while the accelerator pedal isreleased, the regenerative brake will notwork. Refer to “Energy usage indicator” onpage 5-37. In the such case, before approach-ing a long downhill road, reduce speed toprevent the service brake from overheating.


Parking

6-6 Driving safety

6

N00629600317

When parking on a hill, set the parking brake,and turn the front wheels toward the curb on adownhill, or away from the curb on an uphill.If necessary, apply chocks to wheels.

Never leave the electric motor unit runningwhile you take a short sleep/rest.

Your front bumper can be damaged if youscrape it over curbs or parking stop blocks.Be careful when traveling up or down steep

slopes where your bumper can scrape theroad.

Always remove the key from the electricmotor switch and lock all doors and the lift-gate when leaving the vehicle unattended.Always try to park your vehicle in a well litarea.

More effort could be required to turn thesteering wheel.Refer to “Electric power steering system(EPS)” on page 5-27.

N00629900411

It is very important to know how muchweight your vehicle can carry. This weight iscalled the vehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of all occupants, cargoand non-factory-installed options. The tireand loading information placard located onthe driver’s door sill of your vehicle willshow how much weight it may properly carry.

Parking

Parking on a hill

NOTEOn a slope, be sure to apply the parking

brake before moving the selector lever to the“P” (PARK) position. If you move the selec-tor lever to the “P” (PARK) position beforeapplying the parking brake, it may be diffi-cult to disengage the selector lever from the“P” (PARK) position when next you drivethe vehicle, requiring application of a strongforce to the selector lever to move from the“P” (PARK) position.

Parking with the electric motor unit running

WARNINGLeaving the electric motor unit running

when you are not alert risks injury ordeath from accidentally moving the selec-tor lever.

Where you park

When leaving the vehicle

Do not keep the steering wheel fully turned for a long time

Loading information


Loading information

Driving safety 6-7

6It is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

Vehicle maximum load on the tire: loadon an individual tire that is determined bydistributing to each axle its share of themaximum loaded vehicle weight anddividing by two.

Vehicle normal load on the tire: load on anindividual tire that is determined by dis-tributing to each axle its share of the curbweight, accessory weight, and normaloccupant weight and dividing by two.

Maximum loaded vehicle weight: the sumof -(a) Curb weight;(b) Accessory weight;(c) Vehicle capacity weight; and(d) Production options weight.

Curb weight: the weight of a motor vehi-cle with standard equipment including themaximum capacity of oil, and coolant.

Accessory weight: the combined weight(in excess of those standard items whichmay be replaced) of automatic transmis-sion, power steering, power brakes, powerwindows, power seats, radio, and heater,to the extent that these items are availableas factory- installed equipment (whetherinstalled or not).

Vehicle capacity weight: the rated cargoand luggage load plus 150 lbs (68 kg)*times the vehicle’s designated seatingcapacity.

Production options weight: the combinedweight of those installed regular produc-tion options weighing over 5 lbs (2.3 kg)in excess of those standard items whichthey replace, not previously considered incurb weight or accessory weight, includ-ing heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roofrack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Normal occupant weight: 150 lbs (68 kg)*times the number of specified occupants.(In your vehicle the number is 2)

Occupant distribution: distribution ofoccupants in a vehicle as specified. (Inyour vehicle the distribution is 2 in frontseat)

N00630100370

The tire and loading information placard islocated on the driver’s door sill.

This placard shows the maximum number ofoccupants permitted to ride in your vehicle aswell as “the combined weight of occupantsand cargo” (C), which is called the vehiclecapacity weight. This placard also tells youthe size and recommended inflation pressurefor the original equipment tires on your vehi-cle. For more information, refer to “Tires” onpage 9-11.

WARNINGNever overload your vehicle. Overloading

can damage your vehicle, adversely affectvehicle performance, including handlingand braking, cause tire failure, and resultin an accident.

*: 150 lbs (68 kg) is the weight of one per-son as defined by U.S.A. and Canadianregulations.

Tire and loading information placard


Loading information

6-8 Driving safety

6

N00630201264

1. Locate the statement “The com-bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengers thatwill be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For exam-ple, if the “XXX” amount equals1400 lbs. and there will be five150 lbs. passengers in your vehi-cle, the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacity is 650lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the availablecargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit

NOTEThe above steps for determining

correct load limit were written inaccordance with U.S.A. regula-tions.For your vehicle, please deter-mine correct load limit bearingin mind the following differ-ences:• Your vehicle’s seating capacityis 4 people.

• Your vehicle cannot tow atrailer, so step 6 is irrelevant.


Loading information

Driving safety 6-9

6

NOTE The following table shows examples on how to calculate total cargo/load capacity of your vehicle with varying seating configurations and number and size

of occupants. This table is for illustration purposes only and may not be accurate for the seating and load capacity of your vehicle. For the following example the combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 865 lbs (392 kg).

Under a maximum loaded vehicle condition, gross axle weight ratings (GAWR’s) for the front and rear axles must not be exceeded. For further informationon GAWR’s, vehicle loading, see the “Specifications” section of this manual.


Cargo loads

6-10 Driving safety

6

N00629700510

To determine the cargo load capacity for yourvehicle, subtract the weight of all vehicleoccupants from the vehicle capacity weight.For added information, if needed, refer to“Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit”on page 6-8.DO NOT USE the Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing and Gross Axle Weight Rating numberslisted on the safety certification label locatedon the driver’s side door pillar as the guidefor passengers and/or cargo weight.

N00629800188

N00630700015

Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with allfour wheels on the ground.

Cargo loads

Cargo load precautions


death, the combined weights of the driver,passengers and cargo and must neverexceed the vehicle capacity weight.

Exceeding the vehicle capacity weight willadversely affect vehicle performance,including handling and braking, and maycause an accident.

Do not load cargo or luggage higher thanthe top of the seatback. Be sure that yourcargo or luggage cannot move when yourvehicle is in motion.Having either the rear view blocked, oryour cargo being thrown inside the cabinif you suddenly have to brake can cause aserious accident or injury or death.

Put cargo or luggage in the cargo area ofyour vehicle. Try to spread the weightevenly.

Trailer towing

WARNINGDo not use this vehicle for trailer towing.

It may not be possible to maintain controlor adequate braking.

Dinghy towing


Dinghy towing

Driving safety 6-11

6

CAUTIONYour vehicle is not designed to be dinghy

towed behind a motor home.Dinghy towing can cause damage to the elec-

tric motor unit. Damage caused by dinghytowing will not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.


7

Comfort controls

Vents ................................................................................................7-2Air conditioning ...............................................................................7-4Important air conditioning operating tips ......................................7-10Air purifier .....................................................................................7-11Remote Climate Control ................................................................7-11AM/FM electronically tuned radio with CD player

(if so equipped) ..........................................................................7-11To play iPod/USB memory device tracks via voice operation

(vehicles with Bluetooth® 2.0 interface) ...................................7-20Steering wheel audio remote control switch (if so equipped) ........7-22Error codes .....................................................................................7-24Handling of compact discs .............................................................7-25Antenna ..........................................................................................7-27Clock (if so equipped) ....................................................................7-27General information about your radio ...........................................7-28


Vents

7-2 Comfort controls

7

N00729900265

N00730200314

Adjust the direction of the air flow by movingthe knob (A) and vent.

When the dimple (A) is pressed, the ventopens.To close the vent, press the dimple (B) on theopposite side.

N00736400581

To change the position and amount of airflowing from the vents, turn the mode selec-tion dial. Refer to “Mode selection dial” onpage 7-5.These symbols are used in the next severalillustrations to demonstrate the quantity of aircoming from the vents.

: Small amount of air from the vents: Large amount of air from the vents

Vents

1- Center vents2- Side vents

NOTEDo not place beverages on top of the instru-

ment panel. If they splash into the air condi-tioning vents, they could damage the system.

Air flow and direction adjust-ments

Center vents

1- Left-right adjustment2- Up-down adjustment

Side vents

NOTEOn rare occasions, air from the vents of an

air-conditioned vehicle may be foggy. This isonly moist air cooling suddenly and does notindicate a problem.

Do not let drinks or other liquids get into thevents as they could prevent the air condition-ing from operating normally.

Changing the mode selection


Vents

Comfort controls 7-3

7

Air flows only to the upper part of the passen-ger compartment.

Air flows to the upper part of the passengercompartment, and flows to the leg area.

Air flows mainly to the leg area.

Air flows to the leg area, the windshield andthe door windows.

Face position

Foot/Face position

NOTEWith the mode selection dial between the

“ ” and “ ” positions, air flows mainlyto the upper part of the passenger compart-ment. With the mode selection dial betweenthe “ ” and “ ” positions, air flowsmainly to the leg area.

Foot position

Foot/Defroster position

NOTEWith the mode selection dial between the

“ ” and “ ” positions, air flows mainlyto the leg area. With the mode selection dialbetween the “ ” and “ ” positions, airflows mainly to the windshield and doorwindows.


Air conditioning


7

Air flows mainly to the windshield and thedoor windows.

N00730300328

The air conditioning can only be used whenthe ready indicator is illuminated.

N00730501314

Defroster position

Air conditioning

NOTE If the energy level gauge is at 0 bars or the

power down warning light illuminates, thevehicle interior may not be cooled/heatedeven though the dial or switch is operated.Furthermore, the defog performance may bealso reduced.Refer to “Energy level gauge” on page 5-41.Refer to “Power down warning light” onpage 5-46.

Control panel

A- Temperature control dialB- MAX switchC- Blower speed selection dialD- Air conditioning switchE- Mode selection dialF- Air selection switch

NOTE There is an interior air temperature sensor

(G) in the illustrated position.Never place anything over the sensor, sincedoing so will prevent it from functioningproperly.


Air conditioning


7

N00736500191

When the electric motor switch is in the“ON” position, select the blower speed byturning the blower speed selection dial.Turning the dial clockwise will increase theblower speed;turning the dial counterclockwise willdecrease it. When the dial is set to the “OFF”position, all fan-driven airflow will stop.When the dial is set to the “AUTO” position,the air flow is adjusted automatically accord-ing to the temperature of the interior and theposition of the temperature control dial.

N00736600235

Use this dial to adjust the temperature of theair flow from the vents.Turn the temperature control dial clockwiseto make the air warmer. Turn it counterclock-wise to make the air cooler. When the dial is set to middle () position,only uncooled and unheated air will flow.When the dial is moved to middle () posi-tion when using cooling or heating, coolingor heating stops.

N00736700210

To change the position and amount of airflowing from the vents, turn the mode selec-tion dial. Refer to “Changing the mode selec-tion” on page 7-2.

Blower speed selection dial Temperature control dial

NOTEWhen the dial is moved from middle ()

position to the left while the air conditioningis not operating, the air temperature will notchange.

When the dial is moved to middle () posi-tion and then to the left while the air condi-tioning is operating, the air conditioningsystem is operating again.

When the temperature control dial is set to“C” position, the air selection will be auto-matically set to the recirculation position andthe air conditioning will operate.When the dial is moved thereafter, the airconditioning continues to operate and the airselection setting returns to the setting beforethe dial was set to “C” position.

Mode selection dial

NOTE


Air conditioning


7

The vents change to the following positionsaccording to the position of the temperaturecontrol dial.Refer to “Temperature control dial” on page7-5.

N00736800400

Normally, use the outside air position to keepthe windshield and side windows clear and toquickly remove fog or frost from the wind-shield.

To change the air selection, simply press theair selection switch.

Outside air {Indicator light (A) OFF}Outside air is introduced into the passen-ger compartment.

Recirculated air {Indicator light (A) ON}Air is recirculated inside the passengercompartment.

If high cooling performance is desired, or, ifthe outside air is dusty or contaminated insome way, use the recirculation position.Switch to the outside air position every nowand then to keep the windows from foggingup.

“AUTO” position

Temperature control dial position Vents

Between “C” and mid-dle()

: Upper part of front passen-

ger compart-ment

Mid-dle()

Set the dial to middle ()

from the “C” side

: Upper part of front passen-

ger compart-ment

Set the dial to middle ()

from the “H” side

: Leg area

Between middle () and

“H”

Near middle () : Leg area

Near “H”: Leg area,

windshield, and door windows

CAUTIONWhen using the mode selection dial between

the “ ” and “ ” positions, prevent fog-ging by pressing the air selection switch toselect outside air. (Refer to “Air selectionswitch” on page 7-6.)

Air selection switch

CAUTIONUsing recirculated air for a long time may

cause the windows to fog up.

NOTEWhen the mode selection dial is set to the

“ ” position, the air conditioning com-pressor runs automatically. Outside air intro-duction will also be selected automatically.

When the temperature control dial is set tothe “C” position, the air selection will beautomatically set to the recirculation posi-tion.


Air conditioning


7

N00731000465

Push the switch, and the air conditioningcompressor will turn on. The air conditioningindicator light (A) will come on.

Push the switch again and the air condition-ing compressor will stop and the indicatorlight (A) goes off.

N00766500015

When the blower speed selection dial is notOFF and the MAX switch is pressed, the indi-cator light (A) illuminates and cooling/heat-ing performance and the air conditioningsetting is changed according to the tempera-ture control dial position.When the switch is pressed again, the opera-tion returns to the mode before pressing theswitch.

The heating capability is at maximum.

The air flow is at maximum.

The air conditioning automatically operatesand the cooling capability is at maximum.

N00731101290

1. Set the mode selection dial to the “ ”position.

2. Set the air selection switch (A) to the out-side position.

3. Turn the temperature control dial clock-wise or counterclockwise to the desiredtemperature between middle () and “H”position.

4. Select the desired blower speed.

Air conditioning switch

MAX switch

When the temperature control dial is setbetween middle () and “H” position

When the temperature control dial is inmiddle () position

When the temperature control dial is setbetween “C” and middle () position

NOTEDo not use the cooling/heating function with

the MAX switch for a long time. Because thepower consumption is greatly increased, thecruising range is shortened.

When the blower speed selection dial or tem-perature control dial is operated with theindicator light illuminated, the indicator lightgoes out and the selected function overridesothers.Other functions return to the mode beforepressing the MAX switch.

When the air conditioning is operated withthe MAX switch, the air conditioning doesnot stop if the function is cancelled.

Operating the air conditioning system

Heating

NOTE


Air conditioning


7



3. Turn the temperature control dial clock-wise or counterclockwise to between mid-dle () position and “H” position.

4. Turn the blower speed selection dial toany position other than “OFF” position.

5. Press the MAX switch (B).

N00731201363

For ordinary cooling



3. Turn the temperature control dial clock-wise or counterclockwise to the desiredtemperature between middle () and “C”position.

4. Select the desired blower speed.5. Push the air conditioning switch (B).6. When the air conditioning is operating,

the switch indicator light (C) illuminates.

NOTEWhen the blower speed selection dial is set

to the “AUTO” position, the air flow isadjusted automatically according to the tem-perature of the interior and the position ofthe temperature control dial.

Quick heating

NOTEDo not use the heating function with the

MAX switch for a long time. Because thepower consumption is greatly increased, thecruising range is shortened.

Cooling


Air conditioning


7

For quick cooling


2. Set the air selection switch (A) to therecirculation position.

3. Turn the temperature control dial clock-wise or counterclockwise to between mid-dle () and “C” position.

4. Turn the blower speed selection dial toany position other than “OFF” position.

5. Press the MAX switch (B).The air conditioning automatically oper-ates and the indicator light (C) illumi-nates.

N00731400557

To remove frost or fog from the windshieldand door windows, use the mode selectiondial (“ ” or “ ”).

Use this setting to keep the windshield anddoor windows clear of mist, and to keep theleg area heated (when driving in rain orsnow).


NOTE If the outside air is dusty or contaminated in

some way, set the air selection switch (A) tothe recirculation position. Let in some out-side air from time to time for good ventila-tion.

To cool the leg areas, set the mode selectiondial to the “ ” position.

When the blower speed selection dial is setto the “AUTO” position, the air flow isadjusted automatically according to the tem-perature of the interior and the position ofthe temperature control dial.

NOTEDo not use the cooling function with the

MAX switch for a long time. Because thepower consumption is greatly increased, thecruising range is shortened.

Defrosting or defogging (wind-shield, door windows)

CAUTION For safety, make sure you have a clear view

through all the windows.

For ordinary defrosting


Important air conditioning operating tips


7



4. Select the desired blower speed.5. Push the air conditioning switch (B).

For quick defrosting



3. Press the MAX switch (A).

N00733700323

1. Park the vehicle in the shade wheneverpossible. Parking in the hot sun makes thevehicle interior extremely hot which thenrequires more time to cool. If it is neces-sary to park in the sun, open the windowsfor the first few minutes of air condition-ing to expel the hot air.

2. Afterwards, keep the windows closedwhen the air conditioning is in use. Theentry of outside air through open windowswill reduce cooling efficiency.

3. When running the air conditioning, makesure the air intake, which is located infront of the windshield, is free of obstruc-tions such as leaves. Leaves collected inthe air-intake chamber may reduce airflow and plug the water drains.

If the air conditioning seems less effectivethan usual, the cause might be a refrigerantleak.Have the system inspected by a certified i-MiEV dealer.

NOTEWhen the mode selection dial is set to the

“ ” position, the air conditioning com-pressor runs automatically. Outside air intro-duction will also be selected automatically.

When defrosting, do not set the temperaturecontrol dial to the maximum cool position.This would blow cool air on the windowglass and fog it up.

Since defogging or defrosting with the MAXswitch consumes a large amount of power,stop the switch after defogging or defrosting.Use the MAX setting for a long timedecreases the cruising range.

Important air conditioning operating tips

Air conditioning system refrig-erant and lubricant recommen-dations


Air purifier


7

The air conditioning should be operated for atleast five minutes each week, even in coldweather. This includes the quick defrostingmode. Operating the air condition systemweekly maintains lubrication of the compres-sor internal parts and maintains the air condi-tioning in the best operating condition.

N00733800177

The air conditioning system is equipped withan air filter to reduce pollen and dust enteringthe cabin.The air filter’s ability to collect pollen anddust will be reduced as it becomes dirty, soreplace it periodically. For the maintenanceinterval, refer to the “WARRANTY ANDMAINTENANCE MANUAL”.

N00766601026

You can run the air conditioning in advanceof using the vehicle. For details, refer to“Remote Climate Control” on page 3-36,3-47.

N00734301062

The audio system can only be used when theelectric motor switch is in the “ON” or“ACC” position.

CAUTION The air conditioning system in your vehicle

must be charged with the refrigerant HFC-134a and the lubricant POE MA68EV.Use of any other refrigerant or lubricant willcause severe damage and may require replac-ing your vehicle’s entire air conditioningsystem.The release of refrigerant into the atmo-sphere is not recommended.The new refrigerant HFC-134a in your vehi-cle is designed not to harm the earth’s ozonelayer. However, it may contribute slightly toglobal warming.It is recommended that the old refrigerant besaved and recycled for future use.

During a long period of disuse

Air purifier

NOTEOperation in certain conditions such as driv-

ing on a dusty road or frequent use of the airconditioning can reduce the service life ofthe filter. When you feel that the air flow islower than normal or when the windshield orwindows start to fog up easily, replace the airfilter.Contact a certified i-MiEV dealer for assis-tance.

Remote Climate Control

AM/FM electronically tuned radio with CD player (if so equipped)

NOTE To listen to the audio system while the elec-

tric motor unit is not running, turn the elec-tric motor switch to the “ACC” position.If the electric motor switch is in the “ACC”position, the accessory power will automati-cally turn off after a certain period of timeand you will no longer be able to use theaudio system. The accessory power comeson again if the electric motor switch is turnedfrom the “ACC” position. Refer to “ACCpower auto-cutout function” on page 5-19.

If a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle,it may create noise in the audio equipment.This does not mean that anything is wrongwith your audio equipment. In such a case,use the cellular phone at a place as far awayas possible from the audio equipment.




7

N00711900716

N00712000408

Turn the VOLUME knob clockwise toincrease the volume; counterclockwise todecrease the volume.The status will be displayed in the display.

N00712100672

1. Press the button repeatedly to selectthe tone, balance and SCV (Speed Com-pensated Volume) function control tochange. The order is: BASS TREBLE FADER BALANCE SCV Audio adjust mode OFF

2. Press the SEEK button to change the tone,balance and SCV function setting.The status will be displayed in the display.

If foreign objects or water get into the audioequipment, or if smoke or a strange odorcomes from it, immediately turn off theaudio system and have it checked at a certi-fied i-MiEV dealer. Never try to repair ityourself. Avoid using the audio system untilit is inspected by a qualified person.

If the audio system is damaged by foreignobjects, water, or fire, have the systemchecked at a certified i-MiEV dealer.

Volume and tone control panel

1- VOLUME (Volume control) knob2- SEEK (Audio adjust) button3- Display4- POWER (On-Off) button5- (Mode change) button

NOTE To adjust the volume

NOTE The volume control mode will shut off auto-

matically if the another mode is selected, orif no adjustment is made within about 2 sec-onds.

To adjust the tone

A- Adjust modeB- Adjust level




7

To select the desired bass level.

To select the desired treble level.

To balance the volume from the F (front) andthe R (rear) speakers.

To balance the volume from the L (left) andthe R (right) speakers.

Speed Compensated Volume function is afeature that automatically adjusts the VOL-UME, BASS and TREBLE settings in accor-dance with the vehicle speed.The effects of the SCV function can beselected either of three levels (LOW, MIDand HIGH). Select the degree of your choiceby pressing the SEEK button.If you want to stop the SCV function, selectthe OFF.

N00734900902

AdjustMode

AdjustLevel

SEEK button opera-tion

BASS-6 to 6

Stronger WeakerTRE-BLE Stronger Weaker

FADER F11 to R11

F (Front) increases

R (Rear) increases

BAL-ANCE

L11 to R11

R (Right) increases

L (Left) increases

SCV

HIGH, MID, LOW, OFF

HIGH

MID

LOW

OFF

HIGH

MID

LOW

OFF

BASS (Bass tone control)

TREBLE (Treble tone control)

FADER (Front/Rear balance con-trol)

BALANCE (Left/Right balance control)

SCV (Speed Compensated Vol-ume) function

NOTE The audio adjust mode will automatically

shut off when another mode is selected, or ifno adjustment is made within about 10 sec-onds.

Radio control panel and display

1- FM (FM1/FM2) indicator2- RADIO (AM/FM selection) button3- MEMORY (Memory selection) button4- POWER (On-Off) button5- SCAN button6- SEEK (Up-seek) button7- SEEK (Down-seek) button




7

N00735000913

1. Press the POWER button until it beeps toturn the audio system ON and OFF. Thesystem turns on in the last mode used.Press the RADIO button to turn ON theradio.

2. Press the RADIO button to select thedesired band (AM/FM1/FM2).

3. Press the SEEK button to tune to a station,or press the MEMORY button either or to tune in to a station memorized.Refer to “Automatic tuning”, “Manualtuning” or “To enter frequencies into thememory”.

After pressing the SEEK button, a receivablestation will be automatically selected andreception of the station will begin.

Press the SCAN button. The radio will tuneconsecutively to each available station forabout 5 seconds per station. If you want tostop scanning, press the SCAN button again.The frequency display of the current stationflashes once per second during SCAN.

The frequency changes every time the SEEKbutton is pressed.Press the button to select the desired station.

As many as 6 AM and 12 FM stations can beentered into the memory.

To store a frequency in the memory, followthese steps:

1. Press the SEEK button to tune to the fre-quency you wish to keep in the memory.

2. Press the MEMORY button either or until it beeps.

The sound will be momentarily inter-rupted while the frequency is beingentered into the memory.

3. To recall a frequency that has been savedin memory, press the MEMORY buttonbriefly for no longer than about 1 second.

To listen to the radio

Automatic tuning

SCAN function

Manual tuning

To enter frequencies into the mem-ory

NOTEDisconnecting the 12V starter battery cables

erases all the radio station settings stored inthe memory.




7

N00735300743

N00735502097

1. Press the POWER button until it beeps toturn the audio system ON and OFF. Thesystem turns on in the last mode used.

2. Insert the disc with the label facing up.When a disc is inserted, the CD indicatorwill come on and the CD player will beginplaying even if the radio is being used.The CD player will also begin playingwhen the CD button is pressed with a discset in the CD player or in the disc loadingslot, even if the radio is being used.

When the eject button is pressed, the discautomatically stops and is ejected. The sys-tem automatically switches to radio mode.

CD control panel and display

1- Disc loading slot2- Eject button3- CD (CD mode changeover) button4- TRACK (Fast-forward/Track up)

button5- TRACK (Fast-reverse/Track down)

button6- CD indicator7- SEL (Select mode) indicator8- FOLDER indicator9- TRACK indicator

10- Display11- RDM/F-RDM indicator12- RPT/F-RPT indicator13- SELECT knob14- POWER (On-Off) button/PAGE (Title

scroll) button15- DISP (Title display) button16- MENU button

17- SCAN button18- SEEK (Up-seek) button/

(Return) button19- SEEK (Down-seek) button/

(Select) button

To listen to a CD

To set a disc

NOTE For information concerning the adjustment

of volume and tone, refer to “To adjust thevolume” on page 7-12 and “To adjust thetone” on page 7-12.

3 inches (8 cm) compact disc cannot beplayed on this CD player.

For information concerning the handing ofthe compact discs, refer to “Handling ofcompact discs” on page 7-25.

To eject a disc

NOTE If you do not remove an ejected disc before

15 seconds have elapsed, the disc will bereloaded.

To listen to a music CD

NOTE




7

Push the CD button if a disc is already in theCD player. The audio system will enter CDmode and start playback. The track numberand the playing time will appear on the dis-play. The tracks in the disc will be playedconsecutively and continuously.

This CD player allows you to play MP3(MPEG Audio Layer-3) files recorded onCD-ROMs, CD-Rs (recordable CDs), andCD-RWs (rewritable CDs) in ISO9660 Level1/Level 2, Joliet, and Romeo formats. Eachdisc may have a maximum of 16 trees, 100folders and 255 files. During MP3 playback,the unit can display ID3 tag information. Forinformation concerning ID3 tag, refer to “CDtext and MP3 title display” on page 7-19.

Push the CD button if a disc is already in theCD player.The display shows “READING”, then play-back begins. The folder number, the tracknumber and the playing time will appear onthe display.

To listen to an MP3 CD NOTEWhile listening to a disc on which CD-DA

(CD-Digital Audio) and MP3 files have bothbeen recorded, you can switch between read-ing of the CD-DA, reading of the MP3 files,and the external audio input mode by press-ing the CD button for 2 seconds or longer(until you hear a beep).

With a disc that contains both CD-DA andMP3 files, the CD-DA files are automati-cally played first.

The playback sound quality differs depend-ing on the encoding software and the bit rate.For details, refer to the user manual of yourencoding software.

Depending on file/folder configurations on adisc, it may take some time before playbackstarts.

MP3 encode software and writing softwareare not supplied with this unit.

You may encounter trouble in playing anMP3 or displaying the information of MP3files recorded with certain writing softwareor CD recorders (CD-R/RW drivers).

If you record too many folders or files otherthan MP3 onto a disc, it may take some timebefore playback starts.

This unit does not record MP3 files. For information concerning CD-Rs/RWs,

refer to “Notes on CD-Rs/RWs” on page7-26.

CAUTIONAttempting to play a file not in the MP3 for-

mat which has the “.mp3” file name mayproduce noise from the speakers and speakerdamage, and can damage your hearing.

NOTE




7

To fast forward or fast reverse the disc, pressthe TRACK button or the TRACK but-ton.

You can fast-forward the disc by pressing theTRACK button. While the button is keptpressed, the disc will be fast-forwarded.

You can fast reverse the disc by pressing theTRACK button. While the button is keptpressed, the disc will be fast-reversed.

You can select your desired track by using theTRACK button.

Press the TRACK button repeatedly untilthe desired track number appears on the dis-play.When listening to a MP3 CD, keep pressingthe button to continue to move up tracks.

Press the TRACK button repeatedly untilthe desired track number appears on the dis-play.When listening to a MP3 CD, keep pressingthe button to continue to move down tracks.

Operate the following buttons or the SELECTknob to select desired file.When this mode is activated by pressing the

button, the SEL indicator will be dis-played in the display.

Folder selection order/MP3 file playbackorder (Example)

Folder selection In the order

File selection In the order

To fast forward/reverse the disc

Root folder (Root directory)

Tree 1 Tree 2 Tree 3 Tree 4

Fast forward

Fast reverse

To select a desired track

Track up

Track down

NOTE Pressing the TRACK button once during

the song will cause the CD player to restartplayback from the beginning of the song.

To find a file (MP3 CDs only)

button :Press the button to start thismode or cancel the selection.

SELECT knob :Turn the knob to show thefolder or file.

button :Press the button to select thefolder or file.

NOTE If no operation is performed for 10 seconds

or more or other button is operated after theSELECT knob has been turned, searching ofthe desired file is canceled.

If no operation is performed for 5 seconds ormore after the file is displayed, playbackstarts.




7

N00771500013

1. Press the MENU button until beeps.2. Press the SEEK / button repeatedly

to select the mode.

3. Press the MENU button until you hear abeep. The selected mode will operate.

N00771600014

Select the ALL REPEAT mode. Refer to “Toselect the playing mode” on page 7-18.The all tracks on the disc will be playedrepeatedly.

Select the REPEAT mode. Refer to “To selectthe playing mode” on page 7-18.The RPT indicator will come on and repeatthe same track.

Select the F-REPEAT mode. Refer to “Toselect the playing mode” on page 7-18.The F-RPT indicator will come on and the alltrack on the currently selected folder will beplayed repeatedly.

N00771800016

Select the RANDOM mode. Refer to “Toselect the playing mode” on page 7-18.The RDM indicator will come on and thetracks on the disc will be played in a randomsequence.

Select the F-RANDOM mode. Refer to “Toselect the playing mode” on page 7-18.The F-RDM indicator will come on and thetracks on the currently selected folder will beplayed in a random sequence.

Select the RANDOM mode. Refer to “Toselect the playing mode” on page 7-18.The RDM indicator will come on and thefiles from all the folders on the disc will beplayback in a random sequence.

When the SEL indicator is not shown on thedisplay and the SELECT knob is operated,the volume adjustment is effective.

To select the playing mode

NOTE

(MP3 CDs only)

(MP3 CDs only)

To play tracks in repeat

Repeat an all track (normal playback)

Repeat a track

Repeat tracks in the same folder (MP3CDs only)

NOTEWith a disc that contains both CD-DA and

MP3 files, the repeat mode causes only filesof the same format (CD-DA only or MP3files only) to be repeated.

To play tracks in random order

Random playback for a disc (music CDsonly)

Random playback for a folder (MP3 CDsonly)

Random playback for all folders on adisc (MP3 CDs only)




7N00771900017

Press the SCAN button. “SCAN” will appearon the display and the CD player will playback the first 10 seconds of each track on theselected disc (music CDs only) or the cur-rently selected folder (MP3 CDs only).The track number will blink while the scanmode is selected. To stop the scan mode,press the SCAN button again.

N00752100166

This audio system can display CD text andMP3 titles including ID3 tag information.

The audio system can display disc and tracktitles for discs with converted disc and tracktitle information. Press the DISP buttonrepeatedly to make selections in the followingsequence: disc name track name normaldisplay mode.

The audio system can display folder and tracktitles for discs with converted folder and trackinformation. Press the DISP button repeat-edly to make selections in the followingsequence: folder name track name nor-mal display mode.

The audio system can display ID3 tag infor-mation for files that have been recorded withID3 tag information.

1. Press the DISP button for 2 seconds orlonger to switch to the ID3 tag informa-tion. “TAG” will appear on the display.

2. Press the DISP button repeatedly to makeselections in the following sequence:album name track name artist name normal display mode.

NOTEWith a disc that contains both CD-DA and

MP3 files, the random mode causes onlyfiles of the same format (CD-DA only orMP3 files only) to be repeated.

To find the start of each track on a disc for playback

NOTEOnce all tracks on the disc (music CDs only)

or the currently selected folder (MP3 CDsonly) have been scanned, playback of thedisc will restart from the beginning of thetrack that was playing when scanningstarted.

With a disc that contains both CD-DA andMP3 files, the scan mode causes only files ofthe same format (CD-DA only or MP3 filesonly) to be played.

CD text and MP3 title display

CD text

NOTE The display can show up to 11 characters. If

a disc name or track name has more than 11characters, press the PAGE button to viewthe next 11 characters.

When there is no title information to be dis-played, the display shows “NO TITLE”.

Characters that the audio system cannot dis-play are shown as “ ”.

MP3 title

ID3 tag information

NOTE To return from ID3 tag information to the

folder name, press the DISP button again for2 seconds or longer.

When there is no title information to be dis-played, the display shows “NO TITLE”.

The display can show up to 11 characters. Ifa folder name, track name, or item of ID3 taginformation has more than 11 characters,press the PAGE button to view the next 11characters.

Folder names, track names and ID3 taginformation can each be displayed up to alength of 32 characters.

Characters that the audio system cannot dis-play are shown as “ ”.


To play iPod/USB memory device tracks via voice operation (vehicles with Bluetooth® 2.0 interface)


7

N00772001025

Desired tracks can be selected and playedfrom your iPod or USB memory device by“Artist”, “Album”, “Playlist” and “Genre”using voice commands.For information concerning the voice recog-nition function or speaker registration func-tion, refer to “Bluetooth® 2.0 interface” onpage 5-53.The following explains how to prepare forvoice operation and play the tracks.

N00772101026

To use the voice operation, press the PICK-UP button (1) first.

N00772200017

1. Say “Play” on the main menu.

2. After the voice guide says “Would youlike to play by Artist, Album, Playlist orGenre?,” say “Artist”.

3. After the voice guide says “What Artistwould you like to play?,” say the artistname.

4. If there is only one match, the system pro-ceeds to step 6.

5. If there are two or more matches, thevoice guide will say “More than onematch was found, would you like to play<artist name>?” If you say “Yes,” the sys-tem proceeds to step 6.If you say “No,” the next matching artistis uttered by the system.

6. After the voice guide says “Playing <artistname>,” the system creates a playlistindex for the artist.

To play iPod/USB memory device tracks via voice oper-ation (vehicles with Blue-tooth® 2.0 interface)

Preparation for voice operation

To search by artist name

NOTE The Bluetooth® 2.0 interface starts recogniz-

ing the connected device.If the connected device cannot be recognizedor a connection error occurs, the Bluetooth®

2.0 interface starts an appropriate voiceguide. Follow the voice guide.

NOTE If you say “Artist <name>,” you can skip

step 3.

NOTE If you say “No” to three or all artist names

uttered by the system, the voice guide willsay “Artist not found, please try again” andthe system returns to step 2.

Search time depends on the number of songson your connected device. Devices contain-ing a large number of songs may take longerto return search results.


To play iPod/USB memory device tracks via voice operation (vehicles with Bluetooth® 2.0 interface)


7

7. The system exits the voice recognitionmode and starts playback.

N00772300018


2. After the voice guide says “Would youlike to play by Artist, Album, Playlist orGenre?,” say “Album”.

3. After the voice guide says “What Albumwould you like to play?” say the albumtitle.


5. If there are two or more matches, thevoice guide will say “More than onematch was found, would you like to play<album title>?” If you say “Yes,” the sys-tem proceeds to step 6.If you say “No,” the name of the nextmatching album is uttered by the system.

6. After the voice guide says “Playing<album title>,” the system creates a playl-ist index for the album title.


N00772400019


2. After the voice guide says “Would youlike to play by Artist, Album, Playlist orGenre?,” say “Playlist”.

3. After the voice guide says “What Playlistwould you like to play?,” say the playlistname.


NOTE If the confirmation function is active, the

voice guide confirms if the artist name iscorrect. If the artist name is correct, say“Yes”. If not, say “No”. After the voice guidesays “Artist not found, please try again,” thesystem returns to step 2.

To search by album title




NOTE If you say “Album <title>,” you can skip

step 3.

NOTE If you say “No” to three or all album titles

uttered by the system, the voice guide willsay “Album not found, please try again” andthe system returns to step 2.


voice guide confirms if the album title is cor-rect. If the album title is correct, say “Yes”.If not, say “No”. After the voice guide says“Album not found, please try again,” the sys-tem returns to step 2.

To search by playlist




NOTE If you say “Playlist <playlist>,” you can skip

step 3.If the device has no playlist, the voice guidewill say “There are no playlists stored ondevice” and the system returns to step 2.


Steering wheel audio remote control switch (if so equipped)


7

5. If there are two or more matches, thevoice guide will say “More than onematch was found, would you like to play<playlist>?” If you say “Yes,” the systemproceeds to step 6.If you say “No,” the next matching playl-ist name is uttered by the system.

6. After the voice guide says “Playing<playlist>,” the system creates an indexfor the playlist.


N00772500010


2. After the voice guide says “Would youlike to play by Artist, Album, Playlist orGenre?,” say “Genre”.

3. After the voice guide says “What Genrewould you like to play?,” say the musictype.


5. If there are two or more matches, thevoice guide will say “More than onematch was found, would you like to play<genre>?” If you say “Yes,” the systemproceeds to step 6.

If you say “No,” the next matching genreis uttered by the system.

6. After the voice guide says “Playing<genre>,” the system creates an index forthe genre.


N00714800471

The remote control switch is located on theleft side of the steering wheel.

NOTE If you say “No” to three or all playlist names

uttered by the system, the voice guide willsay “Playlist not found, please try again” andthe system returns to step 2.


voice guide confirms if the playlist name iscorrect. If the playlist name is correct, say“Yes”. If not, say “No”. After the voice guidesays “Playlist not found, please try again,”the system returns to step 2. Refer to “Con-firmation function setting” on page 5-57.

To search by genre




NOTE If you say “Genre <type>,” you can skip step

3.

NOTE If you say “No” to three or all genres uttered

by the system, the voice guide will say“Genre not found, please try again” and thesystem returns to step 2.


voice guide confirms if the genre is correct.If the genre is correct, say “Yes”. If not, say“No”. After the voice guide says “Genre notfound, please try again,” the system returnsto step 2. Refer to “Confirmation functionsetting” on page 5-57.





7

It can be used when the electric motor switchis in the “ON” or “ACC” position.

Press the power switch to turn on the power.When the power is turned on, the last mode

used before turning off is displayed. To turnoff the power, press and hold down the powerswitch for about 2 seconds until you hear abeep.

While the button is pressed, the volume willcontinue to increase.

While the button is pressed, the volume willcontinue to decrease.

Press the mode selector button to select thedesired mode.The mode changes in the following order.AM FM1 FM2 CD USB or iPod* Bluetooth®* AM*: If you connect these devices.

Press the mode selector button and select AMor FM mode.

After pressing one of these buttons, a receiv-able station will be automatically selected andreception of the station will begin.

Press the mode selector button and select CDmode.

To fast forward or fast reverse the disc, pressthe fast-forward button or the fast-reversebutton.

You can fast forward the disc by holdingdown the fast-forward button. While the but-

1- Volume up button2- Volume down button3- Power switch/Mode selector button4- Seek up/Track up/File up/Fast-forward

button5- Seek down/Track down/File

down/Fast-reverse button

NOTEDo not press multiple buttons at the same

time when using the steering wheel audioremote control switch.

To turn on the power

Volume control

Volume up button

Volume down button

Mode selection

To listen to the radio

Automatic tuning

Seek up button/Seek down button

To listen to a CD

To fast forward/reverse the disc (music CDs only)

Fast forward


Error codes


7

ton is kept pressed, the disc will be fast-for-warded.

You can fast reverse the disc by holding downthe fast-reverse button. While the button iskept pressed, the disc will be fast-reversed.

You can select your desired track by using thetrack up button or the track down button.

Press the mode selector button and selectiPod mode.

Press the button repeatedly until the desiredtrack number appears on the display.


Press the mode selector button and selectUSB mode.



N00736100777

If an error code appears in the display, take action in accordance with the table below.

Fast reverse

NOTEWith an MP3 CD, you can fast forward and

fast reverse tracks in the same folder.


NOTE Pressing the track down button once during

the song will cause the system to restartplaying from the beginning of the song.

To listen to an iPod


Track up button

NOTE The track number continues to increase

while the button is pressed.

Track down button

NOTE The track number continues to decrease


To listen to a USB memory device

To select a desired file

File up button

NOTE The track number continues to increase


File down button

NOTE The track number continues to decrease


Error codes


Handling of compact discs


7

N00734100340

Use only the type of compact discs thathave the mark shown in the illustrationbelow. (Playback of CD-R or CD-RWdiscs may cause problems.)

The use of special shaped, damaged com-pact discs (like cracked discs) or low-quality compact discs (like warped discsor burrs on the discs) such as those shownwill damage the CD player.

Error display Problem Item RepairNO DISC No disc inserted Disc is not in CD player. Insert disc.

CHECK DISC Focus error Disc is not loaded correctly, or condensation on disc.

Insert disc with label facing up.Remove moisture from disc.

DISC ERROR Disc error Disc is dirty, scratched, or deformed; or exces-sive vehicle vibration.

Clean or replace disc. Retry when vibrations stop.

INTERNAL E Mechanism error Loading or eject error. Pick-up is out of posi-tion.

Eject disc and reload. If disc will not eject, bring your vehicle to a certified i-MiEV dealer.

HEAT ERROR Inside of audio system is hot. Internal protection against high temperatures. Allow radio to cool by waiting about 30 min-

utes.ERROR DC DC offset output voltage Foreign material is inside of radio or amplifier. Bring your vehicle to a certified i-MiEV dealer.

ERROR Communication or power supply error

Communication error between external device and equipment. Power supply error of external device.

Bring your vehicle to a certified i-MiEV dealer.





7

In the following circumstances, moisturecan form on compact discs and inside theaudio system, preventing normal opera-tion.• When there is high humidity (for exam-

ple, when it is raining).• When the temperature suddenly rises,

such as right after the heater is turned onin cold weather.

In this case, wait until the moisture hashad time to dry out.

When the CD player is subjected to vio-lent vibrations, such as during off-roaddriving, the tracking may not work.

When storing compact discs, always storethem in their separate cases. Never placecompact discs in direct sunlight, or in anyplace where the temperature or humidityis high.

Never touch the flat surface of the discwhere there isn’t a label. This will damagethe disc surface and could affect the soundquality. When handling a compact disc,always hold it by the outer edge and thecenter hole.

To clean a disc, use a soft, clean, drycloth. Wipe directly from the center holetoward the outer edge. Do not wipe in acircle. Never use any chemicals such asbenzine, paint thinner, a disc spraycleaner, or an anti-static agent on the disc.

Do not use a ball point pen, felt pen, pen-cil, etc. to write on the label surface of thedisc.

Do not put additional labels or stickers oncompact discs. Also, do not use any com-pact disc on which a label or sticker hasstarted to peel off or any compact disc thathas stickiness or other contamination leftby a peeled-off label or sticker. If you usesuch a compact disc, the CD player maystop working properly and you may not beable to eject the compact disc.

N00751900112

You may have trouble playing back someCD-R/RW discs recorded on CD record-ers (CD-R/RW drives), either due to theirrecording characteristics or dirt, finger-prints, scratches, etc. on the disc surface.

CD-R/RW discs are less resistant to hightemperatures and high humidity than ordi-nary music CDs and can therefore bedamaged and rendered unplayable if leftinside your vehicle for a long time.

Depending on the combination of thewriting software, the CD recorder (CD-R/RW drive), and the disc used to create aCD-R/RW, the disc might not play suc-cessfully.

This player cannot play the CD-R/RWdiscs if the session is not closed.

This player cannot play CD-R/RW discswhich contain data other than CD-DA orMP3 data (Video CD, etc.).

Be sure to observe the handling instruc-tions for the CD-R/RW disc.

Notes on CD-Rs/RWs


Antenna


7N00734200471

Turn the pole (A) counterclockwise.

Screw the pole (A) clockwise into the base(B) until it is securely retained.

N00755000124

The time is displayed when the electric motorswitch is in the “ON” or “ACC” position.

1. Press and hold the clock button and theclock display flashes.

2. Press the SEEK button to adjust the“hours” digit.If you keep pressing the button, fast-for-ward begins.

3. When the “hours” digit is adjusted, pressthe clock button to flash the “minutes”digit.Press the SEEK button to adjust the “min-utes” digit.If you keep pressing the button, fast-for-ward begins.

WARNINGOperating the CD player in a manner

other than specifically instructed hereinmay result in hazardous radiation expo-sure. Do not remove the cover and attemptto repair the CD player by yourself. Thereare no user serviceable parts inside. Incase of malfunction, contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.

Antenna

To remove

To install

NOTEBe sure to remove the roof antenna in the

following cases:• When using an automatic car wash• When covering your vehicle with a car

cover• When driving into a structure that has a low

ceiling.

Clock (if so equipped)

To set the time

A- Clock buttonB- SEEK (clock adjustment up) buttonC- SEEK (clock adjustment down) but-

ton


General information about your radio


7

4. When the time is set, press the clock but-ton to stop the clock display from flash-ing.

N00733900439

Your vehicle’s radio receives both AM andFM stations.The quality of your reception is affected bydistance, obstacles, and signal interference.

This radio complies with Part 15 of FederalCommunications Commission (FCC) Rules(for vehicles sold in U.S.A.). Operation issubject to the following conditions:

The device may not cause harmful inter-ference.

This device must accept any interferencerecieved, including interference that maycause undesirable operation.

FM signals do not follow the earth surfacenor are they reflected by the upper atmo-sphere. For this reason, FM broadcasts cannotbe received over long distances. AM signalsfollow the earth’s surface and are reflected bythe upper atmosphere. For this reason, AMbroadcasts can be received over longer dis-tances.

Because of the limited range of FM signalsand the way FM waves transmit, you mayexperience weak or fading FM reception.When the broadcast is blocked by mountainsor similar obstructions, reception can be dis-turbed.

The reason why one can hear FM but not AMin parking garages, under bridges etc., is thatFM signals, unlike AM signals, are reflectedby solid objects such as buildings, etc.Because FM signals are easily reflected bybuildings, this can also cause reception dis-turbances.The direct signal from the broadcast stationreaches the antenna slightly before thereflected signal. This time difference maycause some reception disturbance or flutter.This problem occurs primarily in urban areas.

NOTEReset the time after the 12V starter battery

terminals are disconnected and reconnected. Seconds do not appear in the clock display,

but after adjusting the “minutes” setting, theclock begins to operate from 0 seconds.



approved by the party meeting the aboveconditions could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

Signal transmission

FM AM

25 to 40 mile radius(25 to 40 miles)

100 mile radius(100 miles)

Weak reception (fading)

Reflection




7

If one listens to a weak station and is in thevicinity of another strong station, both sta-tions might be received simultaneously.

Stereo reception requires a high qualitybroadcast signal. This means that types ofdisturbances mentioned previously becomemore marked and the reception range issomewhat diminished during stereo recep-tion.

FM reception is affected by the electrical sys-tems of vehicles in the vicinity, especiallythose without an electronic noise suppressiondevice. The disturbance is even greater if thestation is weak or poorly tuned.FM reception is not as sensitive to electricaldisturbances as AM. AM reception is sensi-tive to electrical disturbances such as powerlines, lightning and other types of similarelectrical phenomena.

Cross modulation

FM stereo reception

Causes of disturbances


8

For emergencies

If the vehicle breaks down ...............................................................8-2Jump-starting ...................................................................................8-2Tire repair kit ...................................................................................8-5Towing ...........................................................................................8-11Operation under adverse driving conditions ..................................8-13


If the vehicle breaks down

8-2 For emergencies

8

N00836301243

If your vehicle breaks down on the road,move to the shoulder and turn on the hazardwarning flashers. If there is no shoulder, orthe shoulder is not safe, drive in the right laneslowly, with the hazard lights flashing, untilyou come to a safe stopping place. Keep theflashers flashing. If the ready indicator light goes out whiledriving, the brakes and steering will continueto work, but without power assist, so moreeffort will be required for braking and steer-ing. Stop the vehicle on the shoulder of theroad and turn on the hazard warning flashers.If you need to push your vehicle, turn theelectric motor switch to the “ON” position,and place the selector lever in the “N” (NEU-TRAL) position.

N00836400742

If the electric motor unit cannot be energizedbecause the 12V starter battery is weak ordead, you can start it with the battery fromanother vehicle using jumper cables.

1. Take off any metal jewelry such as watchbands or bracelets that might make anaccidental electrical contact.

2. Position the vehicles close enoughtogether so that the jumper cables canreach, but be sure the vehicles are nottouching each other.

3. Set the parking brake firmly on your vehi-cle and move the selector lever into the“P” (PARK) position.

4. Set the parking brake firmly on the othervehicle. Put the automatic transaxle in “P”(PARK) or the manual transaxle in “N”(Neutral).

5. Turn the ignition switch (the electricmotor switch) on each vehicle to the“LOCK” position.

6. Remove the battery cover, and then makesure your 12V starter battery electrolyte isat the proper level. (Refer to “Checking12V starter battery electrolyte level” onpage 9-9.)

If the vehicle breaks down

Jump-starting

WARNINGTo reduce the risk of igniting flammable

gas that may be emitted from the 12Vstarter battery, carefully read this sectionbefore jump-starting the vehicle.

Do not try to start the electric motor unitby pushing or towing the vehicle. This cancause an accident resulting in seriousinjury or death and can damage the vehi-cle.

CAUTIONDo not attempt jump starting the 12V starter

battery while the main drive lithium-ion bat-tery is being charged. Doing so could dam-age the vehicle or charging equipment.

NOTEDo not use jumper cables if they have dam-

age or corrosion.

CAUTIONCheck the other vehicle. It must have a 12V

battery. If the other system is not 12V, bothsystems can be damaged.

NOTE Turn off all lights, heater, and other electrical

loads. This will help avoid sparks.


Jump-starting

For emergencies 8-3

8

7. Connect one end of one jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of the dis-charged battery (A), and then connect theother end to the positive (+) terminalof the booster battery (B).

8. Connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative (-) terminal of the

booster battery (B), and then connect theother end to the designated groundlocation of the vehicle with the dischargedbattery (A) at the point farthest from thebattery.

9. Start the engine in the vehicle providingthe boost. Let the engine idle a few min-utes, then start the electric motor unit byturning the electric motor switch to theON position.

10. Check if the ready indicator illuminates.

[When the ready indicator illuminates]Stop the engine of the other vehicle, anddisconnect the cables in the reverse orderand keep the electric motor switch in theON position to charge the 12V starter bat-tery for more than 30 minutes.After the 12V starter battery is charged,continue the process from step 17.

[When the ready indicator does not illu-minate]Both the 12V starter battery and the maindrive lithium-ion battery have gone flat atthe same time.Charge the 12V starter battery and themain drive lithium-ion battery by follow-ing steps from steps 11 to 15.

WARNING If the electrolyte fluid is not visible, or

looks frozen, DO NOT ATTEMPT JUMPSTARTING!! The battery might split open or explode ifthe temperature is below the freezingpoint or if it is not filled to the properlevel.

WARNINGMake sure that the jumper cables and

your clothing are clear of the cooling fansand drive belts. Entanglement with thefans or belts can cause serious personalinjury.

NOTEOpen the terminal cover before connecting

the jumper cable to the positive terminal ofthe 12V starter battery. (Refer to “Disconnection and connection” onpage 9-9.)

Use the proper cables suitable for the batterysize.Otherwise heat damage to the cables couldresult.

WARNINGBe sure to follow the proper order when

connecting the batteries, of: .

Make sure that the connection is madeto the correct designated location (asshown in the illustration) properly. If theconnection is directly made to the negative(-) terminal of the battery, the flammablegases from inside the battery might catchfire and explode, causing personal injury.

When connecting the jumper cables, donot connect the positive (+) cable to thenegative (-) terminal. Sparks can make thebattery explode.

WARNING


Jump-starting

8-4 For emergencies

8

11. Keep the jumper cables to each vehicleconnected and turn the electric motorswitch of your vehicle to the “LOCK”position.

12. Charge the main drive lithium-ion batteryby regular charging. The 12V starter bat-tery will automatically charge while themain drive lithium-ion battery is charging.(Refer to “Regular charging” on page3-16.)

13. When the charging indicator on the instru-ment cluster is illuminated, stop theengine of the other vehicle and disconnectthe jumper cables in the reverse order.

14. Charge the main drive lithium-ion batteryfor more than 1 hour.

15. Disconnect the charging cable.(Refer to “Regular charging” on page3-16.)

16. Turn the electric motor switch to the“START” position, make sure that theready indicator on the instrument clusteris illuminated.If the ready indicator does not illuminate,perform the procedure again starting fromstep 5. If charging cannot be performed,consult a certified i-MiEV dealer.

17. Refit the battery cover. (“Checking 12Vstarter battery electrolyte level” on page9-9.)

NOTE The jumper cables need to be connected to

the 12V starter battery when you start charg-ing the main drive lithium-ion batterybecause the on board charger etc. operate uti-lizing power from the 12V starter battery.

NOTEWhen the regular charge connector is con-

nected to the charge port, the charging indi-cator will blink. When charging has started,the charging indicator will illuminate.

Charging the 12V starter bat-tery by using an external bat-tery charger

WARNINGAlways remove the 12V starter battery

from your vehicle when the 12V starterbatter is charged by an external batterycharger.

Keep sparks, cigarettes and flames awayfrom the 12V starter battery because thebattery may explode.

Keep your work area well vented whencharging or using the 12V starter batteryin an enclosed space.

Remove all the caps before charging the12V starter battery.

Electrolyte (battery acid) is corrosivediluted sulphuric acid. If electrolyte comesin contact with your hands, eyes, clothes,or the painted surface of your vehicle,thoroughly flush with water. If electrolytegets in your eyes, flush them immediatelyand thoroughly with water, and getprompt medical attention.

Always wear protective clothing and gog-gles when working near the battery.

Keep the battery out of the reach of chil-dren.


Tire repair kit

For emergencies 8-5

8

If you drive your vehicle with a low batterycharge, after the electric motor unit has beenstarted by using jumper cables, it can causethe anti-lock braking system warning light toilluminate. This is only due to the low batteryvoltage. It is not a problem with the brakesystem. If this happens, fully charge the 12Vstarter battery and ensure the charging systemis operating properly.

N00836600366

This vehicle is equipped with a tire repair kitwhich can be used to repair a minor puncturein tread area caused by a nail, screw or simi-lar object. A spare tire is not provided withthis vehicle.

N00837701026

The tire repair kit is stowed under the rearseat cushion.

N00837800033

1. Pull forward the seat stoppers (A) underthe rear seat cushion (B).

2. Lift up the seat cushion and pull it for-ward to remove it.

3. Remove the screws (C) with a coin or thewasher (D) at a position shown in theillustration, and remove the cover (E).

As your vehicle has anti-lock brakes

Tire repair kit

WARNINGThe tire repair kit may not permanently

seal a punctured tire. Using the tire repair kit may damage the

wheel and/or the tire inflation pressuresensor for the tire. The vehicle mustpromptly be inspected and repaired by acertified i-MiEV dealer after using the tirerepair kit.

Use only the Mitsubishi genuine tirerepair kit. Sealant in other repair kits maynot sufficiently seal the tire puncture.

Tire repair kit storage

1- Tire compressor

WARNING 2- Tire repair set: Items #3-#8 shownabove

3- Tire sealant bottle4- Filler hose5- Valve insert (spare)6- Valve remover7- Speed restriction sticker8- Instruction manual for tire repair

To remove


Tire repair kit

8-6 For emergencies

84. Remove the tire repair kit.

N00837900018

1. Return the tire repair kit to its originalplace.Attach the cover and fasten the screws.

2. Insert two wire tabs at the rear edge of theseat cushion under the seat back.

3. Pass both rear seat belt buckles throughslits at the rear edge of the seat cushion.Make sure that the seat belt buckles arenot twisted.

4. While pushing the seat cushion as farback as possible, press down hooks (A)under the seat cushion into the right andleft stopper installation holes (B) until aclick is heard.

5. After installing the seat cushion, shake itlightly to confirm that it is properly fixedin position.

N00800201049

To store

How to use the tire repair kit

WARNINGNever use the tire repair kit under in any

of the situations listed below. The tire can-not be repaired by the tire repair kit. Ifany of these situations occurs, please con-tact a certified i-MiEV dealer.• More than one tire is punctured.• The puncture hole has a length or width

of 1/7 inch (4 mm) or greater.• The tire is punctured in the side wall (A),

not in the tread (B).• The vehicle has been driven with the tire

almost completely flat.• The tire has completely slipped over the

wheel rim and come off the wheel.• The wheel is damaged.• A bump, cut or crack is on the tire.• The tire sealant’s expiration date has

passed. (The expiration date is shown onthe bottle label (C).)

• Ambient temperature is below -22 °F(-30 °C) or above 140 °F (60 °C).


Tire repair kit

For emergencies 8-7

8

1. Park the vehicle on a safe, flat and levelplace.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.3. Move the selector lever to the “P”

(PARK) position and turn the electricmotor switch to the “LOCK” position.

4. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andset up a warning sign, such as a warningtriangle or flashing signal lamp, at an ade-quate distance from the vehicle, and haveall your passengers leave the vehicle.

5. Take out the tire repair kit.

6. Take the valve cap (D) off the tire valve(E), then press the valve remover (F) ontothe valve as illustrated. Allow all of theair in the tire to escape.

7. Remove the valve insert (G) by turning itcounterclockwise using the valve remover(F). Put the removed valve insert in aclean place so it does not get dirty.

WARNINGThe tire sealant can cause health damage

if swallowed. If you accidentally swallowit, drink as much water as possible andimmediately seek medical attention.

If the tire sealant gets in your eyes or onyour skin, rinse it away with lots of water.If you still sense an abnormality, seekmedical attention.

Consult a doctor immediately if any aller-gic reactions occur.

Do not allow children to touch the tiresealant.

CAUTION If the vehicle body is contaminated by the

tire sealant, wipe the tire sealant off immedi-ately with a wet cloth.

Immediately wash clothes contaminated withtire sealant.

NOTEDo not pull out an object, such as a nail or

screw, that penetrates the punctured tire.Move the vehicle so that the tire valve is

positioned away from the point where thetire touches the ground. If the valve is nearthe point where the tire touches the ground,the sealant may not enter the tire easily.


Tire repair kit

8-8 For emergencies

8 8. Shake the tire sealant bottle well.

9. Take the cap (H) off the tire sealant bottle(I). Do not remove the seal (J). Screw thefiller hose (K) onto the bottle (I). As youscrew the filler hose onto the bottle, theseal will break, allowing the sealant to beused.

10. Press the hose onto the valve. Holding thesealant bottle upside-down, squeeze itagain and again to inject all of the sealantinto the tire.

11. After injecting the sealant, pull the hoseoff the valve, remove any residual sealantfrom the valve, rim and/or tire.Fit the valve insert (G) into the valve (E),and screw the valve insert securely intoplace using the valve remover (F).

WARNING If there is any air left in the tire when you

remove the valve insert, the valve insertmay fly out and injure you. Make sure thetire contains no air before removing thevalve insert.

NOTE Turn the valve remover by hand. If you use a

tool, the valve remover could be damaged.

NOTE In cold conditions (when the ambient tem-

perature is 32 °F {0 °C} or lower), thicken-ing of the tire sealant can make the tiresealant hard to squeeze out of the bottle.Warm the bottle between your hands insidethe vehicle.

CAUTION If you shake the bottle after screwing on the

hose, sealant may spray out of the hose.


Tire repair kit

For emergencies 8-9

8

12. After injecting the sealant, securely fit thevalve remover (F) into the end of the fillerhose (K) to prevent sealant from leakingfrom the empty bottle.

13. Pull out the compressor hose (L) from theside of the tire compressor, and thensecurely attach the hose to the tire valve(E).

14. Place the compressor (M) with its airpressure gauge (N) on top.Pull out the compressor’s power cord (O),insert the plug on the cord into the 12 Vpower outlet (P), and then turn the electricmotor switch to the “ACC” position.(Refer to “12V power outlet” on page5-77.)Turn ON the compressor switch (Q) andinflate the tire to the specified pressure.(Refer to “Tire inflation pressures” onpage 9-14.)If there is a gap between the tire andwheel, push the tread area toward the cen-ter of the wheel to close the gap beforerunning the compressor.

15. Check and adjust the tire pressure withreference to the air pressure gauge on thecompressor. If you overinflate the tire,release air by loosening the hose’s end fit-ting.

WARNINGDo not place your hand or fingers between

the tire and wheel while inflating the tire.Your hand or fingers may become caughtbetween the tire and wheel.

CAUTION The supplied compressor is designed only

for inflation of your vehicle tires. The compressor is designed to run on a vehi-

cle’s 12 V power supply. Do not connect it toany other power source.

The compressor is not waterproof. If you useit in rain, make sure water does not get on it.

Any sand or dust sucked into the compressorcould make the compressor break down. Donot place the compressor directly on anysandy or dusty surface when using it.

Do not disassemble or modify the compres-sor. Also, do not subject the air pressuregauge to shock. It could malfunction.


Tire repair kit

8-10 For emergencies

8

If there is a gap between the tire andwheel because the tire has moved inwardfrom the wheel rim, press the tire treadtowards the wheel to close the gap beforerunning the compressor. (With no gaps,the tire pressure will rise.)

16. Turn OFF the compressor switch, thenpull the power cord plug out of the 12 Vpower outlet.

17. Affix the speed restriction sticker (R) tothe three-diamond mark on the steeringwheel.

18. When you have inflated the tire to thespecified pressure, stow the compressor,bottle, and other items in the vehicle andmake sure that the seat cushion is properlysecured. (Refer to “Tire repair kit storage”on page 8-5.) Promptly start driving thevehicle so that the tire sealant can spreadevenly in the tire. Drive with great care.Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80km/h). Observe local speed limits.

19. After driving for 10 minutes or 3 miles (5km), park the vehicle in safe place.Remove the air compressor from thestowed position. Check the tire pressureusing the air pressure gauge on the com-pressor. If the tire pressure has apparentlynot dropped, the emergency repair proce-dure is complete. Continue the processfrom step 21.If the tire pressure is not sufficient, inflatethe tire to the specified pressure again anddrive the vehicle carefully withoutexceeding a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h).

CAUTION The surface of the compressor will get hot

while the compressor is running. Do notkeep the compressor running continuouslyfor more than 10 minutes. After using thecompressor, wait for the compressor to coolbefore using it again.

If the compressor becomes sluggish or hotwhile operating, it is overheating. Immedi-ately place the switch in the OFF positionand let the compressor cool down for at least30 minutes.

NOTE If the tire pressure does not rise to the speci-

fied level within 10 minutes, the tire may beso severely damaged that the tire sealant can-not be used to effect the emergency repair.Do not drive the vehicle. Please contact acertified i-MiEV dealer.

NOTEAt this point the puncture hole is not sealed

yet. Air will leak through the puncture holeuntil the emergency repair procedure is com-pleted (through step 19 or step 20 of theseinstructions).

CAUTIONDo not affix the sticker anywhere except the

specified position on the pad of the steeringwheel. Affixing the sticker in an incorrectposition could prevent the SRS airbag fromdeploying properly.

CAUTION If you sense any abnormality while driving,

stop the vehicle and contact a certified i-MiEV dealer. Otherwise the tire pressuremay drop before the emergency repair proce-dure is completed, rendering the vehicleunsafe to drive.


Towing

For emergencies 8-11

8

Before driving, stow the compressor andmake sure that the rear seat cushion isproperly secured.

20. After driving for 10 minutes or 3 miles (5km) again, check the tire pressure usingthe air pressure gauge on the compressor.If the tire pressure has apparently notdropped, the emergency repair procedureis complete. Before driving, make surethat the compressor is stowed and the seatcushion is properly secured. You muststill not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80km/h). Observe local speed limits.

21. Immediately drive with great care to acertified i-MiEV dealer and have tirerepair/replacement performed.

N00837001931

If you need to tow your vehicle, contact a cer-tified i-MiEV dealer or a commercial towtruck service.Transport the vehicle on a flatbed truck ortow the vehicle either with all wheels or therear wheels (drive wheels) off the ground.

CAUTION If the tire pressure is lower than the mini-

mum permitted pressure (18 psi {130 kPa}),the tire cannot successfully be repaired withthe tire sealant. Do not drive the vehicle anyfurther. Contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.

NOTE If the tire pressure has dropped below the

specified level when you check it at the endof the repair procedure, do not drive thevehicle any further. Contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.

In cold conditions (when the ambient tem-perature is 32 °F {0 °C} or lower), the timeand driving distance necessary until comple-tion of the repair can become longer than inwarmer conditions, and the tire pressure maydrop below the specified level even after youhave inflated the tire the second time andsubsequently driven the vehicle. If this hap-pens, inflate the tire to the specified pressureonce more, drive for about 10 minutes or 3miles (5 km), then check the tire pressureagain. If the tire pressure has again droppedbelow the specified level, stop driving thevehicle and contact a certified i-MiEVdealer.

NOTE Please give the empty sealant bottle to a cer-

tified i-MiEV dealer or dispose of the sealantbottle according to regulations for the dis-posal of chemical waste.

NOTE Towing

If your vehicle needs to be towed

Towing with rear wheels off the ground

Dolly type

Flat bed type


Towing


8

If a wheel gets stuck in a ditch, do not try totow the vehicle.Please contact a certified i-MiEV dealer or acommercial tow truck service for assistance.There may be local regulations concerningtowing in your area. Obey the regulations inthe area where you are driving your vehicle.

Place the selector lever in the “N” (NEU-TRAL) position. Turn the electric motorswitch to the “ACC” position and secure thesteering wheel in a straight-ahead positionwith a rope or tie-down strap. Never place theelectric motor switch in the “LOCK” or “ON”position when towing.

WARNINGNever tow the vehicle with rear wheels

(drive wheels) on the ground. This maycause damage to the electric motors. Alsothis may cause a fire, if wiring in the elec-tric motor unit room becomes damaged.

CAUTIONNever tow the vehicle using a sling type

truck.Doing so will damage the bumper and/orbody.

Towing with all wheels on the ground

Towing with front wheels off the groundCAUTION

Never attempt to tow the vehicle usinganother vehicle with a rope.

Never tow another vehicle using your i-MiEV

Towing with a sling-type truck Towing the vehicle by a tow truck

WARNINGNever get under your vehicle after it has

been lifted by a tow truck.Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed.

Towing with rear wheels off the ground


Operation under adverse driving conditions

For emergencies 8-13

8N00837200747

If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow, sand,or mud, it can often be moved by a rockingmotion. Rock your vehicle back and forth tofree it.Do not spin the wheels. Constant efforts tofree a stuck vehicle can cause transmissionfailure.If your vehicle is still stuck after several rock-ing attempts, call for a commercial tow truckservice.

When driving on a road covered withsnow or ice, use snow tires. Tire chainscannot be used on your vehicle. Theremay be state or local regulations aboutusing snow tires. Always check the regu-lations in your local area before usingthem. Refer to the section entitled “Snowtires” on page 9-16 and “Tire chains” onpage 9-16.

Drive slowly. Do not make sudden startsor stops, sharp turns, or slam on thebrakes.

Allow extra distance between your vehi-cle and the vehicle in front of you, andavoid sudden braking.

If a skid occurs when the acceleratorpedal is depressed, take your foot off thepedal. Steer gently in the direction of theskid.

Your vehicle is equipped with an anti-lockbraking system (ABS), hold the brakepedal down firmly and keep it depressed.Do not pump the brake pedal which willresult in reduced braking performance.

CAUTION If the transmission or the steering system has

a problem or damage, transport the vehicleon a flatbed truck or tow the vehicle with theall wheels off the ground.

If the electric motor switch is in the “ON”position, the Active Stability Control (ASC)system may operate, resulting in an accident.Make sure the electric motor switch is in the“ACC” position before towing.


If your vehicle becomes stuck in sand, mud or snow

WARNINGWhen trying to rock your vehicle out of a

stuck position, make sure that there are nopeople nearby. The rocking motion canmake your vehicle suddenly lurch forwardor backward, and injure any bystanders.

On wet roads

CAUTIONDo not drive on a flooded road. If you drive

on a flooded road, not only the electric motorunit stops but also a failure like electric leak-age or short circuit may occur.If you inevitably had to run on a floodedroad and the vehicle was exposed to water,be sure to have your vehicle inspected by acertified i-MiEV dealer.

When driving in rain, on water-coveredroads, or through a car wash, water could getinto the brake discs and make them fail tem-porarily. In such cases, lightly press thebrake pedal to see if they are working prop-erly. If they are not, press the pedal lightlyseveral times while driving to dry the brakepads or linings, then check them again.

When driving in rain, a layer of water mayform between the tires and the road surface(aquaplaning). This loosens your tires’ gripon the road, making it difficult to steer orbrake properly. When driving on a wet road:• Drive your vehicle at a safe speed.

• Do not drive on worn tires.• Always keep the tires at the correct infla-

tion pressures.

On snowy or icy roads

CAUTION




8

After parking on snowy or icy road, itmay be difficult to move your vehicle dueto freeze-up of the brake. Depress theaccelerator pedal little by little to movethe vehicle after confirming safety of thevehicle.

Drive as slow as possible when driving onbumpy or rutted roads or over potholesetc.

CAUTIONDo not depress the accelerator pedal rapidly.

The vehicle could start moving when itbreaks free from the ice, possibly resulting inan accident.

On a bumpy or rutted road

CAUTIONDriving on bumpy, rutted roads or over pot-

holes can damage the tires and wheels.Wheels with low-profiles tires or under-inflated tires are especially at risk for dam-age.

The vehicle’s body, bumper, muffler andother parts may be damaged if the vehicle is:• driven over a step (for example, at the

entrance or exit of a parking lot);

• parked too closely against a curb or parkingblock, or by the side of a road with curb-stones;

• driven on a steep slope.

CAUTION


9

Vehicle care and maintenance

Service precautions ..........................................................................9-2Hood ................................................................................................9-3View under the hood and electric motor unit room .........................9-4Coolant/Hot water heater fluid ........................................................9-5Washer fluid .....................................................................................9-7Brake fluid .......................................................................................9-712V starter battery ...........................................................................9-8Tires ...............................................................................................9-11Brake pedal free play .....................................................................9-16Parking brake lever stroke .............................................................9-16Wiper blades ..................................................................................9-17General maintenance .....................................................................9-17For cold and snowy weather ..........................................................9-18Fusible links ...................................................................................9-18Fuses ..............................................................................................9-19Replacement of light bulbs ............................................................9-22Vehicle care precautions ................................................................9-28Cleaning the inside of your vehicle ...............................................9-29Cleaning the outside of your vehicle .............................................9-30


Service precautions

9-2 Vehicle care and maintenance

9

N00937301469

Taking regular care of your vehicle helps pre-serve its value and appearance as long as pos-sible.This vehicle is an electric vehicle and isequipped with many high-voltage compo-nents. Refer to “High-voltage components”on page 3-34.You can do some of the maintenance workdescribed in this manual by yourself, but therest must be performed only by a certified i-MiEV dealer.If you discover a malfunction or other prob-lem, have it corrected by a certified i-MiEVdealer.Also follow the instructions and take note ofthe precautions for each procedure.

High voltage components and wiring cablesare located as shown in the figure below.Service precautions

WARNINGNever touch, remove or disassemble the

high- voltage components including high-voltage wires colored orange and theirconnectors. Doing so can result in a fire,property damage, electrocution and seri-ous injury or death.These components are affixed with a labelindicating precautions for handling. Fol-low the instructions on the label. Takeyour vehicle to a certified i-MiEV dealerfor any necessary maintenance.

1- Regular charge port2- MCU3- Main drive lithium-ion battery4- Heater5- Air conditioner compressor6- High voltage connector7- Service plug8- Electric motor (Electric motor unit)9- On board charger/DC-DC converter

10- Quick charge port

WARNINGWhen servicing the vehicle, make sure

that the electric motor switch is in the“LOCK” position and the charging cableis disconnected. Failure to do so couldresult in an electric shock.

When checking or servicing under thehood or the coolant reserve tank, be surethe electric motor unit is stopped and ithas had a chance to cool down.

If you need to work under the hood withthe electric motor unit on, be careful thatyour clothing, hair, etc. does not getcaught in the fan or other moving parts.

After performing the maintenance work,make sure that no tools or cloths are leftbehind under the hood or in the electricmotor unit room. If they are left behind, afire or damage to the vehicle may occur.

The fan can turn on automatically even ifthe electric motor unit is not running.Turn the electric motor switch to the“LOCK” position to be safe while you areworking under the hood.

Do not smoke or allow open flames aroundthe 12V starter battery.

Be extremely careful when workingaround the 12V starter battery. It containspoisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

Handling your vehicle’s parts and materi-als in the wrong way can injure you. Ask acertified i-MiEV dealer if you have ques-tions.

WARNING


Hood

Vehicle care and maintenance 9-3

9

Have you purchased the Mitsubishi MotorsDiamond Care Protection Plan? The Plansupplements your new vehicle warranties.See a certified i-MiEV dealer for details.

N00937500549

Use the hood release lever (located under theinstrument panel near the passenger’s door)to unlock the hood.

Pull the lever toward you to release the hoodlatch.

Release the safety lever (A) and lift the hood.

CAUTION The components inside the electric motor

unit room may be very hot to the touch.Make sure all components have sufficientlycooled before beginning an inspection.These components are affixed with a labelindicating precautions for handling. Followthe instructions on the label.

When replacing the 12V starter battery,remove the positive (+) and negative (-) ter-minals after turning the electric motor switchto the “LOCK” position and waiting at least2 minutes. If the 12V starter battery terminalis removed just after the electric motorswitch is turned to the “LOCK” position, thismay cause damage to electric components.If the electric motor unit warning light illu-minates, do not replace the 12V starter bat-tery. Contact a certified i-MiEV dealer.

Hood

To open

WARNINGNever use the release lever to unlatch the

hood while the vehicle is in motion.

Do not drive your vehicle unless the hoodis locked.

NOTE To prevent damage to the hood and wipers,

make sure the wipers are at resting positionwhen you open the hood.

WARNING


View under the hood and electric motor unit room


9

Support the hood by inserting the supportprop (B) into its slot on the underside of thehood arm. Make sure the hood is securely locked by

softly lifting the centre of the hood.

Slowly lower the hood about 12 inches (30cm), then let it drop from its own weight.

N00937600700

CAUTIONAlways insert the support prop into the hole

specially made for it. Propping the hood atany other place could cause the prop to slipout and lead to an accident.

The hood prop can fall out if the hood islifted by a strong wind.

To close

CAUTIONBe careful not to trap your hands or fingers

when closing the hood. Make sure the hood is firmly closed before

driving.If you drive without the hood completelyclosed, it could open up while driving.

NOTE If this does not close the hood properly, drop

it again from a slightly higher position.

Do not push down strongly on the hood.Depending on how strongly or where youpush down, you could create a dent in thehood.

View under the hood and electric motor unit room

NOTE

Under the hood


Coolant/Hot water heater fluid


9

N00937800539

1. Open the liftgate.

2. Peel off the Velcro fastener (A) to removethe luggage room floor carpet (B).

3. Turn the 4 screws on the front and rear ofthe electric motor unit room lid (C) coun-terclockwise to loosen and remove them,and then remove the electric motor unitroom lid (C).

1- Windshield washer fluid reservoir2- 12V starter battery3- Hot water heater reservoir4- Brake fluid reservoir5- Coolant reservoir


To check the coolant level

WARNINGBefore checking the coolant level, make

sure the electric motor switch is in the“Lock” position to avoid the risk of anelectrical shock that can result in seriousinjury or death.

Electric motor unit roomThe room under the hood and the electric

motor unit room (located under the lug-gage room carpet) can be very hot afterdriving. Wait until they have cooled down.

Coolant

WARNING NOTEA heat insulating material is attached to the

luggage room floor carpet. To remove theluggage floor carpet, grasp and lift up boththe carpet fabric and the heat insulatingmaterial.

NOTEWhen laying the electric motor unit room lid

on the ground, leave the underside of the lidwith the rubber surface facing up. If theunderside is facing downward debris andother foreign material could get on the rub-ber surface and prevent proper reinstallationof the electric motor unit room lid.




9

4. Check the coolant level in the reservoir(D).While the motor is cold, the coolant levelmust always be between the “F (FULL)”and the “L (LOW)” marks. If necessary,add coolant. Refer to “To add coolant” onpage 9-6.

5. Reinstall the electric motor unit room lidand the luggage room floor carpet by fol-lowing the removal procedures in reverse.

The reservoir (A) is located under the hood.

The coolant level in this reservoir should bekept between the “F (FULL)” and the “L(LOW)” marks when measured while theelectric motor is cold. If necessary, add cool-ant. Refer to “To add coolant” on page 9-6.

N00955900024

Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Coolant providesexcellent protection against corrosion andrust formation on all metals, including alumi-num.

If you need to add coolant often, the coolingsystem should be pressure-tested for leaks.Take your vehicle to a certified i-MiEVdealer for testing.

WARNINGNever touch components inside the elec-

tric motor unit room except the reservoir(D).

Hot water heater fluid

FULL

LOW

To add coolant

Use “Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Super Long Life Coolant Premium” or an equivalent*.

*: similar high quality ethylene glycolbased non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrate and non-borate coolant with longlife hybrid organic acid technology

FULL

LOW

CAUTIONDo not use alcohol or methanol antifreeze or

any coolants that contain them. Using thewrong antifreeze can corrode aluminumparts.

The required concentration of anti-freeze dif-fers depending on the expected ambient tem-perature.Above -31 °F (-35 °C): 50 % concentrationof anti-freezeBelow -31 °F (-35 °C): 60 % concentrationof anti-freezeYou can check the concentration level with agauge from an automotive supply store, or acertified i-MiEV dealer or service station cancheck it for you.

Do not use water to adjust the concentrationof coolant.

Do not top off the tank with plain water only.Water by itself boils at a lower temperatureand does not stop rust or freezing. If thewater freezes, it will damage your coolingsystem. Do not use tap water. It can causecorrosion and rust.


Washer fluid


9

N00955800010

The reservoir cap (E) must be tightly sealedto prevent losing coolant which may result inelectric motor or nearby parts of the roomunder the hood damage. Only use a GenuineMitsubishi Parts reservoir cap, or anapproved equivalent.

N00955700019

Do not overfill the reservoir. Your vehicle uses a special reservoir cap

that stays sealed and keeps the pressure inthe reservoir below the allowable pres-sure. If you need to change the cap, usethe exact same kind.

Check the coolant freeze point in the radi-ator with the proper gauge, and only whenit is safe. If you add antifreeze, the con-tents of the reservoir must be protectedagainst freezing.

Keep the front of the radiator and con-denser clean.

N00938600303

The windshield washer fluid reservoir isunder the hood.Check the washer fluid level at regular inter-vals and add washer fluid to reservoir if nec-essary.Open the reservoir cap and check the fluidlevel.

When freezing weather is anticipated, flushout the water in the reservoir by operating thepump. Fill the reservoir with windshield anti-freeze (not radiator antifreeze), and operatethe system for a few seconds to flush out theresidual water.

N00938700261

The brake fluid level must be between the“MAX” and “MIN” marks on the reservoir.

The brake fluid level falls slightly with wearof the brake pads, but this does not indicateany abnormality.

The brake fluid in the master cylinder shouldbe checked when doing other work under thehood. The brake system should also bechecked for leaks at the same time.If the brake fluid level falls markedly in ashort length of time, it indicates a leak in thebrake system.

Reservoir cap

WARNINGWait for the electric motor to cool down

before opening the reservoir cap. Other-wise hot steam or boiling coolant couldspray up from the reservoir and scald you.

Points to remember

Washer fluid

During cold weather

FULL

1/2

Brake fluid

To check the fluid level


12V starter battery


9

If this occurs, have the vehicle checked by acertified i-MiEV dealer.

Use the recommended brake fluid conform-ing to DOT 3 or DOT 4. The reservoir capmust be tightly sealed to keep dirt and waterout.

N00939100914

The condition of the 12V starter battery isvery important to keep the vehicle’s electricalsystem working properly. Check the 12Vstarter battery regularly.

N00901300054

1. Turn the plastic nut (A) counterclockwise,and then remove the 12V starter batteryupper cover (B).

1. Install the 12V starter battery upper cover(B) onto the 12V starter battery, and thenpush the plastic nut (A) in the directionshown by the arrows to secure the cover.

Fluid type

CAUTIONDo not let any petroleum-based fluid touch,

mix with, or get into the brake fluid. Thiswill damage the seals.

Be careful when handling brake fluid. It candamage painted surfaces.

Use only the listed brake fluid. Differentbrands of brake fluid have different addi-tives, and these can cause a chemical reac-tion. Do not mix brands of brake fluid.

Keep the reservoir tank cap closed to keepthe brake fluid from evaporating.

12V starter battery

Removing and installing the 12V starter battery upper cover

To remove

NOTEBe careful not to lose the removed plastic

nut.

To install

CAUTIONBe sure to install the 12V starter battery

upper cover. Otherwise, the battery electro-lyte may spill and cause a malfunction.

When installing the 12V starter battery uppercover and plastic nut do not touch the cool-ing fan or other moving parts under the hood.Be especially careful that the cables, yourclothing or hair, etc., do not get caught in thecooling fan or other moving parts.

NOTEBe sure to install the plastic nut in the correct

direction.


12V starter battery


9

N00901500069

Before checking the 12V starter battery elec-trolyte level, remove the 12V starter battery’supper cover.The electrolyte level must be between thelimits shown on the outside of the 12V starterbattery. Fill it with distilled water as needed.The inside of the 12V starter battery isdivided into several compartments. Take thecap off of each compartment and fill to themark.Do not fill above the top line because a spillduring driving could cause damage.

N00901600057

The 12V starter battery is weaker in cold tem-peratures. This has to do with its chemicaland physical properties and is why a verycold 12V starter battery, especially one with a

low charge, will have a hard time startingyour vehicle.It is recommended that you have your 12Vstarter battery and charging system checkedby a certified i-MiEV dealer before the startof cold weather. If necessary, have it charged.This will guarantee more reliable starting,and longer 12V starter battery life.

N00901701114

To disconnect the 12V starter battery cable,stop the electric motor. Disconnect the nega-tive (-) terminal first, then the positive (+) ter-minal. To reconnect the 12V starter battery,first connect the positive (+) terminal andthen the negative (-) terminal, before startingthe vehicle.

Checking 12V starter battery electrolyte level

WARNING If the 12V starter battery goes flat, be sure

to check the 12V starter battery electro-lyte level before connecting booster cables.

After checking the 12V starter batteryelectrolyte level, make sure the caps arefitted securely.

If any of the caps cannot be re-secured tothe 12V starter battery, replace the 12Vstarter battery.

Electrolyte (battery acid) is made of corro-sive diluted sulfuric acid. If it spills onnearby parts, it can crack, stain, or dis-color them. And if gets on your skin or inyour eyes, it can cause burns or blindness.Please observe the following handlinginstructions:• If electrolyte gets on plastic parts or

other nearby parts, wipe it off with a softcloth or chamois soaked in a solution ofwater and neutral detergent then imme-diately rinse the affected parts withplenty of water.

• If electrolyte gets on your hands orclothes, rinse thoroughly with water. Ifelectrolyte gets in your eyes, flush themwith water immediately and get immedi-ate medical attention.

During cold weather

WARNING

Disconnection and connection

WARNINGNever disconnect the 12V starter battery

while the electric motor unit is running, oryou could damage the vehicle’s electricalparts.

Never short-circuit the 12V starter bat-tery. This could cause it to overheat andbe damaged.

Keep sparks, cigarettes, and flames awayfrom the 12V starter battery because the12V starter battery could explode.


12V starter battery


9

When installing the 12V starter battery,start connection with the positive (+) ter-minal. If connection is started from thenegative (-) terminal, sparks will occur ifthe positive (+) terminal touches any otherparts, and this may cause the 12V starterbattery to explode.

NOTERemove the 12V starter battery upper cover

before disconnecting the terminal of 12Vstarter battery. Refer to “Removing andinstalling the 12V starter battery uppercover” on page 9-8.

Open the terminal cover (A) before discon-necting or connecting the positive (+) termi-nal of the 12V starter battery.

Loosen the nut (B), and then disconnect the12V starter battery cable from the positive(+) terminal.

WARNING WARNINGOpen doors and windows in any closed

space where you may be charging orworking with the 12V starter battery.

Always wear protective clothing and gog-gles when working with the 12V starterbattery, or have a skilled automobile tech-nician do it.

If you are quick-charging your 12Vstarter battery, first disconnect the 12Vstarter battery cables.

In order to prevent a short circuit, be sureto disconnect the negative (-) terminalfirst, and reconnect it last.

If the electrolyte level is very low, have the12V starter battery checked at a certifiedi-MiEV dealer.

12V starter battery terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and lead com-pounds. Wash hands after handling.

CAUTIONWhen replacing the 12V starter battery,

remove the connected positive (+) and nega-tive (-) terminals after turning the electricmotor switch to the “LOCK” position andwaiting at least 1 minute. If the 12V starterbattery terminal is removed just after theelectric motor switch is turned to the“LOCK” position, this may cause damage tocomponents of the electric motor unit.

NOTEBefore cleaning the 12V starter battery,

tighten all the filler port caps to keep dirt andmoisture out.

Check each 12V starter battery terminal forcorrosion. If necessary, clean the terminalswith a solution of baking soda and water.Grease the posts and clamps after cleaning ortightening them.

Check to see that the 12V starter battery issecurely installed and cannot be moved. Alsocheck each terminal for tightness.

If you will not be driving your vehicle for along period of time, remove the 12V starterbattery and store it in a place where the 12Vstarter battery fluid will not freeze. Memorydata for settings made by the user may beerased when the 12V starter battery isremoved. If this happens, reset the settingsagain using the relevant procedures. The12V starter battery only should be storedwith a full charge.


Tires


9

N00939201619

It is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms:

Cold tire pressure:• The measured pressure after the vehicle

has been parked for at least three hours,or

• The measured pressure when the vehicleis driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) afterhaving been parked for three hours.

Maximum inflation pressure: the maxi-mum permissible cold tire inflation pres-sure for this tire.

Recommended inflation pressure: theinflation pressure for optimum tire perfor-mance.

Intended outboard sidewall:• The sidewall that contains a whitewall,

bears white lettering or bears manufac-turer, brand, and/or model name moldingthat is higher or deeper than the samemolding on the other sidewall of the tire, or

• The outward facing sidewall of an asym-metrical tire that has a particular sidethat must always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

Passenger car tire: a tire intended for useon passenger cars, multipurpose passen-ger vehicles, and trucks, that have a grossvehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000pounds or less.

Light truck (LT) tire: a tire designated byits manufacturer as primarily intended foruse on lightweight trucks or multipurposepassenger vehicles.

Tread: portion of a tire that comes intocontact with the road.

Tread rib: a tread section running circum-ferentially around a tire.

Tread separation: pulling away of thetread from the tire carcass.

Carcass: the tire structure, except treadand sidewall rubber which, when inflated,bears the load.

Sidewall: portion of a tire between thetread and bead.

Section width: the linear distance betweenthe exteriors of the sidewalls of aninflated tire, excluding elevations due tolabeling, decoration, or protective bands.

Bead: the part of the tire that is made ofsteel wires, wrapped or reinforced by plycords and that is shaped to fit the rim.

Ply: a layer of rubber-coated parallelcords.

Cord: the strands forming the plies in thetire.

Rim: a metal support for a tire or a tireand tube assembly upon which the tirebeads are seated.

Rim diameter: nominal diameter of thebead seat.

Groove: the space between two adjacenttread ribs.

Tires

WARNINGDriving with tires that are worn, damaged

or improperly inflated is dangerous.These type tire conditions will adverselyaffect vehicle performance.These type tire conditions can also cause atread separation or blowout which mayresult in an accident causing seriousinjury or death.

Tires degrade over time with age evenwhen they are not being used. It is recom-mended that tires over 6 years generallybe replaced even if damage is not obvious.

Tire Markings


Tires


9

EXAMPLE:P215/65R15 EXAMPLE: 95H

Size Designation

P Passenger car tire size based on U.S.A. design standards

215 Section width in millimeters (mm.)

65Aspect ratio in percent (%)Ratio of section height to section width of tire.

R

Construction code •“R” means radial construc-tion. • “D” means diagonal or bias construction.

15 Rim diameter in inches (in)

NOTEEuropean/Japanese metric tire

sizing is based on European/Jap-anese design standards. Tiresdesigned to these standards havethe tire size molded into thesidewall beginning with the sec-tion width. The letter “P” isabsent from this tire size desig-nation. Example: 215/65R1596H.

LT (Light Truck) -metric tiresizing is based on U.S.A. designstandards. The size designationfor LT-metric tires is the same asfor P-metric tires except for theletters “LT” that are molded intothe sidewall preceding the sizedesignation. Example:LT235/85R16.

Service Description

95

Load indexA numerical code associ-ated with the maximum load a tire can carry.

H

Speed symbolA symbol indicating the range of speeds at which a tire can carry a load corre-sponding to its load index under certain operating con-ditions.The maximum speed corre-sponding to the speed sym-bol should only be achieved under specified operating conditions. (i.e. tire pressure, vehicle loading, road condi-tions and posted speed lim-its)


Tires


9

Maximum load indicates the maxi-mum load this tire is designed tocarry.

Maximum Pressure indicates themaximum permissible cold tire infla-tion pressure for this tire.

The TIN may be found on one orboth sides of the tire but the date

code may only be on one side. Lookfor the TIN on the outboard side oftires as mounted on the vehicle. If theTIN is not found on the outboard sidethen you will find it on the inboardside of the tire.

EXAMPLE: DOT MA L9 ABCD 1504

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-half(11/2) times as well on the government courseas a tire graded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and may depart signifi-cantly from the norm due to variations indriving habits, service practices and differ-ences in road characteristics and climate.

The traction grades, from highest to lowest,are AA, A, B and C. Those grades representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphalt

Maximum Load

WARNINGOverloading of your tire is

dangerous. Overloading cancause tire failure, affect vehi-cle handling, and increaseyour stopping distance. Usetires of the recommended loadcapacity for your vehicle.Never overload them.

Maximum Pressure

Tire Identification Number (TIN)

DOT

Department of Transporta-tionThis symbol certifies that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation tire safety standards, and is approved for highway use.

MACode representing the tire manufacturing location. (2 digits)

L9ABCD

Code representing the tire size. (2 digits)Code used by tire manufac-turer. (1 to 4 digits)

15Number representing the week in which the tire was manufactured. (2 digits)

04Number representing the year in which the tire was manufactured. (2 digits)

Treadwear, Traction and Temper-ature Grades

Treadwear

Traction


Tires


9

and concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), Band C, representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerate and reducetire life, and excessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The grade C corre-sponds to a level of performance which allpassenger car tires must meet under the Fed-eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.

N00939300873

Proper tire inflation pressure is essential forthe safe and satisfactory operation of yourvehicle. The wrong tire pressure will causeproblems in three major areas:

Safety

Too little pressure increases flexing in thetire and can cause tire failure. Too muchpressure can cause a tire to lose its abilityto cushion shock. Objects on the road andpotholes could then cause tire damage thatmay result in tire failure.

EconomyThe wrong tire pressure can cause unevenwear patterns in the tire tread. Theseabnormal wear patterns will reduce thetread life, and the tire will have to bereplaced sooner.Too little pressure also makes it harder forthe tire to roll, and this uses up morepower.

Ride comfort and vehicle stabilityThe superior riding experience built intoyour vehicle partly depends on the correcttire pressure. Too much pressure gives anuncomfortable and jarring ride. Too littlepressure feels as if your vehicle is slow torespond.Unequal tire pressures can make steeringyour vehicle uneven and unpredictable.

The correct tire pressure for your vehicle islisted on the placard attached to the sill of thedriver’s door.(Refer to “Tire and loading information plac-ard” on page 11-3.)The recommended inflation pressures shouldbe used for the tires listed below.

Tire pressures should be checked, andadjusted if necessary, at least once a month.Pressures should be checked more oftenwhenever weather temperatures changeseverely, because tire pressures change withoutdoor temperatures. The pressures listed onthe placard are always “cold inflation pres-sure”.Cold inflation pressure is measured after thevehicle has been parked for at least threehours or is driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km)after having been parked for three hours.Cold inflation pressure must not go above themaximum values molded into the tire side-wall. After driving several miles, your tireinflation pressure may increase 14 to 41 KPA,2 to 6 PSI from the cold inflation pressure.Do not let air out of the tires to get back to thespecified cold pressure, or your tire pressurewill be too low.You should also take the following safety pre-cautions:

Temperature

Tire inflation pressures

Tire size Front Rear 145/65R15

72H250 KPA,

36 PSI —

175/60R15 81H — 250 KPA,

36 PSI


Tires


9

Keep your tires inflated to the recom-mended pressures. (See the tire and load-ing information placard attached to the sillof the driver’s door.)

Stay within the recommended load limits.Make sure that the weight of any load in

your vehicle is evenly distributed.Drive at safe speeds.After filling your tires to the correct pres-

sure, check them for damage and airleaks. Be sure to reinstall the caps on thevalve stems.

N00939600427

N00939700170

The following maintenance steps are recom-mended:

Check tire pressures regularly. Have regular maintenance done on the

wheel balance and front and rear suspen-sion alignment.

N00939800214

Tread wear indicators are built into the origi-nal equipment tires on your vehicle to helpyou know when your tires should be replaced.Many states have laws requiring that youreplace your tires at this point.These indicators are molded into the bottomof the tread grooves and will appear when thetire tread is worn down to 1/16 inch(1.6 mm).When the bands appear next to one another intwo or more places, replace your tires.

Replacing tires and wheels

CAUTIONAvoid using different size tires and wheels

from the ones listed, and avoid the combineduse of different types of tires and wheels.Using different size or type tires and wheelsmay affect driving safety.Refer to “Tires and wheels” on page 11-6.

Even if a wheel has the same rim size andoffset as the specified type of wheel, itsshape may prevent it from being fitted cor-rectly. Consult a certified i-MiEV dealer before using wheels that youhave.

Only Mitsubishi Motors genuine wheelsshould be used, because your vehicle isequipped with a tire pressure monitoring sys-tem.Use of another type of wheel risks air leaksand sensor damage, as it will not be possibleto install the tire pressure sensor properly.

Tire maintenance

CAUTION Tread wear indicators

1- Location of the tread wear indicator2- Tread wear indicator

NOTE Tire wear indicators can have different marks

and locations depending on the tire manufac-turer.


Brake pedal free play


9

N00939900518

Because the front and rear tires and wheelsare not the same size, do not rotate the frontand rear tires.

N00940000359

In some areas of the country, snow tires arerequired for winter driving. If snow tires arerequired in your area, you must choose snowtires of the same size and type as the originaltires provided with your vehicle. Snow tiresshould also be installed on all four wheels.Otherwise your safety and vehicle handlingcan be reduced.Even where laws may permit it, snow tiresshould not be operated at sustained speedsover 75 mph (120 km/h).

N00940100129

N00940300310

To check the brake pedal free play (A), turnoff the electric motor unit and press the brakepedal several times with your foot. Thenpress the pedal down with your fingers untilyou first feel resistance.

Brake pedal free play:.1 to .3 inch (3 to 8 mm)

If the free play is not within these limits, takeyour vehicle to a certified i-MiEV dealer foradjustment.

N00940400236

Check the parking brake lever travel occa-sionally. To check this, pull the lever upslowly and count the number of clicks of theratchet.

Parking brake lever stroke:6 to 7 notches

Also check to see if the lever stays gripped bythe ratchet after pulling.

Tire rotation

WARNINGRotating tires would compromise the sta-

bility and drivability of the vehicle andcould lead to a serious accident.

Snow tires

CAUTION If flange nuts are used on your vehicle,

change to tapered nuts when using snow tireswith steel wheels.

Only Mitsubishi Motors genuine wheelsshould be used, because your vehicle isequipped with a tire pressure monitoring sys-tem.Use of another type of wheel risks air leaksand sensor damage, as it will not be possibleto install the tire pressure sensor properly.

Tire chains

CAUTION Tire chains cannot be used on your vehicle.

The clearance between the chains and thebody is not sufficient to allow proper clear-ance, and the vehicle body might be dam-aged.

Brake pedal free play

CAUTION

Parking brake lever stroke


Wiper blades


9

N00940701210

Check the wiper blades occasionally. Cleanthem regularly to remove deposits of salt androad film. Use a sponge or cloth and a milddetergent or non-abrasive cleaner to clean theblades and glass areas.Replace the blades if they continue to streakor smear.

If the blades are frozen to the windshield orrear window, do not operate the wipers untilthe ice has melted and the blades are freed,otherwise the wiper motor may be damaged.

N00941500289

The next pages list the maintenance servicerecommended by Mitsubishi Motors Corpo-ration. In addition to the general maintenancethat needs to be performed at the times listed,there are other parts which do not usuallyneed regular maintenance.But, if any of these parts stops working prop-erly, your vehicle performance could suffer.Have these items checked if you notice aproblem with them.

See a certified i-MiEV dealer for assistance,if you have any questions.

N00941600033

Good brakes are essential to safe driving.Check the brake pads and brake linings forwear and check the rear wheel cylinders forleaks. For good braking performance, replacethe brake pads with the same type pads as theoriginals.

WARNINGContinued operation of the vehicle with

the parking brake lever out of adjustmentmay result in the vehicle moving whenunattended.

Wiper blades

NOTEDo not run the wipers on dry glass for a long

time. This wears out the rubber and canscratch the glass.

During cold weather

NOTEWhen replacing front wiper blade assembly

with a wiper blade for use in cold regions, itis necessary to adjust the washer nozzle (A)spray positions. Always contact a certified i-MiEV dealer when replacing front wiperblade with a wiper blade for use in coldregions.

When removing snow and frost, be carefulnot to damage the washer nozzle which areattached to the wiper arm.

General maintenance

Disc brake pads, rear drum brake linings and rear wheel cylinders


For cold and snowy weather


9

N00941700047

Brake hoses and tubing should be checkedfor:

Severe surface cracking, scuffing or wornspots. If the fabric casing of the hose isshowing through any cracks or worn spotsin the rubber hose cover, the hose shouldbe replaced. The brakes can fail if thehose wears through.

Improper installation may cause twisting,or wheel, tire or chassis interference.

N00941800077

Check the following parts for damage andgrease leaks:

Ball joint boots of the front suspensionand steering linkage

Bellows on both ends of the drive shaft

N00942500114

The hood lock release mechanism and hoodsafety catch should be checked, cleaned, andoiled when needed for easy movement and to

stop rust and wear. Use Multipurpose GreaseNLGI Grade 2 sparingly for all sliding partsof the hood latch and release lever. Work thegrease into the hood lock mechanism until allthe movable surfaces are covered.Also, put a light coat of the same grease onthe safety catch wherever moving parts touch.

N00942600131

The ventilation slots in front of the wind-shield should be brushed clear after a heavysnowfall so that the operation of the heatingand ventilation systems will not be impaired.

To prevent freezing of the weatherstrippingon the doors, hood, etc., they should betreated with silicone grease.

It is a good idea to carry a shovel or a short-handled spade in the vehicle during the win-ter so that you can clear away snow if you getstranded. A small hand-brush for sweepingsnow off the vehicle and a plastic scraper forthe windshield, side and rear window are alsouseful.

N00942700321

The fusible links will melt to prevent a fire ifa large current attempts to flow through cer-tain electrical systems.In case of a melted fusible link, see a certifiedi-MiEV dealer for inspection and replace-ment. For the fusible links, please refer to “Fuseload capacities” on page 9-19.

Brake hoses

Ball joint, steering linkage seals and drive shaft boots

Hood lock release mechanism and safety catch

For cold and snowy weather

Ventilation slots

Weatherstripping

Additional equipment (For regions where snow is encoun-tered)

Fusible links

WARNING Fusible links must not be replaced by any

other device. Failing to fit the correct fus-ible link may result in fire in the vehicle,property destruction and serious or fatalinjuries at any time.


Fuses


9

N00942800885

N00901000107

To prevent damage to the electrical systemfrom short-circuiting or overloading, eachindividual circuit is equipped with a fuse.The fuse blocks are located in the passengercompartment and in under the hood.

The fuse block in the passenger compartmentis located in front of the driver’s seat at theposition shown in the illustration.Press the tab (A) and remove the fuse cover(B).

Under the hood, the fuse block is located asshown in the illustration.Press the tab (A) and remove the cover.

N00954801414

This fuse list shows the names of the electri-cal systems and their fuse capacities.Always replace a blown fuse with one of thesame capacity as the original.

Fuses

Fuse block location

NOTE Spare fuses are not provided. Please pur-

chase from a certified i-MiEV dealer.

Passenger compartment

Under the hood

Fuse load capacities

Passenger compartment fuse loca-tion table


Fuses


9

*: Fusible link

Some fuses may not be installed on yourvehicle, depending on the vehicle modelor specifications.

The table above shows the main equip-ment corresponding to each fuse.

No. Sym-bol Electrical system Capac-

ity

1 Tail light (left) 7.5 A

2 Cigarette lighter/12 V power outlet 15 A

3 — — —

4 Starter 7.5 A

5 Audio amplifier 20 A

6 — — —

7 Tail light (right) 7.5 A

8 Outside rearview mirrors 7.5 A

9Control unit(Electric motor unit)

7.5 A

10 Control unit 7.5 A

11 Rear fog light 10 A

12 Door lock 15 A

13 Interior lights (Dome lights) 10 A

14 Rear window wiper 15 A

15 Gauges 7.5 A

16 Relay 7.5 A

17 Heated seat 20 A

18 Option 10 A

19 Heated outside rear-view mirrors 7.5 A

20 Windshield wiper 20 A

21 Back-up lights 7.5 A

22 Defogger 30 A

23 Heater 30 A

24 12V starter battery 30 A*

25 Radio 10 A

26 Electronic con-trolled unit 15 A

27 — Electronic con-trolled unit 7.5 A


ityUnder the hood fuse location table


ity1 — — —

2 12V starter battery 30 A*

3 Electric motor switch 40 A*

4 Radiator fan motor 40 A*

5 Power window con-trol 40 A*

6 Brake electric vac-uum pump 30 A*

7 Electric motor unit control 15 A

8 Stop lights (Brake lights) 15 A


Fuses


9

*: Fusible link

Some fuses may not be installed on yourvehicle, depending on the vehicle modelor specifications.

The table above shows the main equip-ment corresponding to each fuse.

N00901100078

N00954900115

1. Before replacing a fuse, always turn offthe electrical item connected to the fuseand turn the electric motor switch to the“LOCK” position.

2. Remove the fuse puller (A) from theinside of the fuse cover in the passengercompartment.

3. Clamp it on the fuse you wish to remove,and pull the fuse straight out from the fuseblock.

4. Use the fuse location diagrams and theircorresponding tables, to check the fusethat is related to the problem. If the fuse isnot blown, something else must be caus-ing the problem.Contact a certified i-MiEV dealer to havethe problem checked.

9 Front fog lights 15 A

10Water pump

(Electric motor unit)

15 A

11 Charge 10 A

12 Hazard warning flasher 10 A

13 Horn 10 A

14 Daytime running lights 10 A

15Main drive lithium-

ion battery fan motor

15 A

16 Water pump(Air conditioning) 10 A

17 Headlight (low beam) (right) 20 A

18 Headlight (low beam) (left) 20 A

19 Headlight (high beam) (right) 10 A

20 Headlight (high beam) (left) 10 A


ity

Identification of fuse

Capacity Color7.5 A Brown10 A Red15 A Blue20 A Yellow

30 A Green (fuse type) /Pink (fusible link type)

40 A Green (fusible link type)

Fuse replacement


Replacement of light bulbs


9 5. Insert a new fuse of the same capacitysecurely into the appropriate slot.

N00942900336

Before replacing a bulb, be sure the light isoff. Do not touch the glass part of the new

bulb with your bare fingers; the oil from yourskin will stay on the glass and dim or destroythe bulb when it gets hot. N00943000099

The bulb should only be replaced with a newbulb with the same rating and type. The typeand rating are listed on the base of the bulb.

N00950301916

B- Fuse is OKC- Blown fuse

CAUTIONNever use a fuse with a capacity greater than

the one listed or any substitute, such as wire,foil etc. This would cause the circuit wiringto heat up and could cause a fire.

If the replacement fuse blows again after ashort time, have the electrical systemchecked by a certified i-MiEV dealer to findand correct the cause.


CAUTIONBulbs are extremely hot immediately after

being turned off.When replacing a bulb, wait for it to coolsufficiently before touching it. You couldotherwise be burned.

NOTE If you are unsure of how to carry out the

work as required, it is recommended thatthese procedures be carried out by a certifiedi-MiEV dealer.

Be careful not to scratch the vehicle bodywhen removing a light and lens.

When it rains, or when the vehicle has beenwashed, the inside of the lens sometimesbecomes temporarily foggy. This is the samephenomenon as when window glass mists upon a humid day, and does not indicate a func-tional problem.When the light is switched on, the heat willremove the fog. However, if water collectsinside the light, please have it checked by acertified i-MiEV dealer.

Bulb capacity

Outside

Description Wattage

ANSI Trade No. or Bulb

type 1- Headlight, low

beam 55 W H11

2- Head light, high beam 60 W 9005 HB3

3- Front fog light 35 W H8

Front




9

N00950400617

N00943200349

The alignment of the headlights should bechecked by a certified i-MiEV dealer.

N00915501184

1. Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the endof the light nearer the rear of the body andpry gently to remove the light.

4- Daytime run-ning light 13 W P13W

5- Front turn sig-nal light 21 W W21W

6- Parking light 5 W W5W7- Front side-

marker light 5 W W5W

NOTECheck with a certified i-MiEV dealer when

the headlight and the parking light need to berepaired or replaced.

Description Wattage

ANSI Trade No.

or Bulb type

Rear

Description Wattage

ANSI Trade No. or Bulb

type 8- High-mounted

stop light 5 W W5W

9- Tail and stop light — —

10- Rear turn sig-nal light 21 W WY21W

11- Back-up light 21 W W21W12- License plate

light 5 W W5W

13- Rear side-marker light 5 W W5W

14- Regular charge port light — —

NOTE The tail and stop lights along with the regu-

lar charge port light use LEDs rather thanbulbs.For repair and replacement, contact a certi-fied i-MiEV dealer.

Inside

Description Wattage1- Dome light (Rear) 8 W2- Dome light

(Front)/Reading lights

8 W

Adjustment of headlight aim

Front side-marker lights




9

2. Remove the socket and bulb assemblytogether by turning it counterclockwise.

3. Pull the bulb out of the socket.

4. To install the bulb, perform the removalsteps in reverse.

N00943401407

1. To create enough work space, turn thesteering wheel all the way in the samedirection to the side you wish to replace.

2. Remove the clip (A) and bolts (B), thenlift the cover (C).

3. Turn the socket counterclockwise toremove it.

*: Front of the vehicle

NOTEWrap a cloth around the tip of the screw-

driver to keep from scratching the lens.

*

NOTEWhen installing the light assembly, push in

the end facing the front of the vehicle first.

*: Front of the vehicle

Front turn signal lights/Front fog lights/Daytime running lights




9

4. Remove the bulb as follows.[Front turn signal light]Pull the bulb out of the socket.[Front fog light and daytime runninglight]While holding down the tab (G), pull outthe bulb assembly (H).


N00943700487

1. Open the liftgate.(Refer to “Liftgate” on page 5-11.)

2. Remove the screws (A) that hold the lightunit and remove the light unit.

D- Front turn signal lightE- Front fog lightF- Daytime running light

CAUTIONHandle halogen light bulb with care. The gas

inside a halogen light bulb is highly pressur-ized, so dropping, knocking, or scratching ahalogen light bulb can cause it to shatter.

Front turn signal light

Front fog light

Daytime running light

Never hold the halogen light bulb with a barehand, dirty glove, etc. The oil from your hand could cause the bulbto break the next time the fog lights are used.If the glass surface is dirty, clean it withalcohol and let it dry completely beforeinstalling the bulb.

Rear combination lights

CAUTION




9

3. Move the light unit toward the rear of thevehicle and remove the pins (B) of thelight unit from the vehicle.

4. Turn the socket counterclockwise toremove it.



N00935400108

1. Remove the clips (A), then lift the cover(B).

2. Turn the socket (C) counterclockwise toremove it.

C- Tail and stop light (LED) - cannot bereplaced

D- Rear turn signal lightE- Back up light

NOTE The tail and stop lights use LEDs rather than

bulbs.For repair and replacement, contact a certi-fied i-MiEV dealer.

Rear side-marker lights




9



N00943900128

1. Remove the mounting screws (A) andremove the light unit.

2. While holding down the tab (B), pull outthe connector.

3. Remove the screws (C) and then removethe bulb holder.



N00944001413

1. When removing the light unit (A), push ittoward the left side of the vehicle body.

High-mounted stop light License plate lights


Vehicle care precautions


9

2. Use a flat blade screwdriver into the tab(B) and pry gently to remove the lens.



N00945100195

In order to maintain the value of your vehicle,perform regular maintenance using the propermaterials and procedures. Be sure to use onlythose materials and procedures that meet yourlocal environmental pollution control regula-tions. Choose the materials you will use care-fully, to be sure that they do not containcorrosives. If you are not sure, contact a certi-fied i-MiEV dealer for help in choosing thesematerials.

NOTEWhen installing the light, insert tab (C) first

then align and insert tab (D).

Vehicle care precautions


Cleaning the inside of your vehicle


9

These can all be dangerous, and they all candamage your vehicle.

N00945200079

After washing the inside of your vehicle withany cleaner, wipe it dry in a shady, well venti-lated area.

N00945300214

1. Lightly wipe these off with a soft clothsoaked in a mild soap and water solution.

2. Dip cloth in fresh water and wring outwell. Using this cloth, wipe off the deter-gent thoroughly.

N00945500144

1. To maintain the value of your new vehi-cle, maintain the upholstery carefully andkeep the interior clean.Use a vacuum cleaner and brush to cleanthe seats. If stained, vinyl and syntheticleather should be cleaned with an appro-priate cleaner. Cloth fabrics can becleaned with either upholstery cleaner or amild soap and water solution.

2. Clean the carpeting with a vacuumcleaner and remove any stains with carpetcleaner. Oil and grease can be removed bylightly dabbing with a clean white clothand spot remover.

CAUTIONCleaning products can be dangerous. Some

are poisonous. Others are highly flammable.Some are dangerous if you breathe theirfumes in a closed space. When you use any-thing in a container to clean your vehicle, besure to follow the instructions. Always openyour vehicle doors or windows when you’recleaning the inside. Never use the followingchemicals to clean your vehicle:• Gasoline• Carbon Tetrachloride• Benzine• Kerosene• Naphtha• Acetone• Turpentine• Paint Thinner• Lacquer Thinner• Nail Polish Remover

Cleaning the inside of your vehicle

CAUTIONDo not use organic substances (solvents,

benzine, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline, etc.) oralkaline or acidic solutions.These chemicals can cause discoloring,staining or cracking of the surface.If you use cleaners or polishing agents, makesure their ingredients do not include the sub-stances mentioned above.

NOTEAlways read the instructions on the cleaner

label.

Plastic, vinyl leather, fabric and flocked parts

NOTEDo not use cleaners, conditioners, and pro-

tectants containing silicones or wax.Such products, when applied to the instru-ment panels or other parts, may cause reflec-tions on the windshield and obscure vision.Also, if such products get on the switches ofthe electrical accessories, it may lead to fail-ure of these accessories.

Upholstery

NOTE If fuzzing is difficult to remove from the seat

upholstery, draw a suitable defuzzing brushover the surface in one direction.


Cleaning the outside of your vehicle


9

N00945600275

1. To clean, lightly wipe the leather with asoft cloth soaked in a mild soap and watersolution.

2. To rinse, dip the cloth in fresh water,wring it out well, and wipe off all thesoap.

3. To preserve and protect, use a leather pro-tecting agent on the genuine leather sur-face.

N00945700061

To protect your vehicle’s finish, wash it oftenand thoroughly. If desired, you may wax yourvehicle using a nonabrasive automobile wax.

N00945800046

Industrial pollution, road tar, bird droppings,tree sap, insect remains, sea water and otherforeign matters can damage the finish on yourvehicle.Generally, the longer any foreign materialstays on the finish, the worse the damage.Wash your vehicle as soon as possible when-ever the finish gets soiled.

N00945900627

Chemicals contained in the dirt and dustpicked up from air, rain, snow or road sur-faces can damage the paint and body of yourvehicle if left on.Frequent washing and waxing is the best wayto protect your vehicle from this damage.Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight.Park the vehicle in the shade and spray it withwater to remove dust. Next, using plenty of

clean water and a car washing mitt or sponge,wash the vehicle from top to bottom.Use a mild car washing soap if necessary.Rinse thoroughly and wipe dry with a cham-ois or soft cloth. After washing the vehicle,carefully clean the joints and flanges of thedoors, hood, etc., where dirt is likely toremain.

Genuine leather (if so equipped)

NOTE If genuine leather is wet with water, wipe it

with a dry, soft cloth. If left damp, mildewmay grow.

The genuine leather surface can be damagedif brushed with a nylon or synthetic fiberbrush.

Organic solvents such as benzine, kerosene,alcohol, gasoline, acid or alkaline solventscan discolor the genuine leather surface andshould not be used.

The genuine leather surface may harden andshrink if it is exposed to the direct sunlightfor long hours. When your vehicle is parked,place it in the shade as much as possible.


Foreign material

Washing

WARNINGDo not wash the vehicle while charging the

main drive lithium-ion battery.Doing so could cause a fire or an electricshock.

Before washing the vehicle, make surethat the charging lid and the inner lid arecompletely closed.If the lid is open, the charging unit isexposed to water, resulting in a fire or anelectric shock.

Do not pour water inside the electricmotor unit room. Doing so could cause afire or an electric shock.

CAUTIONWhen washing the vehicle, turn the electric

motor switch to the “LOCK” position.Do not use a high pressure washing machine

to clean the underneath of the vehicle.Doing so might cause the electric motor unitproblem or malfunction.




9

Salt and other chemicals spread on winterroads in some geographical areas can have adetrimental effect on the vehicle underbody.You should flush the underbody with a highpressure hose every time you wash the out-side of your vehicle.Take special care to remove mud or otherdebris which could trap and hold salt andmoisture.After washing your vehicle, wipe off allwaterdrops from the rubber parts around thedoors to prevent the doors from freezing.

N00946000247

Wax your vehicle once or twice a year, orwhen water does not bead up on the paint.

Use a soft cloth to put a small amount of waxon the painted surfaces. After the wax hasdried, polish with a dry soft cloth.Do not wax your vehicle in direct sunlight.You should wax when the painted surfacesare cool.

N00946100059

If painted surfaces have been severely dam-aged and lost their original luster and colortone, polish the surface lightly with a finepolishing compound. Avoid limiting yourpolishing to the damaged surface only; polisha somewhat wider area, moving the polishing

When washing the underside of your vehicleor the wheels, wear a pair of gloves to pro-tect your hands.

Never spray or splash water on the electricalparts in under the hood. This may damagethem. Be careful also when washing theunderbody. Do not spray water up under thehood.

Avoid automatic car washers that use rotat-ing brushes. These brushes may scratch thepaint surface and make it dull.Scratches are more noticeable on darker col-ored vehicles.

Some hot water washing equipment useshigh pressure and heat to clean your vehicle.This heated water may damage your vehi-cle’s resin parts. It can flood the interior ofthe vehicle. Therefore, be sure of the follow-ing:• Keep the washing nozzle at least 28 inches

(70 cm) away from the vehicle body.• When washing around the door glass, hold

the nozzle at a distance of more than 28inches (70 cm) and at right angles to theglass surface.

Make sure to do the following when using anautomatic car wash, with help from eitherthis manual or the car wash operator, toavoid damaging your vehicle:• Fold the outside mirrors.• Remove the antenna.• Tape the wiper arm assembly.

CAUTION During cold weather

NOTEWhen the door is frozen, opening it by force

may tear off or crack the rubber gasketinstalled around the door. Pour warm waterto melt the ice. Be sure to thoroughly wipeoff the water after opening the door. To pre-vent freezing of the weatherstripping on thedoors, hood, etc., treat with silicone lubri-cant.

Waxing

CAUTIONWaxes containing high abrasive compounds

should not be used. These waxes remove rustand stain effectively from the paintwork, butare harmful to the finish on the paint and theplate, because they also remove clearcoat.They are also harmful to other glossy sur-faces such as the grille, trim, moldings, etc.

Do not use gasoline, kerosene, benzine orpaint thinners to remove road tar or other dirtfrom the vehicle surface.

Do not put wax on the areas having blackmatte coating because it can cause unevendiscoloration, patches, blurs, etc. If these getwax on them, wipe the wax off right awaywith a soft cloth and warm water.

Polishing




9

cloth in one direction. After polishing, flushthe compound from the surface and apply acoat of wax to regain a beautiful luster.

N00946200089

Small cracks and scratches in the paint coatshould be touched up as soon as possible withtouch-up paint to prevent corrosion.Check body areas facing the road or the tirescarefully for damage to the paint caused byflying stones, etc. The paint code number foryour vehicle can be found on the vehicleinformation code plate. Refer to “Vehicleinformation code plate” on page 11-2.

N00946300211

Use a sponge or chamois to clean these parts.If a vehicle wax sticks to a gray or blackrough surface of the bumper, molding orlights, the surface may appear white in color.In this case, wipe it off using lukewarm waterand a soft cloth or chamois.

N00946400065

To prevent spots and corrosion of chromeparts, wash with water, dry thoroughly, andapply a nonabrasive automotive wax. If thechrome is severely damaged or pitted, use acommercially available chrome polish.

N00946500196

1. Remove dirt using a wet sponge.2. Use a mild detergent on any dirt that can-

not be removed easily with water.Rinse off the detergent after washing thewheel.

3. Dry the wheel thoroughly using a chamoisleather or a soft cloth.

N00946600067

The window glass can usually be cleanedusing only a sponge and water. Glass cleanercan be used to remove wax, oil, grease, deadinsects, etc. After washing the glass, wipe itdry with a clean, dry, soft cloth.

N00946700097

Use a soft cloth and glass cleaner to removegrease, dead insects, etc., from the wiperblades.Replace the wiper blades when they no longerclean the windshield and rear window prop-erly.

Damaged paint

Cleaning plastic parts

CAUTIONDo not use a scrubbing brush or other rough

scrubber as these may damage the plasticsurface.

Do not use wax containing compounds (pol-ishing powder) which may damage the plas-tic surface.

Do not let the plastic parts get soiled withgasoline, oil, brake fluids, greases, paintthinner, and sulfuric acid (battery electro-lyte). These fluids, etc., may crack, stain ordiscolor the plastic parts.If any of these get on the plastic parts, wipethem up with a soft cloth or chamois and amild solution of soap and water. Then rinsethem immediately with water.

Chrome parts

Aluminum wheels

CAUTION CAUTIONDo not use a brush or other hard implement

on the wheels.Doing so could scratch the wheels.

Do not use any cleaner that contains an abra-sive substance or is acidic or alkaline. Doingso could cause the coating on the wheels topeel or become discolored or stained.

Do not directly apply hot water using a steamcleaner or by any other means.

Contact with seawater or road salt used forde-icing can cause corrosion. Rinse off suchsubstances as soon as possible.

Window glass

Wiper blades




9

N00947000127

Never spray or splash water on the electricalcomponents under the hood, as this maycause damage.Do not allow any nearby parts (such as plasticparts) come into contact with sulphuric acid(12V starter battery electrolyte), which maycrack, stain, or discolour them.If this occurs, wipe the parts with a soft clothsaturated with a mild detergent and watersolution.Then immediately rinse the affected partswith plenty of water.

Under the hood


10

Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects

Consumer information (For vehicles sold in U.S.A.) ....................10-2Reporting Safety Defects ...............................................................10-2Important facts to know in case of an accident ..............................10-3


Consumer information (For vehicles sold in U.S.A.)

10-2 Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects

10

N01047100171

This information is provided in compliancewith the requirements of the National High-way Traffic Safety Administration, Depart-ment of Transportation. It provides thepurchasers and/or prospective purchaserswith information on reporting safety defects.

DOT quality grades - All passenger vehicletires must conform to Federal Safety Require-ments in addition to these grades. The spe-cific grade rating in each grade category isshown on the side wall of the tires on yourvehicle.

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-half(11/2) times as well on the government courseas a tire graded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon the actual conditions of

their use, however, and may depart signifi-cantly from the norm due to variations indriving habits, service practices and differ-ences in road characteristics and climate.

The traction grades, from highest to lowest,are AA, A, B and C. Those grades representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphaltand concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), Band C, representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature can cause the

material of the tire to degenerate and reducetire life, and excessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The grade C corre-sponds to a level of performance which allpassenger car tires must meet under the Fed-eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.

N01047201515

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform theNational Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addi-tion to notifying Mitsubishi MotorsCorporation.

Consumer information (For vehicles sold in U.S.A.)

Uniform tire quality grading

Treadwear

Traction AA, A, B, C

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tire is

based on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature A, B, C

WARNINGThe temperature grade for this tire is

established for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, underinflation, or excessive load-ing, either separately or in combination,can cause heat buildup and possible tirefailure.

Reporting Safety Defects


Important facts to know in case of an accident

Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects 10-3

10

If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayorder a recall and remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannot becomeinvolved in individual problemsbetween you, your dealer, or Mit-subishi Motors Corporation.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

You can also obtain other informa-tion about motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

To contact Mitsubishi Motors NorthAmerica, Inc. call 1-888-648-7820 orwrite to:

If you live in Canada, and youbelieve that your vehicle has a safetydefect, you should immediatelynotify Transport Canada, in additionto notifying Mitsubishi Motor Salesof Canada, Inc. You may write to:

To contact Mitsubishi Motor Sales ofCanada, Inc. call 1-888-576-4878 orwrite to:

N01047300098

We hope you will never be involved in anaccident, but there is always that potentialdanger. So, please be sure to buckle up anddrive safely.

Remain calm.Check for injuries. Report all injuries to

the police, and, if necessary, call for anambulance.

NHTSA Headquarters 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SEWest BuildingWashington, DC 20590

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

Mitsubishi Motors North Amer-ica, Inc.Customer Relations DepartmentP.O. Box 6400Cypress, CA 90630-0064

For vehicles sold in Canada

Transport Canada330 Sparks StreetTower COttawa, Ontario K1A 0N5

Mitsubishi Motor Sales of Can-ada, Inc.Customer Relations DepartmentP.O. Box 410094141 Dixie RoadMississauga, ON L4W 5C9


In the event of an accident



10-4 Customer assistance/Reporting Safety Defects

10

Record all the details of the accident. Thiswill provide you with accurate records ofthe accident for discussions with yourinsurance company and other personswho may be acting on your behalf.

Understand your repair estimate beforeapproving repairs.

Choosing the repair shop and the brandsof parts that they use on your vehicle isyour decision.

Ask for genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts.Many times, to save money, your insur-ance company will recommend imitationparts that do not meet the original specifi-cations of fit, finish, corrosion resistanceor workmanship.

The strength and integrity built into yourMitsubishi vehicle is the result of a specificdesign referred to as “Energy Management”.Individual body parts are designed to act asone unit in the event of an accident. Shockwaves are absorbed by protective panels orare channeled around the passenger compart-

ment. This important feature is possiblebecause high tensile steel is used inMitsubishi panels and structural parts, some-thing that cannot be guaranteed by the manu-facturers of imitation parts. All GenuineMitsubishi body panels and support bracketsare designed and constructed as importantprotection features in the event of an acci-dent. By replacing body parts with imitations,your vehicle may no longer meet originalequipment specifications.

As a consumer requesting repair on yourvehicle, you have consumer rights. Across thecountry, State Insurance Commissioners havebegun considering rules on the use of non-OEM parts. This could mean that repair shopswill have to disclose to the consumer, whenthey intend to use non-OEM parts. Since reg-ulations are not consistent on this point,remember you have a choice. So, if you wantgenuine Mitsubishi Motors parts, you mayhave to specifically request them. Make cer-tain your insurance company understandsimitations are not to be used in the repair ofyour vehicle. You deserve the best genuineMitsubishi Motors parts.

Genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts are builtwith the high quality and durability standardsyou expect. Genuine Mitsubishi Motorsreplacements parts are your guarantee thatyour vehicle will have all the technologicaladvantages and maintain the style and protec-tion of a brand new Mitsubishi Motors.Remember to ask for genuine MitsubishiMotors parts.

Key information to discuss with your insurance company

Mitsubishi Motors built-in pro-tection

Consumer rights (For vehicles sold in U.S.A.)

Genuine Mitsubishi Motors parts


11

Specifications

Vehicle labeling .............................................................................11-2Vehicle dimensions ........................................................................11-4Vehicle weights ..............................................................................11-4Charging system specifications .....................................................11-5Electric motor specifications .........................................................11-612V starter battery .........................................................................11-6Tires and wheels ............................................................................11-6Refill capacities .............................................................................11-7


Vehicle labeling

11-2 Specifications

11

N01147400739

Keep a record of the chassis number andvehicle identification number. This informa-tion will assist the police if your vehicle isever stolen.

The vehicle emission control informationlabel is affixed in the location shown in theillustration.

The vehicle identification number is stampedin the location shown in the illustration. It isvisible from outside of the vehicle throughthe windshield.

The air conditioning label is affixed on thebulkhead as shown in the illustration.

The vehicle information code plate is locatedon the driver’s door sill.

The chassis number is stamped behind the lidon the right side of the luggage room.

Vehicle labeling

1 - Vehicle emission control information label

2 - Vehicle identification num-ber plate

3 - Air conditioning label

4 - Vehicle information code plate

Chassis number


Vehicle labeling

Specifications 11-3

11

The electric motor number is stamped on thecylinder block as shown in the illustration.

N01148100599

The tire and loading information placard islocated on the driver’s door sill.

N01148200239

The certification label is located on thedriver’s door sill.

Electric motor number

*- Front of the vehicle

Tire and loading information placard

Certification label


Vehicle dimensions

11-4 Specifications

11

N01147501580

N01147601943

GVWR: maximum total weight (load) limit specified for the vehicleGAWR: maximum weight (load) limit specified for the front or rear axleSeating capacity: the number of maximum occupants

Vehicle dimensions

Overall length 144.7 in (3,675 mm) Overall width 62.4 in (1,585 mm) Overall height 63.6 in (1,615 mm)Wheel base 100.4 in (2,550 mm)

Vehicle weights

Gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) 3,329 lb (1,510 kg)

Gross axle weight rating (GAWR)Front 1,488 lb (675 kg)Rear 1,962 lb (890 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight 661 lb (300 kg)Seating capacity 4 persons


Charging system specifications

Specifications 11-5

11

N01148501037

*1: When using a genuine charging cable with control box*2: When using a home or public charging device (EVSE: Electric Vehicles Supply Equipment)

Charging system specifications

Regular charging system

Rated input voltage AC 240V (single phase) AC 120V (single phase)Rated input frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz

Rated current 15 A (max) 8 A/12 A (max)*1

Maximum power consumption 3.3 kVA*2 1.8 kVA*2

Applicable standards

UL2594: Electric Vehicle Supply EquipmentSAE J1772: (R) SAE Electric Vehicle and Plug in Hybrid Electric Vehicle Conductive Charge CouplerCSA C22.2 No.107.1-01: General use power supplies

Leakage current sensitivity in cable control box 20 mA

Quick charging systemApplicable standards CHAdeMOMaximum input current 125 A

Regular charging/Quick charging system Enclosure type Charge connector: Type 3s

Control box (CCID): Type 3


Electric motor specifications

11-6 Specifications

11

N01147301038

N01147801307

Battery is a 12 volt type.

N01147900734

PCD: Pitch Circle Diameter (installation holes)

Electric motor specifications

Electric motor model Y51Maximum output 49 kWMaximum torque 196 N•m

12V starter battery

34B19L(S)

Tires and wheels

Item Front RearTire 145/65R15 72H 175/60R15 81H

WheelSize 15x4J 15x5JPCD 3.93 in (100 mm)Offset 1.37 in (35 mm)

NOTEContact a certified i-MiEV dealer for details on the combination used on your vehicle. These tires satisfy vehicle loading conditions described in this owner’s manual.


Refill capacities

Specifications 11-7

11

N01148002143

*: similar high quality ethylene glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrate and non-borate coolant with long life hybrid organic acid tech-nology

Refill capacities

No. Item Capacity Lubricants1 Windshield washer fluid 2.0 qt (1.9 L) —2 Brake As required Conforming to Brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4

3 Hot water heater fluid[Includes .42 qt (0.4 L) in reservoir] 2.0 qt (1.9 L)

Mitsubishi Motors Genuine Super Long Life Coolant Premium or an equivalent*

4 Coolant[Includes 1.2 qt (1.1 L) in reservoir] 5.4 qt (5.1 L)

5 Transmission .79 qt (0.75 L) Mitsubishi Motors Genuine ATF SPIII

6 Refrigerant (air conditioning)Refer to the “Air con-

ditioning label” on page 11-2

HFC-134a


Alphabetical index

12-1

12

Numerics12V power outlet ................................ 5-7712V starter battery ................................ 9-8

Specification .................................. 11-612V starter battery charging system warning

light................................................. 5-45

AAccessory (installation) ......................... 3-7Acoustic vehicle alerting system (AVAS) ....

5-23Active stability control ........................ 5-28

ASC indicator................................. 5-30ASC OFF indicator ......................... 5-30ASC OFF switch ............................ 5-29Skid control function....................... 5-29Traction control function ................. 5-29

Air conditioning ................................... 7-4Important air conditioning operating tips..

7-10Air purifier ......................................... 7-11Aluminum wheels ............................... 9-32Antenna ............................................. 7-27Anti-lock braking system..................... 5-25

Warning light ........................ 5-26, 5-27ASC .................................................. 5-28ASC indicator..................................... 5-30

ASC OFF indicator............................. 5-30ASC OFF switch ................................ 5-29Assist grip ......................................... 5-82Audio

AM/FM electronically tuned radio withCD player .................................... 7-11

Error codes .................................... 7-24Handling of compact discs .............. 7-25Steering wheel audio remote control switch

7-22

BBack up lights

Bulb capacity ................................. 9-22Replacement .................................. 9-25

Ball joint, steering linkage seals and drive shaft boots ....................................... 9-18

Battery12V starter battery charging system warn-

ing light....................................... 5-45Disconnection and connection ........... 9-9During cold weather ......................... 9-9Main drive lithium-ion battery ........... 3-3

Bluetooth® 2.0 interface ..................... 5-53Brake

Anti-lock braking system ................ 5-25Braking ........................................... 6-5Fluid ....................................... 9-7, 11-7Hose ............................................. 9-18Parking brake................................. 5-16

Parking brake lever stroke ............... 9-16Pedal ............................................. 5-24Pedal free play................................ 9-16Power brakes .................................. 5-24Service brake.................................. 5-24Warning light ................................. 5-44

Brake assist system ............................. 5-25Break-in recommendations .................... 5-2Bulb capacity...................................... 9-22

CCalifornia Perchlorate Materials

Requirements ..................................... 3-8Capacities .......................................... 11-7Card holder ............................... 5-77, 5-81Cargo loads ........................................ 6-10Certification label ............................... 11-3Charging

Quick charging ............................... 3-27Regular charging ................... 3-16, 3-26

Charging indicator .............................. 5-44Charging Timer .................................. 3-41Charging troubleshooting guide............ 3-31Chassis number................................... 11-2Child restraint..................................... 4-13Child safety locks for rear door ............ 5-10Cleaning


Alphabetical index

12-2

12

Inside of your vehicle...................... 9-29Outside of your vehicle ................... 9-30

Clock................................................. 7-27Cold

Cautions and actions to deal with intensecold ............................................. 3-10

Combination headlights and dimmer switch ..5-46

Consumer information ........................ 10-2Coolant....................................... 9-5, 11-7Cruising range ...................................... 3-4Cruising range indicator ............. 5-37, 5-40Cup holder ......................................... 5-81

DDash lights brightness indicator .. 5-37, 5-40Daytime running lights


Defogger (rear window) ...................... 5-52Dimensions ........................................ 11-4Dimmer (high/low beam change) ......... 5-48Dinghy towing ................................... 6-10Disc brake pads .................................. 9-17Dome light (Front)/Reading lights

Bulb capacity ................................. 9-23Switch ........................................... 5-78

Dome light (Rear)Bulb capacity.................................. 9-23Switch............................................ 5-79

Door-ajar warning light and buzzer ....... 5-45Doors

Lock ............................................... 5-8Power door locks ............................. 5-9

Driver’s seat belt reminder/warning light......4-10

Driving during cold weather .................. 6-4Driving, alcohol and drugs .................... 6-2

EEconomical driving .............................. 6-2Electric motor

Number.......................................... 11-3Specifications ................................. 11-6

Electric motor switch........................... 5-18Electric motor unit warning light .......... 5-45Electric power steering system (EPS) .... 5-27Electric rear window defogger switch.... 5-52Electronic immobilizer (Anti-theft starting

system) ............................................. 5-2Energy level gauge .............................. 5-41Energy usage indicator......................... 5-37EV charging cable ............................... 3-23

FFloor mat ............................................. 6-2Fluid

Brake fluid .............................. 9-7, 11-7Coolant................................... 9-5, 11-7Hot water heater fluid .............. 9-5, 11-7Washer fluid ........................... 9-7, 11-7

Fluid capacities and lubricants ............. 11-7Front fog lights

Bulb capacity ................................. 9-22Indicator ........................................ 5-44Replacement .................................. 9-24Switch ........................................... 5-50

Front seats............................................ 4-3Front side-marker lights


Front turn signal lightsBulb capacity ................................. 9-22Replacement .................................. 9-24

Fuses ................................................. 9-19Fusible links....................................... 9-18

GGauges .............................................. 5-36General maintenance........................... 9-17General vehicle data............................ 11-4


Alphabetical index

12-3

12

Genuine parts ....................................... 3-8Glove compartment............................. 5-81

HHazard warning flasher switch ............. 5-49Hazard warning lights ......................... 5-44Head restraints...................................... 4-6Headlights

Bulb capacity ................................. 9-22Dimmer ......................................... 5-48Headlight flasher ............................ 5-48Reminder buzzer............................. 5-48Switch ........................................... 5-46

HeatCautions and actions to deal with intense

heat ............................................... 3-8High beam indicator............................ 5-44High-mounted stop light


High-Voltage components ................... 3-34Hood ................................................... 9-3Hood lock release mechanism and safety

catch................................................ 9-18Horn switch........................................ 5-53Hot water heater fluid................... 9-5, 11-7

IIf the vehicle breaks down..................... 8-2i-MiEV................................................ 3-2

Cruising range.................................. 3-4Main drive lithium-ion battery ........... 3-3Main features ................................... 3-2

Important facts to know in case of an accident10-3

Indicator and warning light package ..... 5-43Indicators .......................................... 5-44Inside rearview mirror......................... 5-16Instrument cluster............................... 5-36Intense cold

Cautions and actions ....................... 3-10Intense heat

Cautions and actions ......................... 3-8Interior lights ..................................... 5-78

JJump-starting ....................................... 8-2

KKey reminder buzzer..................... 5-9, 5-20Keyless entry system ............................ 5-5Keys ................................................... 5-2

LLabeling............................................. 11-2License plate lights

Bulb capacity ................................. 9-22Replacement................................... 9-27

Liftgate .............................................. 5-11Link System ....................................... 5-53Loading information.............................. 6-6Lubricants .......................................... 11-7

MMain drive lithium-ion battery................ 3-3Main Drive Lithium-ion Battery Level

Indicator .......................................... 3-50MiEV Remote System ......................... 3-36Mirror

Inside rearview mirror ..................... 5-16Outside rearview mirrors ................. 5-17

Modifications to and racing of your vehicle ..3-6

OOdometer .................................. 5-37, 5-38Oil

Transmission oil ............................. 11-7


Alphabetical index

12-4

12

Operation under adverse driving conditions...8-13

Outside rearview mirrors ..................... 5-17Outside temperature display........ 5-37, 5-41

PParking ................................................ 6-6

Parking brake ................................. 5-16Parking brake lever stroke ............... 9-16

Parking lightsBulb capacity ................................. 9-22

Polishing............................................ 9-31Power brakes...................................... 5-24Power door locks .................................. 5-9Power down warning light ................... 5-46Power outlet ....................................... 5-77Power windows .................................. 5-14Precautions during Charging the Main Drive

Lithium-ion Battery .......................... 3-15

QQuick charging ................................... 3-27

RRadio

General information about your radio 7-28Ready indicator .................................. 5-44

Rear combination lightsBulb capacity.................................. 9-22Replacement ................................... 9-25

Rear side-marker lightsBulb capacity.................................. 9-22Replacement ................................... 9-26

Rear turn signal lightsBulb capacity.................................. 9-22Replacement ................................... 9-25

Rear window defogger switch .............. 5-52Rear-view camera ............................... 5-34Rearview mirror

Inside............................................. 5-16Outside .......................................... 5-17

Refill capacities .................................. 11-7Regenerative brake system indicator ..... 5-44Regenerative braking ............................ 3-3Regular charging........................ 3-16, 3-26Remote Climate Control .... 3-36, 3-47, 7-11Replacement of light bulbs................... 9-22Replacing tires and wheels ................... 9-15Reporting Safety Defects ..................... 10-2Reservoir cap....................................... 9-7

SSafe driving techniques......................... 6-4Seat .................................................... 4-2

Front seats ....................................... 4-3Heated seat ...................................... 4-4Rear seats ........................................ 4-5Seats and restraint systems ................ 4-2

Seat belt............................................... 4-8Adjustable seat belt shoulder anchor. 4-11Child restraint ................................ 4-13Driver’s seat belt reminder/warning light ..

4-10Force limiter .................................. 4-13Front passenger seat belt warning light .....

4-11Maintenance and inspection............. 4-20Pre-tensioner .................................. 4-12Seat belt extender ........................... 4-12Seat belt instructions ......................... 4-9Seat belt use during pregnancy......... 4-12

Selector lever ..................................... 5-21Selector lever operation................... 5-21Selector lever position indicator ....... 5-21Selector lever positions ................... 5-22

Service brake...................................... 5-24Service precautions ............................... 9-2Service reminder........................ 5-37, 5-38Skid control function........................... 5-29Snow tires .......................................... 9-16Speedometer ...................................... 5-36Steering

Wheel lock..................................... 5-20Stop lights


Alphabetical index

12-5

12


Storage spaces .................................... 5-80Sun visors .......................................... 5-77Supplemental Restraint System ............ 4-20

How the Supplement Restraint Systemworks .......................................... 4-23

Servicing ....................................... 4-34Warning light ................................. 4-26

TTail lights


Theft-alarm system ............................. 5-12Tire

Quality grading............................... 10-2Tire pressure monitoring system........... 5-30Tire repair kit ....................................... 8-5Tires .................................................. 9-11

Inflation pressure ............................ 9-14Maintenance................................... 9-15Replacing tires and wheels............... 9-15Rotation ......................................... 9-16Size (tire and wheel) ....................... 11-6Snow tires ...................................... 9-16Tire and loading information placard . 6-7,

11-3Tire chains ..................................... 9-16

Tread wear indicators ..................... 9-15Towing.............................................. 8-11Traction control function..................... 5-29Trailer towing .................................... 6-10Trip odometer ............................ 5-37, 5-38Turn signal lights

Indicators ...................................... 5-44Lever ............................................ 5-49

UUSB input terminal............................. 5-74

How to connect a USB memory device ....5-74

How to connect an iPod .................. 5-75

VVanity mirror ..................................... 5-77Vehicle care precautions ..................... 9-28Vehicle dimensions ............................ 11-4Vehicle labeling ................................. 11-2Vehicle preparation before driving ......... 6-3Vehicle weights.................................. 11-4Vents .................................................. 7-2

WWarning lights ................................... 5-44Washer

Fluid....................................... 9-7, 11-7Rear window washer ....................... 5-51Switch ........................................... 5-51Windshield washer.......................... 5-51

Waxing .............................................. 9-31Weights ............................................. 11-4Wheel

Specification .................................. 11-6Wiper

Rear window wiper ......................... 5-51Windshield..................................... 5-50Wiper blades .................................. 9-17


i-miev / 2017 owner’s manual...

Documents